// Spiegelbilddaten zu den PDF-Dokumenten
// Nur für die JavaScript-Suche
// Stand: 02.10.2007

var pdf_daten = new Array();

pdf_daten[0] = new Array('A1-Deterministic nanofabrication - CVD or PECVD.pdf', 'A1-Deterministic nanofabrication - CVD or PECVD', 'session a1 nanoproduction and process technology  deterministic nanofabrication: cvd or pecvd?  1 igor levchenko , kostya ostrikov1, shuyan xu2, and michael keidar3  1 plasma nanoscience@complex systems, school of physics, the university of sydney, sydney nsw 2006, australia. 2 advanced materials and nanostructures laboratory, plasma sources and application center, nie,nanyang technological university, 637616 singapore  3 department of aerospace engineering, university of michigan, ann arbor, michigan 48109-2140 e-mail: i.levchenko@physics.usyd.edu.au  deterministic synthesis of functional nanoassemblies (nas) ranging from common nanostructures to intricate nanopatterns and nanodevices is a current demand and ultimate crux of modern nanoscience and nanotechnology. at the macroscopic level, this implies the ability to adequately select and adjust the process parameters to achieve the desired properties of individual nas, such as their positioning, alignment, shape, elemental composition, crystallinity, etc. [1] at the microscopic level, the determinism implies a certain degree of control over the building blocks that selfassemble into the required nanoassemblies and optimization of elementary processes in the nanofabrication environment. therefore, the choice of the most favorable environment turns out to be a critical factor to reduce process costs and achieve the long-held goal of deterministic nanofabrication.  here, from the microscopic-level viewpoint, we argue that partially ionized environments of the plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition (pecvd) can offer a better deal of controlling the size, shape, and pattern uniformity in deterministic synthesis of selected nanoassemblies, as compared to charge-neutral thermal cvd. by using an experimental investigation, hybrid monte carlo and adatom selforganization simulation [2], we show that the ionized gas environment is decisive in sustaining the growth of tall and sharp carbon nanotip microemitter structures as opposed to short and wide nanotips grown by the cvd under the same conditions.  we also show [3] the advantages of using low-temperature plasma environments for post-processing of dense nanotube arrays. by controlling plasma-extracted ion fluxes and varying the plasma and sheath parameters, one can selectively coat, dope, or functionalize different areas on nanotube surfaces. conditions of uniform deposition over the nanotube surfaces are obtained for different arrays. the plasma route enables a uniform processing of lateral surfaces in very dense (with a step-to height ratio of 1:4) arrays, impossible via the neutral gas process wherein radical penetration into the inter-nanotube gaps is poor.  the supporting experimental results are also discussed in details.  [1] ostrikov k., rev. mod. phys. 77, 489 (2005).  [2] levchenko i., ostrikov k., keidar m., xu s., appl. phys. lett 89, 033109 (2006).  [3] levchenko i., ostrikov k., tam e., appl. phys. lett. 89 223108 (2006).   ');
pdf_daten[1] = new Array('A1-Energy balance of carbon nanoparticle applications - a t.pdf', 'A1-Energy balance of carbon nanoparticle applications - a technology assessment of production and use systems', 'session a1 nanoproduction and process technology  energy balance of carbon nanoparticle applications: a technology assessment of production and use systems  björn a. sandén, duncan kushnir  environmental systems analysis, department of energy and environment, chalmers university of technology  abstract  energy requirements for fullerene and nanotube synthesis are calculated from literature data and presented for a number of important production processes including fluidised bed and floating catalyst cvd, carbon monoxide disproportionation, pyrolysis, laser ablation and electric arc and solar furnace synthesis. critical issues in energy and scaling production are identified and potentials for improvement in industrial scale processes are discussed including possible interactions with related industrial ecosystems. carbon nanoparticles (cnps) are found to be highly energy intensive materials, in the order of 3-100 times more energy intensive than aluminium, even with idealized implementations of production routes. this perspective is used to survey real world applications with newly commercialised or anticipated products enabled by carbon nanotechnology. by examining concepts such as energy payback from dematerialising or increasing the efficiency of technology, insights into the potential lifetime energy profile of carbon nanomaterials is gained. despite the large energy demand of production, cnp lifecycle energy flows could become neutral or positive in some applications, particularly in energy related systems.  background and method  the unique material properties and recent successes working with c60 and carbon nanotubes have led to a host of realized and anticipated applications. in particular, they have been portrayed as having a potential to provide new technologies for efficient and clean conversion, storage and use of energy and thus be key to climate change mitigation (baughman et al. 2002, smalley 2005). as carbon nanotechnology has left the laboratory and begun the process of industrialisation,1 interest and concerns over the potential environmental impacts of cnps have also begun to arise. the main objective of this work is to obtain a reasonable set of cumulative energy requirement estimates for current and potential cnp mass production processes in order to enable evaluations of potential net energy balances in cnp applications2 and to dentify critical issues in production   and assess future potential to ameliorate them. lifecycle inventories of laboratory scale processes ha­ve begun to emerge (isaacs et al 2006). however, such results may not be representative of future large-scale production systems. therefore, an approach is taken where the cumulative energy requirements (cer) for production at industrial levels are built up by assuming industrial efficiencies in obtaining the observed reaction conditions and using known cers of creating the precursor materials. complete sets of lifecycle data on the production of all background inputs into the production system were obtained. for inputs without lifecycle analyses available, an estimate was made from process data.  figure 1: system methodology for cer calculations  1 some estimates place single wall nanotube production at 5 kilograms globally in 2000, while production of all carbon nanoparticles is estimated to reach 400+ tons in 2007 (cientifica 2006), and grow rapidly thereafter. 2 see kushnir and sandén (2007) for a full paper on energy requirements of cnp production and kushnir (2007) for energy balances of some cnp applications.  nanoproduction and process technology session a1  various systems for production are discussed along with possible technical improvements suggested by research or by the model results. there are two main cases, or variations of this foreground system, considered for each process: a baseline case and an ‘efficient’ case. there are several tradeoffs inherent in production systems and yield per unit feedstock versus yield per unit time appears to be one of them. the baseline casesall use stoichiometry data from reports containing the highest yields per unit time found, while the efficient cases take their stoichiometry from process reports detailing very high feedstock yields, with the assumption that such high efficiencies can be obtained at higher throughput. additionally, integrating some production processes with compatible existing industries could abate some of the production energy and material costs from a lifecycle perspective, but it is not clear when or if it will be feasible to do so.  results  the results of the process model calculations are given in table 1. the figures represent the cumulative electricity and thermal energy requirements for a net production of 1 kg of bulk nanoparticles and indicate that they will remain highly energy intensive materials, even in a close to optimal industrial production setting. with some caveats, it can be said that the values calculated lie somewhat above what is thermodynamically possible, and therefore represent a long term target that could only be achieved with scaling of process and some technical innovation.  table 1: cumulative energy requirements (cer) of seven cnp production pathways (cradle to gate)  baseline case  efficient case   process  product  thermal  electrical  thermal  electrical   (mjth/kg)  (mje/kg)  (mjth/kg)  (mje/kg)    fluidized bed cvd  swnt  328  626  93  220   floating catalyst cvd  mwnt  295  187  331  74   hipco  swnt  47  5769  - -  pyrolysis  c60  6341  678  5412  538   electric arc  mwnt  295  2170  75  2170   laser ablation  swnt  211  9424  61  1600   solar furnace  swnt  292  (6200)* + 150  72  (6200)* + 150    * this value is the ‘wasted’ electric potential of using such a thermal system, and represents an opportunity cost for using the apparatus to produce nanomaterial. an alternative value is zero.  the manufacturing energy costs of various processes used in cnp application such as melt pressing, dispersion or ball milling are fairly well characterized, but quite small compared to that of the nanotubes themselves. because of the high production energy requirements, addition of nanotube material increases the energy intensity of virtually any material. however, this does not imply that the overall life cycle energy balance of cnps in comparison to other materials is always negative; in many applications, there is a definite potential to offset energy and material requirements of cnp production via increased efficiency and dematerialization of the application. in bulk materials, observed and theoretical increases in material properties suggest that adding small amounts of cnps to toughen materials is a more energetically efficient way to improve structural materials than creating high-concentration composites. neither may be effective compared to traditional materials if increases in industrial efficiency are not realized. for instance, table 2 shows an example demonstrating energy efficiency in stiffness based structural materials; it shows that while aluminium and carbon fibre based composites could represent an improvement in structural material efficiency, swnt composites, despite potentially superior material properties, represent an increase in energy intensity per unit of service.  session a1 nanoproduction and process technology  table 2: stiffness based material replacement index and energy requirement (cer)   young’s modulus  density  material re- cer* / material   material  (e) (gpa)  (.) (g/cm 3)  placement index (=e3/ ., steel = 1)  replacement index (steel = 1)   aluminium   2024-t4  142  2.7  2.5  0.7   cf/epoxy composite   (automotive 61%)  100  1.59  3.7  0.5   swnt/hdpe   composite  162  1.35  5.3  1.5    * from table 7: swnt baseline. 0.35 thermal to electrical conversion efficiency assumed.  in energy applications, because effects from their use are leveraged over comparatively large masses of components, dematerialization resulting from increase in lifetime could be a major direct environmental benefit, with benefits an order of magnitude larger than costs. small increases in device efficiency could additionally result in a large amount of energy savings over the lifetime of a product; potentially as large as or larger than the cer of production (kushnir 2007).  realizing actual gains in either category will require energy and material flow improvements from current laboratory production efficiencies. regardless, it seems possible to regain the high energy cost of carbon nanoparticle production from dematerialization effects and direct results of efficiency increase, particularly in energy applications.  references  baughman, ray h, zakhidov, anvar a, de heer, walt a. (2002). carbon nanotubes--the route toward applications. science 297: 787-792. cientifica inc (2006). nanotubes. white paper. obtained online from cmp-cientifica.com, nov 2006. kushnir, d. (2007). a technology assessment of carbon nanoparticles: production energy requirements and implications  for use. esa report 2007:5, environmental systems analysis, chalmers university of technology. kushnir, d. and sandén, b. a. (2007). energy requirements for production of carbon nanoparticles , journal of industrial   ecology (submitted for publication). smalley, r. e. (2005). future global energy prosperity: the terawatt challenge. mrs bulletin, 30: 412-417.   ');
pdf_daten[2] = new Array('A1-Large-scale synthesis of single-walled carbon nanotubes.pdf', 'A1-Large-scale synthesis of single-walled carbon nanotubes with a modified arc-discharge technique', 'session a1 nanoproduction and process technology  large-scale synthesis of single-walled carbon nanotubes with a modified arc-discharge technique  oliver jost  fraunhofer institut für werkstoff- und strahltechnik, dresden, germany e-mail: jost@iws.fhg.de  this contribution describes the synthesis ofsingle walled carbon nanotubes (swcnt) with a modified arc-discharge technique. it will be shown that the synthesis of nanotubes with arc-discharge results in some unique opportunities, one of them being the possibility to easily upscale the swcnt synthesis – with results suggesting a production volume of tons/year being in reach. this is followed by the presentation of an integrated approach aiming not only at a large-scale synthesis of swcnt but also at an integrated solution for the direct synthesisofchemically modified nanotubes. this results in both an upscaled and flexible synthesisroute for these promising nanomaterials.   ');
pdf_daten[3] = new Array('A1-Nanolayers and nanostructures for the refinement of poly.pdf', 'A1-Nanolayers and nanostructures for the refinement of polymer products - an overview', 'session a1 nanoproduction and process technology  nanolayers and nanostructures for the refinement of polymer products - an overview  thomas rühle, achim gruber, stefan stangler  freudenberg forschungsdienste kg,höhnerweg 2-4,69465 weinheim, germany; e-mail: thomas.ruehle@freudenberg.de  abstract  all kinds of polymer surfaces in principle can be refined by the application of nanolayers or nanostructures. an overview  about the possibilities within the freudenberg group will be given. possible substrates are non-wovens for clothing, wipes or elastomer for sealing, damping or household applications. relevant material properties are friction coefficient, wear, stick-slip behaviour, wetting, soiling or antibacterial properties. such layers and structures can be applied by wet coating, plasma coating, laser techniques or sputtering techniques.  examples  antibacterial silver-layers deposited by sputtering  as metallic silver-nanostructures exhibit a high surface-to-volume-ratio, the concentration of microbiological effective silver ions at the nanoparticle surface, generated by atmospheric oxygen and humidity from the environment, is significant higher than for macroscopic, respective µ- structures. applying nanosilver to textiles can improve the smell properties as shown in figure 1, where a nonwoven was equipped with different loadings of nanosilver. the fact that a moderate concentration of approx. 300 ppm silver is sufficient in order to reduce the bad smell is due to the genuine advantage of the nanotechnology.   figure 1: rating of the smell of wipes as a function of the silver loading  wear reduction of rubber lips by deposition of hmdso plasma-layers  as cleaning products for the professional segment are used frequently and often, their wear can be a critical property. we used a plasma process for the coating of such lips with hmdso nanolayers. as shown in figure 2, the wear can be reduced by 2-3 orders ofmagnitude, depending on the applied plasma parameters. the tests were performed on a pin-on disc apparatus.   figure 2: linear wear rate of uncoated and coated rubber lips  nanoproduction and process technology session a1  dynamic wetting behaviour of household wipes by fluoroform nanolayers  the dynamic wetting behaviour of non-wovens for household wipes can be a critical factor of the cleaning performance. as the wiping process is fast, the relevant time scales are far below one second. for this reason, it is a great challenge to influence the dynamic wetting behaviour within milliseconds. in figure 3, the water contact angle for different wipes is shown as a function of time. it can be clearly seen, that a successive application of fluoroform nanolayers results in a reduction of the wetting velocity. the wetting behaviour can be influenced very sensitively and within a very small time scale by such layers.  friction reduction of dynamic sealings by plasma-layers or microstructures  as dynamic sealings like the simmering® are part of tribological systems, it is of great interest to reduce the friction coefficient in order to prolong the lifetime and to reduce energy consumption. in a first step, we applied hmds plasma layers. as shown in figure 4, the friction coefficient can be reduced by a factor 6-7. another possibility for reducing the friction is the direct structuring by laser techniques or the negative structuring of the tools and therefore the application of a imprinting process. the results of the application of the imprinting technology can be seen in figure 5. the application of larger structures results in a increase of the friction coefficient, smaller structures decrease the friction coefficient.  literature michael haupt, jakob barz, uwe vohrer, heinz hilgers, christian oehr: fluor-kohlenstoff-nanoschichten zur gezielten ober­flächenfunktionalisierung; in: vakuum in forschung und praxis 6/2005 – p. 329-335  b. jacoby, w. bock, m. haupt, h. hilgers, m. kopnarski,  j. molter, c. oehr, t. rühle, m. wahl abscheidung, charakterisierung und anwendung von plasma-polymerschichten auf hmdso-basis; in: vakuum in forschung und praxis 4/2006 – p. 12-18  t. rühle, a. gruber: die neue generation – mit nano-silber beschichteten kunststoffen gegen bakterien, pilze und biofilme in: plastverarbeiter 9/2006 – p. 106-107  includes results of a project funded by the german federal ministry of education and research (bmbf), fkz 03n8022c   figure 3: dynamic wetting behaviour of wipes coated with fluoroform   figure 4: friction coefficient for a hnbr material without and with a  hmdso nanolayer   figure 5: friction coefficient for a hnbr material without different surface structures   ');
pdf_daten[4] = new Array('A1-NanospiderTM technology and its applications.pdf', 'A1-NanospiderTM technology and its applications', 'nanoproduction and process technology session a1  nanospidertm technology and its applications  denisa stranska, denisa.stranska@elmarco.com, stanislav petrik  elmarco ltd., liberec, czech republic  nanofiber preparation methods  electrospinning methods seem to be the only ones exploitable in industrial production process. while the processes working with sets of hollow needles show some difficulties in continuousproduction and machine throughput, the electrospinning from surface provides reasonable production speed, regular nanofiber layers and acceptable fiber diameter distribution. electrospinning from surface (roller) was invented by technical university in liberec, czech republic, in 2003, and it was patented a year later. the process in itself is very easy for explanation (fig.1). the roller as a spinning electrode is sunk into the polymer solution. a very thin layer of the solution is created on the surface of rotating roller. due to high electric field between rotating roller and upper collector, taylor cones are created on the surface of the roller and the individual rays of polymer are splitted as long as they fall to the surface of substrate material.   fig.1. the principle of nanospider™ electrospinning technology  the technology is very versatile for many polymer solutions. some examples of polymers spun by elmarco are: pa6, pa6/12, pur, para, pva, pes, gelatine, chitosan, fluorated  polymers, etc. it is able to prepare nanofibers from precursorsof the following inorganic material: tio2, sio2, al2o3 etc.  the technology is being modified for melt polymers as well.  the nanospider™ technology has many advantages thanks to its simplicity: -very high throughput in comparison with nozzles usage -low maintenance, short downtime -consistent, homogenous nanofiber layer -safety operation  the product portfolio elmarco company offers in nanofiber technology is very wide: from customized research and develop ­ment over laboratory machines for production of nanofiber samples to industrial-scale machines.  the technology is very friendly to the environment.  session a1 nanoproduction and process technology  end-uses of nanofibers  the application area of nanofibers is very wide and various. at this moment, the main application area is air and liquid filtration. thanks to unique nanofiber properties, as very high specific surface, high porosity, small pore size, ability to dope nanofibers with active agents, the nanofibers enable to remove very small particles. at very low area weight (0.1 gsm), the filtration efficiency is increased while the pressure drop stays at almost the same value.   in 2006, elmarco r&d team developed a new material for elimination of some mechanical and biological impurities from air, called antimicrobeweb™. this material consists of support material (viscose) which is coated with two nanofiber layers. one layer contains of at least one microbial additive and therefore is effective in growth inhibition of some microbes. other layer with smaller pore size is designed as fine filtration component. this material is suitable for face masks, air conditioning filters, filters for clean rooms, etc. the face masks made by nanospider technology were tested in nelson laboratories (usa) for bacterial and viruses filtration efficiency with very good results. bfe and vfe are higher than 99.9%.  additional application of nanofiber layers is in hepa and ulpa filtration. in this area, it enables to use lower area weight of substrate material, which is quite expensive and the charged meltblown has not been used for filtration efficiency increase. in the liquid filtration, we expect the  usage in wastewater filtration, oil and fuel filtration and in biotechnology filtration (wine, beer, milk, etc.). very prospective area is ion exchange membrane as well.  other area of application is sound absorbing material containing nanofibers. as sound absorption of lower frequencies is quite problematic with fibrous materials made up of coarser fibers, develop­ment of highly efficient sound absorption material is called for. an ordinary fibrous material absorbs sound energy of higher frequencies and a foil absorbs only lower frequencies but nanofibrous layers damped by the porous material absorb the acoustic energy of wide frequency band. it is caused by very low diameter of fibers. the incident sound wave is transferred into the heat after absorption.  nanoproduction and process technology session a1   the material is called acousticweb™ and it is very lightweight with very good heat insulation properties. this material can be used in automotive sector (transportation) as door insulation, headliner, car boot, etc. in home appliance (fridges,  dishwashers, washing machines), and in buildings.  in wound coverings applications, elmarco signed join venture with irish pharmaceutical company. wound coverings are materials with some specific functions: stop bleeding; allow liquids to get out of wound; allow air to access wound; do not allow access of bacteria; release drugs which help healing process. some wound coverings are to decompose inside of body in certain time interval. composite materials containing nanofibers were tested as wound coverings with positive results. there are many other application of nanofibers,  e.g. in photovoltaic cells, new generation of batteries and condensers, fuel cell, wave shielding material, in nanocomposites - development of ground-breaking composites with outstanding  properties. elmarco with its technology creates the world of 3rd millennium.   ');
pdf_daten[5] = new Array('A1-Rapid nanocomposite manufacturing - a new way of realizi.pdf', 'A1-Rapid nanocomposite manufacturing - a new way of realizing multifunctional applications', 'nanoproduction and process technology session a1  rapid nanocomposite manufacturing - a new wayofrealizing multifunctional applications  stephan barcikowski, anne hahn, andreas ostendorf  laser zentrum hannover e.v., hollerithallee 8, 30419 hannover, germany  abstract  the use of ultrashort pulsed laser ablation enables to generate functional nanoparticle polymer composites. the nanoparticle dispersions can be transfered into homogenous polymer nanomaterial. this method is qualified to rapidly design nanomaterials for customers needs. at the example of a silicone-based implant, we demonstrate the fabrication route to multifunctional custom-tailored polymer composites which is realised with embedded nanoparticles and nanoparticles mixtures of a variety of materials. overall, we discuss how value can be added to conventional material by transferring nanomaterials into prototypes in order to close the gap between nanomaterials design and manufacturing of products, especially for small series or individual end products.  introduction  the need to accelerate the transition of nanotechnology into practical use gains increasing importance. a variety of new nanocomposites material formulations do already exist but they often do not correspond to the customers’ need. there is still a lack in providing costumers with parts and small series of new designed multifunctional nanocomposites for testing. but the availability of prototypes of end-user parts for material and functionality testing is often the prerequisite for a market launch or mass production. this can be realized with the novel method of rapid nanocomposite prototyping and manufacturing. the aim of this study is to bridge the gap in the value chain with a straight-forward realization of an innovative raw material into a prototype e.g. for medical applications. engineered nanoparticles are used in nanocomposites and coatings for biomedical applications such as antibacterial implants or catheters, modification of textiles, and refinement of polymers. very often the desired range of applicationsis restricted due to a limited availability of nanoparticle materials, their purity, their re-dispersability (e.g. of agglomerated powders) and costs (specially for small amounts like pre-series). laser ablation has showed itself as an alternative physical nanomaterial fabrication method, which offers novel opportunities to solve the agglomeration and impurity problem inherent to conventional methods like the gas phase hydrolysis/pyrolysis and sol-gel process. the method is based on the ablation of a target by ultrashort-pulsed laser radiation, leading to the ablation of the solid and the formation of nanoparticles/nanostructures which are quenched and stabilised by the confining liquid [1]. in figure 1, the nanosecond-pulsed and femtosecond-pulsed laser ablation is compared with respect to the different thermal load of the material, giving minimal thermal load in the case of fs-laser ablation [2].   figure 1: comparisonof nanosecond-pulsed and femtosecond-pulsed laser ablation with respect to the time regime of photon­electron, electron-atom interaction, and heat conduction  this ultrafast ablation process makes it possible to produce very gentle material removal converting a bulk material into nanoparticles in gases and liquids [3,4] without changing its stoichiometry [5]. if the nanoparticle generation is carried out by ablation in an infrared transparent liquid (such as water, ethanol, acetone, ethylacetate, acrylates, …), an in-situ dispersion  session a1	nanoproduction and process technology  of the nanoparticles in these solvents and subsequent polymerisation is possible. within 30 seconds, a colloid is manufactured ready for testing; in the following minutes, the ultrapure nanocomposite material is available for the manufacturing of the end-part e.g. by moulding.   experimental  the generation of nanoparticles was carried out using a femtosecond laser system by spectra physics (spitfire pro), emitting 120 fs laser pulses at 800 nm. this laser produces fs pulses with an energy of up to 1 w and works with a repetition rate of 1 khz. a fourstage positioning unit for laser micromachining by 3d-micromac was used. femtosecond laser ablation in liquid media was carried out in an open glass vessel. the material is placed on the bottom of the glass vessel filled with several ml liquid. the laser beam was focused by a lens on the surface of the target. during the process in liquid media, generated particles are dispersed as figure 2: colloids. afterwards, three different routes of polymerisation may be workflow of the rapid nanocomposite realized depending on the solvents used during the ablation process. manufacturing method an overview about the principle of the nanocomposite manufacturing  with the simple steps i) laser generation within liquid (solvent, monomer or resin component), ii) preparation of mixture for polymerisation, iii) polymerisation by heating or applying uv light is given in fig. 2. depending on the liquid (solvent, monomer, resin), three different routes apply as shown in the work flow of fig. 2.   results  experiments have been carried out to manufacture nanocomposites with  embedded nanoparticles of a wide range of metallic materials. some figure 3: examples of these nanocomposites are shown in the left image of figure examples of manufactured nanocomposites with 3. due to the embedding of the nanoparticles their optical properties embedded metallic nanoparticles (left). are implemented into the composites which are still transparent after  tem image of gold nanoparticles embedded embedding. the polymer obtains the element characteristic colour based into acrylic polymer (right).  insert: transparent nanocomposite sample	on the plasmon resonance of the nanoparticle e.g. gold nanoparticles turn red, silver nanoparticles orange to yellow. additionally to the metallic nanoparticles also nanoparticles of alloys are generated. the right image of fig. 3 shows a transmission electron microscope image of gold nanoparticles embedded in acrylic polymer. this demonstrates the homogeneous distribution of the nanoparticles in the polymeric matrix.   the functionalisation of these nanomaterials for medical application is demonstrated at the example of silicone used as cochlea implant electrode carrier. into the silicone matrix, silver nanoparticles are embedded using the above method. it is well-known that silver hydroxide ions are released from water molecule permeable polymers with embedded nanoparticles, causing antibacterial functionality. but care has to be taken in case of implant, in order to avoid anti-proliferative effects on cells which are responsible for the functionality of the implant. in case of the  figure 4:  endothelian cells grown on silicone-silver-nano-cochlea implant electrode, spiral ganglia cells (sgc) and endothelial cell particle composite. left: silicone electrode mantle have to grow towards the silicone surface. in addition, it is aimed that of a cochlea implant sgc cells (responsible for signal transfer to the central nervous system)  nanoproduction and process technology session a1  grow more effective than endothelial cells (responsible for fixation of the implant). therefore, a slight suppression of the endothelial growth is sought. first results of proliferation effects of endothelial cells in the log-phase on the nanocomposite material are shown in figure 4. as wanted, they grow slower than on the pure silicon control, but show sufficient proliferation behaviour.  conclusion and outlook  compared to conventional methods, stable nanoparticles are generated in high purity during pulsed laser ablation of solids in liquids without the use of chemical precursors. in-situ dispersions and subsequent embedding of nanoparticles into polymers have been demonstrated. this method allows a design of new functionalitiesofpolymer composites due to nanoparticle derived effects. the use of a variety of materials and liquids underlies almost no restrictions. as shown at the example of a bioactive product, the novel manufacturing route gives access to rapid nanomaterial generation and variation of properties, e.g. for pre-clinical studies. since the materials can be used as masterbatch, their integration into conventional processing chains like injection or reaction moulding is the consequent next step towards rapid nanomaterialparts prototyping.  acknowledgments  the authors acknowledge financial support by the german research society dfg within the excellence cluster rebirth.  1 v. kabashin, m. meunier in recent advances in laser processing of materials, editors: j. perriere, e. millon,  e. fogarassi. elsevier (2006), 1-36 2 bauer, t.: abtragen von bioresorbierbaren implantatwerkstoffen mittels ultrakurzer laserpulse. dissertation. publ.: a. ostendorf, pzh-verlag (2005) 3 s. barcikowski, a. hahn, a. v. kabashin, b. n. chichkov: properties of nanoparticles generated during femtosecond laser machining in air and water. journal of applied physics a., 87, 47–55 (2007) 4 s. barcikowski, n. bärsch, m. hustedt, r. sattari, a. ostendorf: continuous production and online-characterization of nanoparticles from ultrafast laser ablation and laser cracking. in: proceedings of 23nd icaleo 2005, 31.oct.-03.nov, miami, ca, usa, p. 375-384 5 j. koch, a. von bohlen, r. hergenröder, k. niemax: particle size distributions and compositions of aerosols produced by near-ir femto- and nanosecond laser ablation of brass. in: journal anal. at. spectrom. 2004, vol 19, s. 267 – 272   ');
pdf_daten[6] = new Array('A1-Techniques, instruments and special aspects of CEN and C.pdf', 'A1-Techniques, instruments and special aspects of CEN and CEN-STAR with some views in nanotechnology for', 'techniques, instruments and special aspects of cen and cen-star with some views in nanotechnology for measurements and quality insurance  dr gérard riviere, president of cen-star.  president.star@cen.eu  1. introduction and definition  what is cen ? cen, the european committee for standardization, was founded in 1961 by the national standards bodies in the european economic community and european free trade association countries. today cen is contributing to the objectives of the european union and european economic area with voluntary technical standards which promote free trade, the safety of workers and consumers, interoperability of networks, environmental protection, exploitation of research and development programmes, and public procurement. cen is one of the 3 european union standardisation official organisations with cenelec for electro-technical standardisa­ tion and etsi for telecommunication.   cen technical areas are:   1. chemistry  9 . heating, cooling, ventilation   2. building and civil engineering  10. information society   3. household goods sport and leisure  11. materials   4. environment  12. mechanical engineering   5. food  13. measurement   6. general standards  14. services   7. healthcare  15. transport and packaging   8. health and safety  16. utilities and energy   why develop european union standards?    standardisation facilitates the exchange of goods and servicesby elimination of the barriers of a technical nature. consumers and producers alike benefit from standardisation through increased product safety and quality as well as lower prices. with one common standard for 30 european countries, a product or a service can reach a far wider market with much lower  development and testing costs (i.e. 500 million people). standards are technical references well documented, prepared by experts and adopted following the consensus process. standards are information to the users and different stakeholders; their diffusion is complement to the scientific publications and to the patents, the two other ways for technical innovation references.  in few words, standards: -increase safety and allow interoperability -increase understanding and information transfer -promote competitiveness of industry and increase competition -define agreement on the design, manufacture, performance and testing of products, services, or operations -diffuse results from r&d  standards are transparent and consensus based working forum open to all interested parties,  freely agreed, voluntarily applied and verifiable compliance, coherent set of specifications. they are revisited when the state of the art improved and reviewed each 3 or 5 years.  what is cen-star ? cen-star is a committee in which star means standardisation and research. cen-star is advisory action group reporting to cen technical board (since 1992). it promotes closer links between researchers and standardisers, suggests opportunities in eu policies for research and for industry. its terms of reference have been revised in 2003 and a strategic action plan is in operation since beginning 2005.  2. research and standardisation  the relationship between research and standardisation is written in the eu treaty, it was decided in the single act in 1986 when the research and technology policy was introduced.  art 163 states  1.  the community shall have the objective of strenghthening the scientific and technological bases of community industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level, while promoting all the research activities deemed necessary by virtue of other chapters of this treaty.   2.  for this purpose the community shall, throughout the community, encourage undertakings, including small and medium-sized undertakings, research centres and universities in their research and technological development activities of high quality; it shall support their efforts to cooperate with one another, aiming, notably, at enabling undertakings to exploit the internal market potential to the full, in particular through the opening-up of national public contracts, the definition of common standards and the removal of legal and fiscal obstacles to that cooperation.    moreover, in the decision of the 7th framework programme for research, technological development and demonstration activities (2007 to 2013) concerning cooperation,  the nine themes determined for eu action are the following:  1.  health   2.  food, agriculture and biotechnology   3.  information and communication technologies   4.  nanosciences, nanotechnologies, materials and new production technologies   5.  energy   6.  environment (including climate change)   7.  transport (including aeronautics)   8.  socio-economics sciences and humanities   9.  security and space    the nine themes also include research needed to underpin the formulation, implementation and assessment of eu policies, such as in the areas of health, safety, consumer protection, energy, the environment, development aid, fisheries, maritime affairs, agriculture, animal welfare, transport, education and training, employment, social affairs, cohesion, and justice and home affairs, along with pre-normative and co-normative research relevant to improving the quality of standards and their implementation…  3. type of research in the standardisation field:  the co-normative research (cnr) is research and development in direct interaction with ongoing and/or planned standardisation activities, usually proposed by cen technical committees to progress items in their agreed work programme.  the pre-normative research (pnr) is research and development likely to support future trends in standardisation  i.e. workanticipating future standards.  cen-star, twice a year in its plenary meeting evaluate and decide upon proposals of cnr and pnr.  4. cen-star instruments and projects  cen-star scope is to improve the links between standardisation and research. it promotes the diffusion of research results and expertise through standards at european level.  cen-star performs the following tasks: -establishes lists of the needs for normative research in support to cen standardisation -organizes trends analysis workshops in selected fields with high relevance of r&d in order to identify important needs  for future standardisation and to promote appropriate standardisation activities  -interfaces with the european commission as well as with other bodies funding research in europe to ensure that research is used for the benefit of the standardisation process and that research needed to improve the quality standards is supported from public and private funds.  cen-star has produced a best practice guide ‘exploiting research through standardisation’ for researchers and scientists as well as industrialists to develop efforts from research results to standards. this guide is distributed on request and available on http://www.cen.eu  the ‘fish bone analysis’ was primarily developed to address the strategies and choices in research and standardisation. it is an integrated approach for reaching ambitious objectives. the whole idea behind the integrated approach fishbone starts from the fact that large amounts of private but also taxpayer money are spent on various activities, including research, without having actually a large impact. this can generate frustration and disillusion. with the integrated approach, it would most probably end up spending substantially more on some actions, but with much higher chances of getting long lasting improvements i.e; a better return on investment. the starting point of the proposed methodology comes from a clear identification of ‘difficulties’, which can be of a commercial nature, or of a societal nature, or a mix, any kind of large and lasting difficulties in fact. organisations and groups facing several difficulties can fix priorities. they may of course wish that these difficulties would disappear without effort, but the suppression, or at least the large mitigation, of these difficulties would be considered an objective if they are willing to allocate time and resources to seek mid-term (or in some cases long-term) solutions in a proactive and tenacious way. core members of these groups need to spend enough time to analyse the various facets which should lead to the solutions. we live in a complex world and some of the envisaged solutions might be complex indeed. in the fishbone methodology it is checked whether further research is needed. it needs also to check whether written standards (containing harmonised requirements, possibly backed by testing methods) are requested. in some cases the objective could not be reached in practice without mandatory new legislation which will need to make it happen. and it is to be as comprehensive as possible in the analysis of all complementarymeasures (promotion, marketing, education..). a large majority of members should be fully convinced about the feasibility of the approach. then comes the time to allocate people and resources to the various actions, to be conducted in parallel or in sequence, in a pragmatic way.  cen-star trend analysis workshop  cen-star organised trends analysis workshops : in 2005 on sampling and the environment made under the leadership of nordic countries. this results is now ongoing on the standard methods to proper collect sample for soil, air, waste and different living markers. it is of strong interest especially in order to be able to assess the eu environment directives.  the workshop ‘mycarevent’ - mobility and collaborative work in european vehicle emergency networks took place in  may 2006 and will have a cen deliverable as one of the follow-up.  in february 2007, cen/star with cenelec held at the international energy agency in paris, a trends analysis workshop on the issue of the promotion of compact fluorescent lamps, cfl, and the corresponding phasing out of incandescent lamps. standards (to be elaborated by cenelec or cen) could help marketing cfls. in particular there is a need for objective and repeatable testing methods for the ‘lighting quality’.  several trend analysis workshops are under preparation: -biotechnology in 2007 (european federation of biotechnology) -photocatalysis technologies and novel nanosurfaces materials in 2008 (cost action 540) -standard methods for improving the quality management of research in 2009(ird impacq).  reference methods and measurements (with joint research centre - jrc)  jrc mission is to provide customer-driven scientific and technical support for the conception, development, implementation and monitoring of eu policies, independently of private and national interests. within jrc, the irmm institute focuses on technical measurement. this enables uniform implementation of european directives and regulations, this strengthens the economy by improving competitiveness, and this enables the functioning of the european internal market and global trade. at irmm, laboratories are now responsible for providing the certified reference materials and methods needed for the con­trol of heavy metals.  copras  copras, cooperation platform for research and standards, aimed at stimulating interaction and exchange between fp 6 ist projects and standardisation groups. all research projects have been submitted to analysis about their direct or indirect potential for new standards in the field of information and communication technologies. this proved particularly useful and successful. more challenging was to help initiate new standardisation activities from consortia wishing to better ‘implement’ their findings.  cen-star at its last meeting recommended to organise a new copras in the field of environment, especially motivate to the revision of eu directives and using all expertise and results obtained in the research framework programmes.  already, thanks to the eu research efforts in the field of nanosciences and nanotechnologies and the numerous results achieved, could sustain standardisation in cen tc 352 creating a copras nano.  links to european technological platforms  following the request of commissioner potocnik cen star is contributing to the promotion of standardisation in the european technology platforms etps. it is recalled the role of european standardisation in the innovation process as described in the aho report, as well as the central role of standardisation, including on horizontal coordination, for the success of the strategic research agendas of the etps as endorsed at the vienna conference a year ago. a particular highlight is the role of etps to­wards smes and towards international and globalisation aspects, cen star proposes to cen/bt to encourage the active participation of the nsbs in the national mirror committees of etps in order to promote the role of european standardisation in their strategic research agenda.  european technology platforms star members have been reminded to liaise urgently with their nsb to prepare high level contacts with their national authorities on the following issues: -increased awareness by these national authorities on the role and importance of standardisation -need to ensure adequate possibilities and modalities in fp7 to support research necessary for standardisation activities.  quality management of research  the project impaqt ‘improved management practice and quality training’ highlighted the need to provide guidance to young researchers, in general unaware of management and harmonised quality practices, which could useful be applied in research activities. the partners of the impaqt project are specialized in coaching and management teaching in academia, several standardization bodies and research organisations. they have developed a strong experience with the translation and interpretation of the organisation standards en iso 9000 and en iso 9001 as they have worked for several years in the training and promotion of quality management in research laboratories, universities and research administration and developed two normative tools: fd x 50 551 and ga 50 552, which translate these standards into the cultural environment of research and which give examples from ‘the lab bench’ for all important concepts and requirements of en iso 9001.  quality assurance is a main driving element in this respect.  need of reliable data collections for new standards  cen star has been requested in the beginning of 2007 to prepare a guidance document for cen technical committees on the collection of test data to support standardisation activity.  the problem of round robin tests supporting standardisation activity has been raised. in most cases, waiting for definite data makes it impossible to comply with the time frame and therefore adoption of preliminary standards. however, this may be deleted due to shortage of funding to carry out the necessary tests, or a low-content draft may risk being written because the market is not willing to wait.  5. cen-star in the field of nanotechnology  the following particular input from cen-star in the nanoworld:  -promotion of standardisation in several scientific meetings, conference and workshop -participation in the strategic group of cen-tc 352 -project advisory committee of nanostrand -examples of inputs : - cost 540 in photocatalysis  - esf in euronanopar  6. conclusion  the issue of measurements and quality insurance in the field of nanotechnology is related to following fields under the frame of cen-star activities promoting links between researchers and standardisers:  metrology, measurement methods reliable data collection quality research management risk assessment   ');
pdf_daten[7] = new Array('A2-Comparison of dynamic light scattering and centrifugal s.pdf', 'A2-Comparison of dynamic light scattering and centrifugal sedimentation for nanoparticle sizing', 'session a2 measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology  comparison of dynamic light scattering and centrifugal sedimentation for nanoparticle sizing  olivier couteau1, gert roebben1  1 institute for reference materials and measurements (irmm), joint research centre, european commission, retieseweg 111, 2440 geel, belgium.  abstract  to support the efforts of increasing confidence in the comparability of measurements in the field of nanotechnology, the institute of reference materials and measurements (irmm) is now producing reference particle materials with particle size in the nanometer range. several techniques, which are based on different physical principles, have been developed to perform nanoparticle sizing. irmm is evaluating the differences between results obtained with two of the most commonly used nanoparticle sizing techniques: dynamic light scattering and centrifugal sedimentation. one difference between  these techniques is their power to resolve multi-modal particle size distributions. due to the separation process occurring in the disc centrifuge, centrifugal sedimentation has an excellent resolution and is able to resolve modes with a diameter ratio as low as 1.1. dynamic light scattering is not able to resolve modes with a diameter ratio lower than 4. on the other hand, dynamic light scattering does not require frequent calibration, as is needed for centrifugal sedimentation, for which the sedimentation velocity must be calibrated. this paper will present experimental results, illustrating advantages and drawbacks associated with each technique.  introduction  nanoparticles (nps) are gaining more and more interest in industry and academia due to their potential use in a wide range of applications as catalysis, fuel cells, electronics, ceramics or more recently in medical applications as drug-carriers [1-2]. due to their extremely small size, concerns about their impact on human health and environmental systems are raised [3]. well characterized nanoparticle materialsare needed to conduct studies to reliably and efficiently assess the potential risks related to nps. this is one of the reasons why the institute for reference materials and measurements (irmm), one of the institutes of the joint research centre of the european commission, intends to produce reference nanoparticle materials certified for their particle size distribution. to improve the confidence in the certified size distribution, different sizing techniques based on different principles should be used to characterize the reference materials. nowadays, a wide variety of sizing techniques are commercially available. the most commonly used techniques are based on disc centrifugal sedimentation (dcs) and dynamic light scattering (dls). the major difference between these two techniques is in their power to resolve multi-modal particle size distributions. dcs has an excellent resolution and is able to resolve modes with a diameter ratio as low as 1.1 whereas dls is not able to resolve modes with a diameter ratio lower than 4. the techniques also differ in terms of calibration requirements. dls does not require a calibration of the instrument response for each test series. for dcs, the sedimentation velocity must be calibrated for each new sample analyzed. in this paper, both techniques will be compared by measuring nanoparticle materialscharacterized by a bi-modal particle size distribution in order to show how the method-specific limitations could affect the design of the certification process of reference nanoparticle materials.  experimental details  the reference nanoparticle materials used for the comparison study consist of latex nanoparticles suspended in a water-based solution with a narrow particle size distribution (duke scientific corporation, us). three different reference materials were chosen with their nominal mean particle diameters at 1000 nm, 100 nm and 50 nm referred thereafter as ds1000, ds100 and ds50 respectively. two types of mixture were prepared by a gravimetric method: a mixture of ds1000 and ds100 and a mixture of ds100 and ds50 with volume ratios of 25 % / 75 %, 50 % / 50 % and 75 % / 25 % where the first fraction corresponds always to the biggest particle. for the sake of clarity, the symbol % will be omitted in the rest of the paper. dcs was carried out with a cps 20\'000 disc centrifuge (cps instruments, us). the particle suspension is injected at the centre of a spinning disc. under the effect of the increasing gravitational field, particles with different sizesare separated when travelling to the edge of the disc and their concentration is measured by light absorption [4]. dls was carried out  measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology session a2  with a horiba lb-550 (horiba jobin yvon, fr). a laser beam is passed through the sample cell and the fluctuations of the backscattered light are analyzed in the frequency domain. due to the brownian motion of nanoparticles, the frequencies of the light radiation are doppler-shifted and the diffusion coefficient of the nanoparticles can be retrieved from the power spectrum function of the radiation [5]. using the stokes-einstein relationship, the distribution in diffusion coefficients can be transformed into a particle size distribution [5].   results  the volume-based particle size distributions obtained by dcs and dls for the mixtures of ds1000 and ds100 with different mixture ratios are plotted in figure 1. the cumulative relative volume represents the volume fraction of particles in the suspension whose equivalent sphere diameter is below a given diameter. this type of representation was found to be the most effective to compare experimental results from two different techniques since it is less dependent on the size bins used in the analysis of the raw signals. for both techniques, the calculated particle size distributions are bi-modal but only in the case of dcs, both modes exhibited a very narrow particle size distribution and the calculated mode diameters for ds1000 and ds100 agreed well with the diameters provided by the supplier. results obtained by dls showed discrepancies in the calculated volume fractions and in the mode diameters. mixtures of ds100 and ds50 with different volume fractions of reference materials were measured by dls. the volume-based particle size distributions of these mixtures are represented in figure 2. as the volume fraction of the biggest particles increases in the mixture, the mean particle diameter increases. but, for none of the mixtures, the results obtained with dls exhibit a bi-modal particle size distribution. this confirms the limitation in resolution for dls.  figure 1: volume-based particle size distribu-tions as obtained from (a)centrifugal sedimentation and (b) dynamic light scattering for ds1000­100 mixtures corresponding to 25/75, 50/50 and 75/25 volume fractions.  conclusion  reference latex particle materials with a narrow particle size distribution were used to prepare bi-modal particle suspensions of known volume fractions. two types of mixtures were prepared: a mixture of 1000 nm and 100 nm particles and a mixture of 100 nm and 50 nm particles corresponding to mode ratios of 10:1 and 2:1 respectively. these suspensions were measured by dcs and dls in order to compare the performance of both techniques. in the case of mixtures of 1000 nm and 100 nm particles, both techniques were able to distinguish bet­ween modes but only dcs lead to measured volume fractions that agreed with the values determined by the gravimetric sample preparation. in the case of mixtures of 100 nm and 50 nm particles, both techniques  figure 1: volume-based particle size distributions revealed limitations. due to the small difference between the particle  as obtained from (a) centrifugal sedimentation and (b) dynamic light scattering for ds1000-100 and dispersant densities, the analysis time for dcs experiments was too  mixtures corresponding to 25/75, 50/50 and 75/25 long and the influence of the brownian motion of the nanoparticles  volume fractions. reduced considerably the resolution of this technique.  session a2 measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology  for dls measurements, the calculated particle size distributions were mono-modal. independently of the volume fractions in the mixture, this technique was not able to distinguish between modes with a 2:1 mode ratio, and did not correctly reveal the fractions of modes with a 10:1 mode ratio. bi-modal mixtures of nanoparticle materials seem to be a good example of reference materials that could be useful for the quality or performance control in particle sizing. the comparison of dcs and dls illustrated the limitations for both techniques that need to be taken into account when characterising this type of materials.  disclaimer  certain commercial equipment, instruments, and materials are identified in this paper to specify adequately the experimental procedure. in no case does such identification imply recommendation or endorsement by the european commission, nor does it imply that the material or equipment is necessarily the best available for the purpose.  references  [1] f. e. kruis, h. fissan, a. peled, j. aerosol sci. 29, (1998) p. 511-535.  [2] m. n. rittner, am. ceram. soc. bull. 81, (2002) p. 33-36.  [3] report of a joint workshop on impacts of nanotechnologies, royal society – science council of japan, 11-12 july 2005.  [4] t. allen, particle size measurement, vol. 1, (london: chapman & hall, 1997).  [5] b. berne, a. pecora, dynamic light scattering, (new york: wiley, 1976)   ');
pdf_daten[8] = new Array('A2-LAwave - measurement technology for quality assurance.pdf', 'A2-LAwave - measurement technology for quality assurance', 'session a2 measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology  lawave – measurement technology for quality assurance  michael becker1, thomas schuelke1, dieter schneider2, andreas leson2  1ccl, michigan, usa ; 2fraunhofer institute for material and beam technology (iws) dresden, germany  abstract  a laser activated non-destructive testing technique provides access to critical material properties of onlya few nanometer thin films such as the young’s modulus and density/porosity of thin films and surface damage layers. by measuring the propagation and in particular the dis-persion of the phase velocity of a laser generated sound wave, it is possible to analyse thin films down to only a few nanometers. as opposed to conventional nano-indentation, this new method is non-destructive and the results do not depend on the particular measurement location and film thickness (substrate influence in nano indentation). the technique has been successfully evaluated for applications such as measuring the young’s modulus of 3 nm thin amorphous carbon films used as top coatings in computer data disks, measuring the thickness of crystallographic damage layers in 12” wafers for semiconductor manufacturing, detecting the native oxide layers on silicon wafers for semiconductor manufacturing, and measuring the stiffness of low-k dielectric materials and photoresist as a function of prior treatments. the laser surface acoustic wave tester (lawave) can be applied to measure the mentioned material properties in the laboratory providing a wealth useful data for thin film materials as a function of the particular circumstance of their synthesis. but the machine also serves well as a quality control unit for in-line operation since the test is fast (seconds for a data point) and non-destructive.  introduction  the progress in nanotechnology challenges the test and characterization techniques in manifold way. from the viewpoint of surface technology, nanotechnology means reducing the thickness of films to nanometer range with extreme hardness, stiffness and adhesion, developing films with nanoscopic microstructure and new outstanding properties, and adapting the processes of surface machining to the enhanced requirements. apart from chemical and topographic analyses, substantial interest is also focused on the mechanical characterisation of the surface.   laser-acoustic technique lawave  the non-destructive method lawave (figure 1) is the laser-acoustic technique based on sur-face acoustic waves [1]. short laser pulses are used for generating surface acoustic waveswith a wide frequency range.  fourier analysis of this waveform yields the dispersion curve, representing the phase velocity of the surface waves depending on frequency. the character of the dispersion curve depends on the combination of film and substrate material, and film thickness as well. fitting a theo­retical curve enables the elastic constants and density of the film to be determined, if the film thickness is known. on the other hand, the device can also be used for determining the thickness of the film if its elastic properties and density are known. for materials with low ultrasonic attenuation such as coated single crystalsilicon, films with thickness down to few nanometers can be tested.  measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology session a2  nanometer top-coats for hard-disks  the increasing memory density of computer hard disks requires reducing the distance between the write-read head and the disk. the surfaces of both must be protected by ultra-thin hard coatings, so-called top-coats. mechanically testing such nano-meter films is still a challenge. figure 2 shows the young’s modulus e measured by lawave for super-hard diamond­like carbon films (dlc) with wide range of thickness, from 100 nm down to 3 nm. for dlc, young’s modulus is an important mechanical parameter increasing with the fraction of sp3-diamond bonds and, consequently, correlating with hardness h, h = e/10. the films were deposited by a new plasma source consisting of a high current pulsed vacuum arc evaporator (hca) combined with a sectioned filter unit. the capability of two versions of the hca-deposition technique have been tested, a laboratory machine (hca-i) and an industrial version (hca-ii). additionally, the effect of the deposition temperature ts has been investigated.   the results confirm that the hca-technique can deposit excellent films with elastic modulus e higher than 600 gpa [2].  the modulus reduces with reducing film thickness. this can be attri­buted to an increasing effect of a very thin gra­phitic layer assumed to be formed at the surface of the dlc films. the results in figure 2 reveals that this soft layer can be neglected compared to the sp3-rich hard coating for films thicker than 20 nm but influence more and more the film quality in the nano-meter range. using a multi-layer model enabled a thickness of 1.3 to 2 nm to be estimated for this graphitic layer. elastic moduli of about 400 gpa were measured for films less than 5 nm thick and de­posited with high current arc (hca-i), demon­strating that films of high diamond-like quality can be deposited in the nanometer range. it was   figure 2: mechanical stiffness of nanometer super-hard carbon films confirmed that the plastic deformability depending on film thickness  correlates with the elastic modulus for diamond­like carbon by comparing the non-destructive results with those of an afm-based nano­scratching technique developed by ibm [3].  testing nano-porous low-k films  the rapid introduction of new materials to reduce the dielectric permittivity in interconnect systems of integrated circuits creates challenges of integration and materials characterization. the integration of copper interconnections lines and low-k dielectrica in the damascene structure enables to reduce both the effective interconnect resistivity and capacitance, required for faster and smaller integrated circuits. incorporating nano-porosity in siloxane-based films like silica xerogel and silsesquioxane-type materials is a wayto make films with low dielectric constants. although, the dielectric properties (k < 2.2) achieved are promising, introducing the technology still requires adapting their mechanical stability to the subsequent chemo-mechanical polishing (cmp). nano-porosity up to 50 % causes the mechanical resistance to reduce drastically. according to several investigations a value of more than 2 gpa seems to be required for the elastic modulus quantifying the stiffness of the film material. efforts are currently undertaken to make high porous low-k films with an elastic modulus as high as possible. this requires the elastic modulus of thin soft films to be measured reliably. lawave can measure two important parametersof the nano-porous low-k films, the density  session a2 measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology   figure 3: young’s modulus and density of nano-porous low-k films  and the young’s modulus, for films with thik­kness down to 150 nm [4]. the density provides a measure for the porosi­ty and young’s modulus characterizes the mechanical strength. figure 3 shows laser-acoustic results for two test series of low-k films, about 0.5 and 1 µm thick. the films were deposited by spin-coating on silicon. figure 3 illustrates that for both test series optimising the deposition process has resulted in a modulus increasing from 0.6 gpa to about 3 gpa.  instead, the density has varied only little. this reveals that the mechanical film properties could be improved for films with similar level of porosity and nearly constant dielectric properties.  literature  [1] d. schneider, t. schwarz, h.j. scheibe, m. panzner, thin solid films, 295(1997)107  [2] d. schneider, p. siemroth, t. schulke, j. berthold, b. schultrich, h.h. schneider, r. ohr, b. petereit, h. hillgers, surface & coatings tech­nology, 153( 2002)252  [3] a.wienss, g. persch-schuy, u. hartmann, p. joeris, j. vac. sci. technol. a 18(2000)2023  [4] d. schneider, s. frühauf, s.e. schulz and t. gessner, microelectronic engineering 82(2005)393   ');
pdf_daten[9] = new Array('A2-Measurement in nanotechnology.pdf', 'A2-Measurement in nanotechnology', 'measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology session a2  measurement in nanotechnology  michael stintz  institute of process engineering and environmental technology, tu dresden, germany  abstract  as many authorities predict that applications ofnanotechnologies will pervade all areas of life and will enable dramatic advances to be realized in all areas of communication, health, manu-facturing, materials and knowledge-based technologies, there is an obvious need to provide industry and research with suitable tools to aid the development and application of the tech-nologies. it is also essential that regulators and health and environmental protection agencies have available reliable measurement systems and evaluation protocols supported by well founded and robust standards.  introduction  activities in the field of measurement in nanotechnology consist of the development of standards for measurement, characterization and test methods for nanotechnologies, taking into consideration needs for metrology and reference materials. the different facets of nanotech-nology are presented in figures 1 and 2 according to different tasks of measurement  – the characterization of an individual engineered particle in figure 1 or the analysis of collected nanoparticles in figure 2 for exposure characterization e.g.   figure 1: nanotube – generated by  atomistic configuration viewer [1]  figure 2: nanotubes – sem picture preparation: filtration of suspension and drying  figure 1 figure 2  iso technical committee tc 229 will, in accordance with iso’s strategic plan for 2005 to 2010, develop robust standards and other deliverables relevant to nanotechnologies [2]. where relevant technicalcommittees exist in iso or iec, tc 229 will cooperate with such committees to develop robust product/application standards, but where no relevant committee exists, such product standards will fall within the remit of iso tc 229. tc229 has established three working groups to progress identified priority areasofstandardization [3]: wg 1: terminology and nomenclature wg 2: measurement and characterization wg 3: health, safety and environmental aspects of nanotechnologies.  liaison and coordination with external standards bodies and research institutes, as well as international organizations, are essential to the successful development of a timely and relevant program of work for tc229 nanotechnologies.  external liaisons:  -  iec technical committee 113 nanotechnology standardization for electrical and electronics products and systems,   -  european union joint research centre   -  organisation for economic co-operation and development (oecd)   -  asia pacific economic cooperation forum (apec)   -  versailles project on advanced materials and standards (vamas)    session a2 measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology  wg 1 terminology and nomenclature  scope: define and develop unambiguous and uniform terminology and nomenclature in the field of nanotechnologies to facilitate communication and to promote common understanding. the development of standards for measurement and characterisation and health and safety cannot be completed untilconsensus on terminology and a controlled vocabulary and nomen-clature is reached. a key part of the strategy for wg1 is to develop a framework and roadmap for a controlled, first vocabulary, based partly on the results of the strategy taskgroup survey. initial analysis of the survey shows that there is a high priority and high urgency for generic nomenclature standards for nanoparticulates and nanotubes. an active work item on nanoparticles-terminology and definitions is already underway - awi ts 27687. to create an unitary standard, this terminology and definitions document will encompass terms used in both nanosciences and nanotechnologies concerning nanoparticles. it will provide an up to date listing of terms and definitions relevant to the area. it will form one part of a projected multi-part terminology and definitions document covering outstanding aspects of nanotechnologies. it is intended to facilitate communications between organizations and individuals in industry and those who interact with them. the plan for the first part of 2007 includes3 new work items, one on general terminologyfor nanotechnologies, one to develop a terminology framework for nanotechnologies, and another on terminology for nanomaterials. the latter will include a subset for carbon nanomaterials, and possibly broach the issues of the nano-bio interface as it applies to materials.  logically, the development of standards flows from wg1: terminology and nomenclature to wg2: measurement and characterization and then to wg3:  health, safety and environment. because of the urgency in developing nanotechnology standards, it has been decided to develop standards in all three areas in parallel.  actually the main task in the field of particle technology is undertaken by the liaison with iso/tc 24/sc 4 ‘sieves, sieving and other sizing methods’. a new work item of wg1 in tc24/sc4 ‘particle characterization of particulate systems – terminology’ is developed in coordination with wg 1 of tc229 to guarantee consistency of general particle related terms within iso. furthermore the relevance and limitation of standardized particle sizing methods to nanomaterials are evaluated.  wg 2 measurement and characterization  scope: the development of standards for measurement, characterization and test methodsfor nanotechnologies, taking into consideration needs for metrology and reference materials. a key part of the strategy for wg2 is to develop a framework and roadmap, based partly on the results of the strategy taskgroup survey. initial analysis of the survey shows that a number of the high-priority, high-urgency needs fall within the scopes of other iso tcs, e.g. tc 24, tc 201 and tc 202. these cover characterization protocols for nanoparticulates and test methods for the use of scanning probe microscopes and analytical electron microscopes. wg2 will work closely with these tcs to ensure that the needs of the nanotechnology community are met. the survey shows that there are high-priority, high-urgency needs for characterization protocols for nanoparticulates (e.g., degree of agglomeration, specific area, and chemical purity), nanotubes (e.g., diameter and length distribution, batch quality, and chemical structure), nanoscale coatings/films (e.g., thickness, composition, structure) and for generic standards for nanostructured materials, particularly nanoporous/mesoporous materials and nanocomposites. the survey also established high-priority, high-urgency needs for standards covering metrological measurement at the nanoscale, particularly for length, mass and surface area and artefacts such as grids, gratings and scales and reference nanopowders.  wg 3 health, safety and environmental aspects of nanotechnologies  scope: the development of science-based standards in the areasofhealth, safety, and envi-ronmental aspects of nanotechnologies. a key part of the strategy for wg3 is to develop a framework and roadmap, based partly on the results of the strategy task group survey. initial analysis of the survey shows that there are high-priority, high-urgency needs for stan-dard methods for toxicological screening, relative toxicity/hazard potential determination, establishing occupational exposure limits, etc. for nanoparticulates and other nanoscale mate-rials; and protocols for inhalation testing, toxicology testing, safe handling, exposure determi-nation and safe disposal of nanotubes. the development of a technical report on occupational safe practices regarding nanotechnologies is already an active work item within wg3. the purpose of this technical report is to collect and identify current safe practices in occupa-tional settings relevant to nanotechnologies. this  measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology session a2  tr recognizes that while the occupational risks associated with working with nanotechnologies have not yet been fully studied or identified, it is important to identify basic safe practices now and make them available to all interested parties. it is expected that the tr will be completed by june 2007.  references:  [1] j. li, modelling simul. mater. sci. eng. 11 (2003) 173  [2] business plan of iso/tc 229 ‘nanotechnologies’ doc. n162, 2006  [3] http://isotc.iso.org/isotcportal/index.html   ');
pdf_daten[10] = new Array('A2-Metrology of nanotubes using novel and traditional nanot.pdf', 'A2-Metrology of nanotubes using novel and traditional nanotools', 'measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology session a2  metrology of nanotubes using novel and ‘traditional’ nanotools  john lehman1, lara street1, tom campbell2  1 optoelectronics division (815.00), national institute of standards and technology, 325 broadway, boulder, co 80305-3328 usa; phone: 303-497-3654; fax: (303) 497-7671; lehman@nist.boulder.gov (accepting inquiries); street@boulder.nist.gov 2 ada technologies, inc., 8100 shaffer parkway, suite #130, littleton, co 80127 usa, phone: 303-874-7374; fax: 303-692-5633; tomc@adatech.com  abstract  quantitative, systematic and reproducible metrology of carbon nanotubes is paramount to the fundamental understanding of these promising nanomaterials. moreover, development of novel techniques which extend the current suite of available nanotools is also desirable within the nanometrology community. toward the end of contributing to improved rigor in carbon nanotube metrology, we present here a series of measurements on select sample sets of carbon nanotubes using a novel pyroelectric detection technique currently under development at the national institute of standards & technology, as well as the more ‘traditional’ technique of raman spectroscopy. such testing will ultimately contribute to the standards and protocols now under development for carbon nanotube metrology.  keywords  carbon nanotube, metrology, characterization, standards, nanomaterial   ');
pdf_daten[11] = new Array('A2-Selective detection of SO2 in air based on carbon nanotu.pdf', 'A2-Selective detection of SO2 in air based on carbon nanotubes nanosensors', 'session a2 measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology  selective detection of so2 in air based on carbon nanotubes nanosensors  giselle jiménez1, jordi riu1, alicia maroto1, f. xavier rius1, gerard van koten2, guido batema2  1 rovira and virgili university, department of analytical and organic chemistry, tarragona – spain 2 utrecht university, department of organic chemistry and catalysis, utrecht -the netherlands  in the past decades the interest in the environmental problems caused by atmospheric contamination has increased. the emissions of nox, cox, organic vapours and so2 have reached high levels giving rise, among others, to acid rain and greenhouse effect. one of the most toxic gases among the major ones in atmospheric contamination is sulphur dioxide; it is strong irritant and causes several damages on eyes, mucous membranes, skin and respiratory tract. moreover, its combination with water vapour in the atmosphere to form sulphuric acid is one of the principal causes of acid rain. there are multiple sources of so2, which ones include volcanism, biomass burning, wine industry, smelting of sulphidic ores or burning of fossil fuels for vehicles and energy production. however, the specific detection and determination of so2 is often limited to liquid phase. usually the determination is made by iodometric titration, procedure known as ripper method (1). for detection in gas phase several devices based on nanostructured metallic oxides have been developed, but these devices have some problems as high working temperatures, lack of selectivity, high response times or low sensitivity (2).  in order to improve the performance parameters of the gas sensors, different nanostructured materials have been studied as sensing part for these devices in the past years. these materials include metallic particles(3, 4), organic polymers (5) and carbon nanotubes (6) among others. the devices made with the new materials have provided lower working temperatures, a decrease in response and recovery times and higher sensitivities than using traditional gas sensing devices. however, they still have very low selectivity since their response to several gaseous analytes. for this reason, several functionalization processes for the sensing materials have been proposed as a possible solution to increase the selectivity. the aim of these processes is to incorporate specific receptors for each target analyte on the surface of sensors.  carbon nanotubes (cnts) are one of these new materials, and they have been used as the conducting channel of field effect transistor (fet) devices, which have been successfully used for the detection of nh3 (7), nox (8), cox (9), organic vapour (10), etc. cnts are an interesting material for sensing devices for their semiconducting nature and because they of­fer many possibilities to be functionalized. two main strategies can be followed: covalent and non-covalent functionaliza­tion. in the covalent functionalization (3), the functional groups are covalently bound to the structure of the cnts, and each new covalent bond implies a defect on the surface that changes the electronic propertiesof the cnts. the non-covalent functionalization (4) consists of coating the cnt surface with a material (e.g. a polymer, protein, metallic films or nanoparticles, among others). in this way, the molecules are adsorbed onto the cnts and do not break their electronic structure. these methodologies have shown an increase in the selectivity for some substances, specially for some biosensors like for instance for dna sequences or proteins (immunoglobulins e and g) (11-13).  we employ fets based on networks of cnts to selectively detect so2 in air at room temperature. the selectivity of the device is acquired in a two-steps functionalization process of the cnts. first, the cnts are coated with a thin layer of polyethilenimine (pei). since pei coats all the surface of cnts it avoids any interaction of cnts with the atmosphere, either interactions with so2 or with any interference in the surrounding environment. then, a specific receptor for so2, a platinum (ii) complex [pti(4-e-2,6-{ ch2n(ch3)2}2-c6h2] (14), is covalently bonded to the amino groups of pei. the complex (sensing material) acts as a selective pincer for so2, binding the molecule in a reversible reaction by coordination bonds. the specific detection is improved by the use of a blocking molecule (n-acryloxysuccinimide) which prevents interferences due to the possible response of the remaining free amino-groups of the polymer that have not reacted with the pt (ii) complex, which can have acid-base reactions with gases with acid properties. the response of the device to so2 was monitored through changes of the current flowing through the cnts. the device was selective to so2 and the lowest concentration detected was 0.7%.  measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology session a2  experimental  synthesis of cnt  single wall cnts were synthesized by chemical vapour deposition on si/sio2 substrates. the chips were cleaned with acetone and dried with nitrogen. the catalyst, 50ml of a solution of 100 ppm of fe(no3)3·9h2o in isopropanol, was deposited by spin-coating on the surface of the chips. the catalyst was activated with hydrogen (0,2l/min) and methane was used as carbon source (0,6l/min) at 9000cfor 20 min. a flow or argon was used during the heating and cooling of the reactor.  functionalization process  the chips with cnts were immersed in an aqueous solution of pei, 20% p/v, for 5 h at room temperature, rinsed with water and dried with nitrogen. with this process the cnts are coated with a film of the polymer. for the incorporation of the specific receptor, the chips functionalized with pei were immersed in a solution of 3mg/ml of the complex in dichloroethane for 3 h at room temperature, rinsed with dichloroethane and dried with nitrogen. figure 1 shows the scheme of this reaction.   figure 1. functionalization process of the cnt with pei and aryl-complex.  the reaction of the remaining free amino groups of pei with the blocking molecule was made using a solution of n-acryloxysuccinimide (nas) of 3mg/ml in water by 2 hours at room temperature. with the use of this blocking molecule each free amino group of pei is bonded to an acrylic group. this reaction prevents the interaction of the polymer with so2 and with any other interference.  electrical characterization  screen-printed was used to print the source and drain electrodes and the back si substrate (coated with aluminium) was used as the gate electrode. the response to so2 wasmeasured as the change on the electric current between source and drain electrodes.  response of the sensor to so2 in air  the response of the sensor was evaluated for increasing concentrations of so2 ranging from 0 to 26.5%. the measurements were performed in a gaschamber at atmospheric pressure and room temperature. once the aril complex interacts with so2, the electronic current decreases due to the electronegative character of so2 (see figure 2).  figure 2. response of the cnts functionalized with pei, aril-complex and nas to 26.5% of so2 for a gate voltage of 10v and a bias voltage of 0.5v .  once we checked that the fet device was sensitive to so2, we checked that the change on the current is produced only by the reaction between the receptor and the target analyte (so2). in order to know if the blocking molecule (nas) suppresses the interaction between the free amino groups of the polymer and any gas in the surrounding environment, we evaluated the response of the device coated only with pei and with pei and nas. the results obtained are showed in the figure 3.  session a2 measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology   figure 3. current intensity of the cnts functionalized with pei and pei with  n-acryloxysuccinimide (nas) obtained in air and 26.5% of so2. the bias voltage was -0.5v and the gate voltage was 10v.  figure 3 shows that the current for the device functionalized with pei and n-acryloxysuccinimide does not change significantly with so2. therefore, we can conclude that the blocking molecule suppresses the response of the polymer to so2 and that the response of our sensor is  only due to the interaction between so2 and the complex.  once the selectivity of the sensor has been showed, the device was  exposed to a lower concentration of so2. in this case, we used 0.7% of  the so2 in air (see figure 4). the change obtained for an increase of 0.7%  of so2 wasapproximately -10% of the initial value.  figure 4. current intensity of cnts functionalized with pei, aril-complex and  n-acryloxysuccinimide obtained in air and for 0.7% of so2. the gate voltage  was 10 v and the bias was 0.5v.  conclusions  we developed a selective sensor for the detection of so2 in air. the response of cnts and polymer was suppressed with the functionalization process. in this way we ensure that the change of the electric current is only produced by the selective interaction between so2 and the aril-complex. we are working on the evaluation and improvement of the detection limit, response, recovery time and sensitivity.  references  1.  i. m. r. k.r.b. silva, i.f. gimenez, o.l. alves, j. agric. food chem. 54, 8697 (2006).  2.  e. comini, anal. chim. acta 109, 2 (2005).   3.  a. s. k. luongo, s. bhansali, sens. actuators. b 111-112, 125 (2005).   4.  t. g. t. kimura, surf. coat. tech. 198, 36 (2005).   5.  s. m. b. adhikari, prog. polym. sci. 29, 699 (2004).   6.  n. r. f. jing kong, chongwu zhou,, s. p. michael g. chapline, kyeongjae cho, hongjie dai, science 287, 622 (2000).  7.  q. z. s. wang, d. yang, p. sellin, g. zhong, diamond and relat. mater. 13, 1327 (2004).  8.  a. r. m. lucci, a. di carlo,s. orlanducci, e.tamburri, m.terranova,i. davoli, c. di natale, a. d\'amico,r. paolesse, sens. actuators b 118, 226 (2006).   9.  t.-r. h. a. star, v. joshi, j-c. gabriel, g. grüner, adv. mater. 16 (2004).   10.  y. l. j. li, q. ye, m. cinke, j. han, m. meyyappan, nano. lett. 3, 929 (2003).   11.h.c.h. byon, j. amer. chem. soc. 128, 2188 (2006).  12.  e. t. a. star, j. niemann, j-c p. gabriel, c. joiner, c. valcke, pnas 103, 921 (2006).  13.  t. k. k. maehashi, k. kerman, y. takamura, k. matsumoto, e. tamiya, anal. chem. 79, 782 (2007).   14.  r. g. m. albrecht, m. lutz, a. spek, g. van koten, chem. eur. j. 6, 1431 (2000).     ');
pdf_daten[12] = new Array('A2-Simultaneous sizing of nanoparticles by individually vis.pdf', 'A2-Simultaneous sizing of nanoparticles by individually visualizing and separately tracking', 'session a2 measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology  simultaneous sizing of nanoparticles by individually visualizing and separately tracking their brownian motion within a suspension.  bob carr, andrew malloy and patrick hole  nanosight ltd, salisbury,wiltshire, uk,sp4 6bu  abstract  a new nanoparticle tracking analysis system is described which allows nanoscale particles in a suspension to be individually and simultaneously visualized and sized with higher resolution than other light scattering techniques.   introduction  the analysis of nanoparticle size is a ubiquitous requirement in a wide range of applications areas (and increasingly in the drug delivery sector) and is usually carried out by either electron microscopy or dynamic light scattering. both techniques suffer from disadvantages; the former requiring significant cost and sample preparation, the latter generating only a population average which itself can be heavily weighted towards larger particles within the population. a new method of microscopically visualizing individual nanoparticles in a suspension allows their brownian  fig 1: a still from a video of 100nm polystyrene motion to be simultaneously analysed and from which the particle size calibration particles showing some (for clarity) of  the brownian motion trajectories analysed and distribution profile (and changes therein in time) can be obtained on a  which is overlaid with the corresponding size plot; particle-by-particle basis. the unit for re-use, if required.  experimental methods  a small (250 µl) sample of liquid containing particles at a concentration in the range 106-10/ml is introduced into the scattering cell through which a finely focused laser beam (approx. 20mw at .=635nm) is passed. parti­cleswithin the path of the beam are observed via a microscope-based sy­stem (nanosight lm10) or dedicated non-microscope optical instrument (nanosight lm20) onto which is fitted a ccd camera. the motion of the particles in the field of view (approx 100x100µm) is recorded (at 30fps) and the subsequent video analysed. each and every particle visible in the image is individually but simultaneously tracked from frame to frame and the average mean square displacement determined by the analytical program and from which can be obtained the particle’s diffusion coefficient. results are displayed as a sphere-equivalent, hydrodynamic diameter particle distribution profile (fig 1). the only information required to be input is the temperature of the liquid under analysis and the viscosity (at that temperature) of the solvent in which the nanoparticles are suspended. otherwise the technique is one of the few analytical techni­ques which is absolute and therefore requires no calibration. results can be obtained in typically 30-60 seconds and displayed in a variety of familiar formats (diameter, surface area or volume on either linear or log scale). the instrument can be programmed to carry out repeat measurements   fig. 2: size distribution plots of a) 30nm gold colloid of dynamically changing samples to analyse dissolution, aggregation (linear scale) and b) 900nm polymeric (log scale) and particle-particle interactions. notably, because the instrument isua­particles. lizes particles on an individual basis, particle number concentration is  measurements and quality assurance in the field of nanotechnology	session a2  recoverable. once analysed, the sample is simply withdrawn from unit for re-use, if required.  results and discussion   a number of results on calibration microspheres and mixtures there of, colloidal gold and liposomes are shown below which indicate the advantages of the technique. the minimum particle size detectable depends on the particle refractive indexbut for highly efficient scatterers, such as colloidal silver, 10nm particles can be detected and analysed. for weakly scattering (e.g. biological) particles, the minimum detectable size mayonly be >50nm. the upper size limit to this technique is defined by the point at which a particle becomes so large (>1000nm) that brownian motion becomes too limited to be able to track accurately. this will vary with particle type and solvent viscosity but in normal (e.g. aqueous) fig. 3: a mixture of 200nm and 300nm particles; applications is approximately 800-1000nm. (fig 2). a) still image, overlaid with b) analysis plot and all particle types can be measured and in any solvent type providing that c) 3d number v. relative intensity v. diameter plot. the particles scatter sufficient light to be visible (i.e. are not too small or  indexed matched). the results shown in fig 3 obtained from an analysis of a mixture of 200 and 300nm latex beads (overlaid with the normal particle size distribution plot) show that the two populations can be well resolved from each other. furthermore, because the technique analyses particles on an individual basis and can collect information on their relative brightness as well as their size (measured dynamically) these two data can be combined to give an intensity vsize plot (fig 3c). this capability shares many features in common with conventional flow cytometry but is unique to method in this deeply sub-micron size range. finally, the technique has been successfully applied to the analysis of a wide range of viruses and liposomes, vesicles and nano-emulsions. for example, fig 4 shows an analysis of a liposomal preparation (suitably diluted with a   fig 4: analysis of a 100nm liposome suspension	non-perturbing diluent) with a relatively narrow size range  centered at approximately 80nm). see [1] for more information and examples of playable videos of a variety of samples.  conclusion   the technique is robust and low cost representing an attractive alternative or complement to higher cost and more complex methods of nanoparticle analysis such as photon correlation spectroscopy (pcs) or electron microscopy that are currently employed in a wide range of technical and scientific sectors. finally, the technique uniquely allows the user a simple and direct qualitative view of the sample under analysis (perhaps to validate data obtained from other techniques such as pcs) and from which an independent quantitative estimation of sample size, size distribution and concentration can be immediately obtained.  references  [1] www.nanosight.co.uk   ');
pdf_daten[13] = new Array('A2-Techniques, instruments and special aspects of CEN and C.pdf', 'A2-Techniques, instruments and special aspects of CEN and CEN-STAR with some views in nanotechnology for', 'techniques, instruments and special aspects of cen and cen-star with some views in nanotechnology for measurements and quality insurance  dr gérard riviere, president of cen-star.  president.star@cen.eu  1. introduction and definition  what is cen ? cen, the european committee for standardization, was founded in 1961 by the national standards bodies in the european economic community and european free trade association countries. today cen is contributing to the objectives of the european union and european economic area with voluntary technical standards which promote free trade, the safety of workers and consumers, interoperability of networks, environmental protection, exploitation of research and development programmes, and public procurement. cen is one of the 3 european union standardisation official organisations with cenelec for electro-technical standardisa­ tion and etsi for telecommunication.   cen technical areas are:   1. chemistry  9 . heating, cooling, ventilation   2. building and civil engineering  10. information society   3. household goods sport and leisure  11. materials   4. environment  12. mechanical engineering   5. food  13. measurement   6. general standards  14. services   7. healthcare  15. transport and packaging   8. health and safety  16. utilities and energy   why develop european union standards?    standardisation facilitates the exchange of goods and servicesby elimination of the barriers of a technical nature. consumers and producers alike benefit from standardisation through increased product safety and quality as well as lower prices. with one common standard for 30 european countries, a product or a service can reach a far wider market with much lower  development and testing costs (i.e. 500 million people). standards are technical references well documented, prepared by experts and adopted following the consensus process. standards are information to the users and different stakeholders; their diffusion is complement to the scientific publications and to the patents, the two other ways for technical innovation references.  in few words, standards: -increase safety and allow interoperability -increase understanding and information transfer -promote competitiveness of industry and increase competition -define agreement on the design, manufacture, performance and testing of products, services, or operations -diffuse results from r&d  standards are transparent and consensus based working forum open to all interested parties,  freely agreed, voluntarily applied and verifiable compliance, coherent set of specifications. they are revisited when the state of the art improved and reviewed each 3 or 5 years.  what is cen-star ? cen-star is a committee in which star means standardisation and research. cen-star is advisory action group reporting to cen technical board (since 1992). it promotes closer links between researchers and standardisers, suggests opportunities in eu policies for research and for industry. its terms of reference have been revised in 2003 and a strategic action plan is in operation since beginning 2005.  2. research and standardisation  the relationship between research and standardisation is written in the eu treaty, it was decided in the single act in 1986 when the research and technology policy was introduced.  art 163 states  1.  the community shall have the objective of strenghthening the scientific and technological bases of community industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level, while promoting all the research activities deemed necessary by virtue of other chapters of this treaty.   2.  for this purpose the community shall, throughout the community, encourage undertakings, including small and medium-sized undertakings, research centres and universities in their research and technological development activities of high quality; it shall support their efforts to cooperate with one another, aiming, notably, at enabling undertakings to exploit the internal market potential to the full, in particular through the opening-up of national public contracts, the definition of common standards and the removal of legal and fiscal obstacles to that cooperation.    moreover, in the decision of the 7th framework programme for research, technological development and demonstration activities (2007 to 2013) concerning cooperation,  the nine themes determined for eu action are the following:  1.  health   2.  food, agriculture and biotechnology   3.  information and communication technologies   4.  nanosciences, nanotechnologies, materials and new production technologies   5.  energy   6.  environment (including climate change)   7.  transport (including aeronautics)   8.  socio-economics sciences and humanities   9.  security and space    the nine themes also include research needed to underpin the formulation, implementation and assessment of eu policies, such as in the areas of health, safety, consumer protection, energy, the environment, development aid, fisheries, maritime affairs, agriculture, animal welfare, transport, education and training, employment, social affairs, cohesion, and justice and home affairs, along with pre-normative and co-normative research relevant to improving the quality of standards and their implementation…  3. type of research in the standardisation field:  the co-normative research (cnr) is research and development in direct interaction with ongoing and/or planned standardisation activities, usually proposed by cen technical committees to progress items in their agreed work programme.  the pre-normative research (pnr) is research and development likely to support future trends in standardisation  i.e. workanticipating future standards.  cen-star, twice a year in its plenary meeting evaluate and decide upon proposals of cnr and pnr.  4. cen-star instruments and projects  cen-star scope is to improve the links between standardisation and research. it promotes the diffusion of research results and expertise through standards at european level.  cen-star performs the following tasks: -establishes lists of the needs for normative research in support to cen standardisation -organizes trends analysis workshops in selected fields with high relevance of r&d in order to identify important needs  for future standardisation and to promote appropriate standardisation activities  -interfaces with the european commission as well as with other bodies funding research in europe to ensure that research is used for the benefit of the standardisation process and that research needed to improve the quality standards is supported from public and private funds.  cen-star has produced a best practice guide ‘exploiting research through standardisation’ for researchers and scientists as well as industrialists to develop efforts from research results to standards. this guide is distributed on request and available on http://www.cen.eu  the ‘fish bone analysis’ was primarily developed to address the strategies and choices in research and standardisation. it is an integrated approach for reaching ambitious objectives. the whole idea behind the integrated approach fishbone starts from the fact that large amounts of private but also taxpayer money are spent on various activities, including research, without having actually a large impact. this can generate frustration and disillusion. with the integrated approach, it would most probably end up spending substantially more on some actions, but with much higher chances of getting long lasting improvements i.e; a better return on investment. the starting point of the proposed methodology comes from a clear identification of ‘difficulties’, which can be of a commercial nature, or of a societal nature, or a mix, any kind of large and lasting difficulties in fact. organisations and groups facing several difficulties can fix priorities. they may of course wish that these difficulties would disappear without effort, but the suppression, or at least the large mitigation, of these difficulties would be considered an objective if they are willing to allocate time and resources to seek mid-term (or in some cases long-term) solutions in a proactive and tenacious way. core members of these groups need to spend enough time to analyse the various facets which should lead to the solutions. we live in a complex world and some of the envisaged solutions might be complex indeed. in the fishbone methodology it is checked whether further research is needed. it needs also to check whether written standards (containing harmonised requirements, possibly backed by testing methods) are requested. in some cases the objective could not be reached in practice without mandatory new legislation which will need to make it happen. and it is to be as comprehensive as possible in the analysis of all complementarymeasures (promotion, marketing, education..). a large majority of members should be fully convinced about the feasibility of the approach. then comes the time to allocate people and resources to the various actions, to be conducted in parallel or in sequence, in a pragmatic way.  cen-star trend analysis workshop  cen-star organised trends analysis workshops : in 2005 on sampling and the environment made under the leadership of nordic countries. this results is now ongoing on the standard methods to proper collect sample for soil, air, waste and different living markers. it is of strong interest especially in order to be able to assess the eu environment directives.  the workshop ‘mycarevent’ - mobility and collaborative work in european vehicle emergency networks took place in  may 2006 and will have a cen deliverable as one of the follow-up.  in february 2007, cen/star with cenelec held at the international energy agency in paris, a trends analysis workshop on the issue of the promotion of compact fluorescent lamps, cfl, and the corresponding phasing out of incandescent lamps. standards (to be elaborated by cenelec or cen) could help marketing cfls. in particular there is a need for objective and repeatable testing methods for the ‘lighting quality’.  several trend analysis workshops are under preparation: -biotechnology in 2007 (european federation of biotechnology) -photocatalysis technologies and novel nanosurfaces materials in 2008 (cost action 540) -standard methods for improving the quality management of research in 2009(ird impacq).  reference methods and measurements (with joint research centre - jrc)  jrc mission is to provide customer-driven scientific and technical support for the conception, development, implementation and monitoring of eu policies, independently of private and national interests. within jrc, the irmm institute focuses on technical measurement. this enables uniform implementation of european directives and regulations, this strengthens the economy by improving competitiveness, and this enables the functioning of the european internal market and global trade. at irmm, laboratories are now responsible for providing the certified reference materials and methods needed for the con­trol of heavy metals.  copras  copras, cooperation platform for research and standards, aimed at stimulating interaction and exchange between fp 6 ist projects and standardisation groups. all research projects have been submitted to analysis about their direct or indirect potential for new standards in the field of information and communication technologies. this proved particularly useful and successful. more challenging was to help initiate new standardisation activities from consortia wishing to better ‘implement’ their findings.  cen-star at its last meeting recommended to organise a new copras in the field of environment, especially motivate to the revision of eu directives and using all expertise and results obtained in the research framework programmes.  already, thanks to the eu research efforts in the field of nanosciences and nanotechnologies and the numerous results achieved, could sustain standardisation in cen tc 352 creating a copras nano.  links to european technological platforms  following the request of commissioner potocnik cen star is contributing to the promotion of standardisation in the european technology platforms etps. it is recalled the role of european standardisation in the innovation process as described in the aho report, as well as the central role of standardisation, including on horizontal coordination, for the success of the strategic research agendas of the etps as endorsed at the vienna conference a year ago. a particular highlight is the role of etps to­wards smes and towards international and globalisation aspects, cen star proposes to cen/bt to encourage the active participation of the nsbs in the national mirror committees of etps in order to promote the role of european standardisation in their strategic research agenda.  european technology platforms star members have been reminded to liaise urgently with their nsb to prepare high level contacts with their national authorities on the following issues: -increased awareness by these national authorities on the role and importance of standardisation -need to ensure adequate possibilities and modalities in fp7 to support research necessary for standardisation activities.  quality management of research  the project impaqt ‘improved management practice and quality training’ highlighted the need to provide guidance to young researchers, in general unaware of management and harmonised quality practices, which could useful be applied in research activities. the partners of the impaqt project are specialized in coaching and management teaching in academia, several standardization bodies and research organisations. they have developed a strong experience with the translation and interpretation of the organisation standards en iso 9000 and en iso 9001 as they have worked for several years in the training and promotion of quality management in research laboratories, universities and research administration and developed two normative tools: fd x 50 551 and ga 50 552, which translate these standards into the cultural environment of research and which give examples from ‘the lab bench’ for all important concepts and requirements of en iso 9001.  quality assurance is a main driving element in this respect.  need of reliable data collections for new standards  cen star has been requested in the beginning of 2007 to prepare a guidance document for cen technical committees on the collection of test data to support standardisation activity.  the problem of round robin tests supporting standardisation activity has been raised. in most cases, waiting for definite data makes it impossible to comply with the time frame and therefore adoption of preliminary standards. however, this may be deleted due to shortage of funding to carry out the necessary tests, or a low-content draft may risk being written because the market is not willing to wait.  5. cen-star in the field of nanotechnology  the following particular input from cen-star in the nanoworld:  -promotion of standardisation in several scientific meetings, conference and workshop -participation in the strategic group of cen-tc 352 -project advisory committee of nanostrand -examples of inputs : - cost 540 in photocatalysis  - esf in euronanopar  6. conclusion  the issue of measurements and quality insurance in the field of nanotechnology is related to following fields under the frame of cen-star activities promoting links between researchers and standardisers:  metrology, measurement methods reliable data collection quality research management risk assessment   ');
pdf_daten[14] = new Array('A27-Capacoat® Antiscratch lacquers.pdf', 'A27-Capacoat® Antiscratch lacquers', 'p a27 poster abstract nanoproduction and process technology/new functionalities/analytical methods  capacoat® antiscratch lacquers  h. möbus, v. ptatschek, p. denk, e. bister  daw gmbh co. kg, roßdörferstraße 50, -64372 ober-ramstadt e-mail: helmut.moebus@daw.de  h.-j. gläsel, e.hartmann  institut für oberflächenmodifizierung e.v. permoserstrasse 15, d-04303 leipzig  highly scratch resistant coatings can be produced by incorporation of inorganic nanomaterials in organic matrices. the adsorptive particle organophilation (apo) allows the preparation of stable nanodispersions in organic media without formation of volatile or harmful by-products.  uv/eb curable capacoat® antiscratch lacquers with an inorganic filler content of 25-30% are produced using the adsorptive process.  the lacquers show a considerable reinforcement of the organic matrix can be applied by common techniques (rolling, spraying, etc.).  capacoat® antiscratch lacquers are solvent-free and combine superior coating performance. simple applicability and rapid uv/eb curing.   ');
pdf_daten[15] = new Array('A3-Advances in scanning probe microscopy for biology and na.pdf', 'A3-Advances in scanning probe microscopy for biology and nanostructuring', 'nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1) session a3  advances in scanning probe microscopyfor biology and nanostructuring  gerald kada, phd  agilent technologies, nanotechnology measurements division, mooslackengasse 17, 1190 vienna, austria email: gerald_kada@agilent.com  afm/spm (atomic force microscopy/scanning probe microscopy) is widely used to image active protein molecules or living cells in a non-destructive manner. in addition, a variety of molecules can be attached to afm cantilevers, making them chemically selective sensors for studying individual molecular interactions. agilent technologies has developed a variety of different techniques to investigate and manipulate biological matter – from single molecules to live cells. the following topics will be discussed in more detail:  1.  high resolution imaging of biological species: several examples of both controlled imaging forces and controlled environment, together with modified cantilevers will be demonstrated. applications include imaging and probing live cells and viruses, isolated proteins, protein crystals and dna/rna.   2.  topography and recognition (trec): we will present recent advances in a new afm technology called trec, a unique technique that enables measuring real-time, simultaneous topography and specific recognition information. examples for recognition imaging will be presented on receptor/protein identification on live cells and dna/protein complexes, as well as applications in medical diagnostics.   3.  afm in combination with inverted optical microscopy: simultaneous gathering of light, fluorescence, topography and probe data of living cells and/or their components will be introduced. we apply this technique on finding and probing cell membrane proteins where fluorescence microscopy helps us to locate receptors, and afm imaging and force spectroscopy enables us to study interactions with biologically relevant ligands.     ');
pdf_daten[16] = new Array('A3-Lipid nanostructures as carriers for targeting pharmacol.pdf', 'A3-Lipid nanostructures as carriers for targeting pharmacological active agents; formulation and in vitro studies', 'session a3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1)  lipid nanostructures as carriers for targeting pharmacological active agents; formulation and in vitro studies  mihaela trif1, magdalena moisei1, florica chelu1, lucia moldovan2, oana craciunescu2, anca roseanu1  1institute of biochemistry, romanian academy, splaiul independentei 296, bucharest, romania 2national institute for biological sciences, romanian ministry of research, splaiul independentei 296, bucharest, romania  abstract  this study focuses on the possible therapeutic utility of liposomal systems containing anti-inflammatory biological agents, such as a glycosaminoglycan, chondroitin sulphate (cs) or lactoferrin (lf). their effect on cells (human dermal fibroblasts and human condrocytes) proliferation and morphology was investigated as well as the ability to reduce the proinflammatory cytokines release (tnf-a and il-6) using in vitro model of inflammation (thp-1 cells stimulated with bacterial endotoxins).  introduction  lipid nanostructures (liposomes) are known as efficient drug delivery systems that have been demonstrated to protect labile drugs from harsh biological environments, to change pharmacokinetics and biodistribution and to release drugs in a controlled manner (1, 2). previous studies have shown that intra-articular administration of anti-inflammatory drugs encapsulated in liposomes have prolonged residence in the joint and reduced the inflammation (2, 3). lactoferrin (lf) is an iron-binding glycoprotein of the transferrin family which can modulate the inflammatory response in the course of rheumatoid arthritis (4). recent data reported the possible effect of cs in the treatment of osteoarthritis but its role is controversial (5). the purpose of this study wasto establish the most efficient liposome lf/cs formulations for cell culture experiments in order to use them in the treatment of rheumatic and inflammatory disorders.  material and methods  reagents. liposomal lipids, phosphatidylcholine (pc), phosphatidylserine (ps) dioleoyl-phosphatidyl-ethanolamine (dope), stearylamine (sa), dipalmitoyl-phosphatidylethanolamine (dppe), cholesterol (chol), cholesterylhemisuccinate (chems), human lactoferrin (lf) and chondroitin suphate (cs) were purchased from sigma chemicals (st. louis, mo). all other chemicals were of analytical grade. liposome preparation. negatively charged ph-sensitive (dope:chems; 6:4 molar ratio), ph-insensitive (pc:chol:ps; 5:5:1), positive (dppe:chol:sa; 5:5:1) and conventional ( pc:chol ; 7:3) liposomes were prepared as previously described (2).  liposomal formulations with the diameter around 200 nm (checked by transmission electron microscopy), were filtered through a 0.22 µm filter (millipore).  cellsand culture conditions. human premonocytic thp-1 cells (atcc tib 202) were routinely cultured in rpmi-1640 medium (euroclone) supplemented with 10% fetalcalf serum (fcs) and l-glutamine (both from sigma chemical co) and incubated with liposome-lf systems. human dermal fibroblasts (hdf) isolated from human dermis and human chondrocytes (hc)  obtained from human cartilage by enzyme digestion were grown in dulbecco’s minimum essential medium (dmem) (gibco brl; uk) supplemented with 10% fcs and incubated with liposomal formulations of lf/cs. cytotoxicity assay. cell viability was assessed using the 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (mtt) assay (6).  cytokine elisa. the tnfa and il-6 level in the supernatants of thp-1 cells stimulated with 10 ng/ml lps ( e.coli serotype 055 : b5, sigma chemical co.) for 18 hrs were analysed by capture duo-elisa using antibodies pairs and protocols recommended by r&d system. statistics. data were expressed as means ± standard deviation of the mean (sd) statistical analysis was performed using student’s test. differences were considered significant at p<0.05.  nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1) session a3  results and discussions  to investigate the interaction of liposome entrapped anti-inflammatory agents with cells, liposome with different lipid composition and surface charge (neutral, negative and positive) were prepared and characterized. using thp-1 cells it has been shown that the liposome has no effect on the cell viability at 100 µm lipid final concentration in the medium (data not shown). liposome-lf uptake by thp-1 cells is dependent on their surface charge (fig.1). all liposomal systems were more efficiently in delivery lf to thp-1 cells than free protein. the highest cytoplasmic level oflfwas achieved by using negative ph-sensitive liposomes.   figure 1. kinetics of uptake of free and liposome figure 2. kinetics of release of lf entrapped in entrapped lf by thp-1 cells liposome in the presence of human serum  lf entrapped in negative ph-insensitive liposomes (pc:chol:ps; 5:5:1) (l1); lf entrapped in negative ph-sensitive liposomes (dope:chems; 6:4) (l2); lf entrapped in positive liposomes (dppe:chol:sa; 5:5:1) (l3); free lf (lf); liposomal lipid concentration 100µm and lf 20 µg/ml. each point is represented as the mean ± sd (n=6).  since the use of liposomes in vivo as carrier involves their interaction with human serum, the effect of this fluid on liposome-lf stability was investigated by measuring over time (24 hrs), the release of protein. we found that positive liposomes-lf was more stable than neutral and negative formulation (fig.2).  the effect of free and liposome entraped cs and lf on the cell proliferation and morphology of hdf and hc was evaluated by cell viability test and light microscopy. results from mtt viability assays indicated that liposome systems (table 1) had no cytotoxic effects on the hdf and hc (fig. 3).      figure 3 (left) . chondrocytes proliferation after liposome-cs treatment results were expressed table 1. liposome formulationd as percent from the control (100%); values represent the mean ± sd from six experiments.  formulation  lipid  cs   code  concentation  concentration   (µm)  (µg/ml)   l  200  -  l-cs(i)  100  500   l-cs(ii)  200  250   l-cs(iii)  200  500    session a3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1)  similar data regarding the cell viability were obtained in the presence of liposome-lf systems (data not shown). microscopy studies showed that both hdf and hc incubated with liposome included anti-inflammatory agents maintain normal morphology when compared to control cells (data not shown).  we have also investigated liposome system ability to modulate thp-1 response to extracellular inflammatory stimuli such as lps (fig. 4).   figure 4. the effect of free lf/cs and liposome lf/cs on the proinflammatory cytokines production. data represent the mean cytokine production ± sd from 5 replicate cultures.  preliminary results suggested the capacity of liposome based anti­inflammatory agents to reduce the lps-mediated pro-inflammatory cytokine production (tnf-a and il-6) in vitro model of inflammation.  a significant decreasing of tnf-a and il-6 level in the presence of liposome containing lf/cs compared to free biological agents can be seen in figure 4. liposome final concentration in the medium was 200 µm, lf free and entrapped in liposomes 4mg/ml and cs 10mg/ml. in conclusion our studies indicate that liposomes could be used as efficient carriers for controlled deliveryoflf and cs into cells and are encouraging for therapeutic use.  acknowledgements  this work was supported by matnantech research program, project ceex 57/2006 (nanoconter).  references  1.  metselaar, j. m., van den berg, w. b. et al.,ann rheum dis 63: 348-353. (2004)   2.  trif, m., guillen, c. et al., exp biol med 226:559-564, (2001)   3.  gomez-barrena, e., lindroos, l. et al. clin exp rheumatol  24: 622-8. (2006).   4.  brock, j. h. immunol today 16: 417-419 (1995).   5.  mazieres b, hucher m, et al., ann rheum dis. 66:639-45. (2007)   6.  mossman t., j. immunol. methods 65, 55 (1983).     ');
pdf_daten[17] = new Array('A3-NANOCYTES-Technology - Biomimetic nanoparticles for life.pdf', 'A3-NANOCYTES-Technology - Biomimetic nanoparticles for life sciences and industrial applications', 'nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1) session a3  nanocytes-technology – biomimetic nanoparticles for life sciences and industrial applications  günter e.m. tovar, achim weber, carmen gruber-traub, marc herold, kirsten borchers  fraunhofer institute for interfacial engineering and biotechnology & university of stuttgart, institute for interfacial engineering, stuttgart, germany e-mail guenter.tovar@igb.fraunhofer.de  communication of living systems is done by molecular recognition. this central principle of the living world is performed at the contact sites of different objects such as single macromolecules or highly complexsupramolecular assemblies as which living cells may be described. molecular recognition capabilities are evoked at artificial materials by the nanocytes-technology of the fraunhofer igb.   figure 1: scheme of core-shell nanoparticles for molecular recognition applications. the shell consists of a supramolecular organic arrangement which either (a) ensures the steric directivity of attached biologically derived receptors and their bioactivity or (b) forms entirely synthetic molecular binding sites. the chemical design and typical applications for both concepts of biomimetic nanoparticles are described throughout the article. the core inside the particles can contain specific physical properties such as a magnetic moment or fluorescent activity. (a) (b)  the biomimetic nanoparticles described here, possess such molecularly recognizing properties. for this purpose they carry molecularly defined binding sites at their surface. these binding sites are either composed from biologically derived macromolecules or fully synthetic receptors. core-shell nanoparticles are particularly suited for this purpose, e.g. to immobilise a specific protein or a protein complex at their shell surface. entirely synthetic molecularly recognising nanoparticles can also be prepared by chemical nanotechnology. a cooperative chemical reaction evokes the formation of specific molecular binding sites at the surface of copolymer nanoparticles. a straightforward application is to use the synthetic receptors as specific absorbers e.g. to remove of toxins or contraries from mixtures which may even be of complex nature. other applications range from specific chromatography or membrane processes to diagnostic purposes and will be highlighted.the talk will highlight the design and application ofbiomimetic nanoparticles based on the structural concepts described above.   ');
pdf_daten[18] = new Array('A3-NanoFarma, a Spanish industrial consortium to invest in.pdf', 'A3-NanoFarma, a Spanish industrial consortium to invest in nanotechnology for drug delivery systems', 'session a3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1)  nanofarma, a spanish industrial consortium to invest in nanotechnology for drug delivery systems  pilar calvo  pharmamar sau. avda de los reyes, 1, 28770 colmenar viejo, (madrid) spain  abstract  the nanofarma consortium was created by 7 pharma and biotech spanish companies pharmamar, rovi, faes farma, neuropharma, sylentis, dendrico and lipotec. the nanofarma consortium\'s research project seeks to develop new drug delivery systems (dds), both oral and parenteral such as intravenous, intramuscular and subcutaneous. the objective is that the antitumour, anticoagulating and anti-inflammatorymolecules developed by the consortium members can be selectively carried to the target organs, tissues or cells, thus enhancing therapeutic efficiency and decreasing toxicity. the consortium is collaborating with more than 30 public-sector research bodies and research and technology centres chosen based on their scientific and technological profile.  nanopharmaceuticals  in the past 30 years, the explosive growth of nanotechnology has burst into challenging innovations in pharmacology which is in the process of revolutionizing the deliveryofbiologically active compounds. the main input of today’s nanotechnology in pharmacology is that it allows real progress to achieve temporal and spatial site-specific drug delivery. the long-term objective of drug delivery systems is the ability to target selected cells and/or receptors within the body. at present, the development of new drug delivery techniques is driven by the need on the one hand to more effectively target drugs to the site of disease, to increase patient acceptability and reduce healthcare costs; and on the other hand, to identify novel ways to deliver new classes of pharmaceuticals that cannot be effectively delivered by conventional means. nanotechnology is critical in reaching these goals. from these technologies, nanopharmaceuticals can be developed either as drug delivery systems or biologically active drug products. this discipline was defined as the science and technology of nanometre size scale complex systems, consisting of at least two components, one of which is the active ingredient. in this field the concept of nanoscale was seen to range from 1 to 1000 nm. already now nanoparticle formulations make use of the fact that an enlarged surface/volume ratio results in enhanced activity. nanoparticles are also useful as drug carriers for the effective transport of poorly soluble therapeutics. when a drug is suitably encapsulated, in nanoparticulate form, it can be delivered to the appropriate site, released in a controlled way and protected from undergoing premature degradation. this results in higher efficacy and dramatically minimises undesirable side effects.  over the last three decades europe has been at the forefront of the research and development of nanosized drug carriers including liposomes, nanoparticles, micelles, antibodies and their conjugates, polymer conjugates, etc. the most pressing challenge is application of nanotechnology to design of multifunctional, structured materials able to target specific diseases or containing functionalities to allow transport across biological barriers. to realise the desired clinical benefits rapidly, then importance of focussing the design of technologies on specific target diseases was stressed: cancer, neurodegenerative and cardiovascular diseases were identifies as the first priority areas in view that the  these diseases are the highest causes of mortality in europe. although we are still far from the ideal ‘magic bullet’, proposed by the nobel laureated paul ehrlich, today, nanotechnology has already completed several key achievement to reach this goal. the most straightforward application is in cancer therapy with several marketed compounds (caely/doxil®, abraxane®), and other being currently investigated in clinics. chemotherapy for cancer treatment is usually applied systemically which leads to severe secondary effects for the patients. the research and investment for therapiesin cancer is focusing not only on new therapeutic agents but also on new ways of drug administration to prevent their toxic effects. the creation of drug delivery systems that can act as a vehicle to carry and guide more precisely the active molecule to their desired site of action, is an aspect where nanotechnology has an important role to play. these delivery systems can improve the efficacy of pharmaceutical therapy, reduce side-effects and make drug administration more convenient. these thoughts have been highlight by the eu and us nanotechnology plans  nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1) session a3  and they are in the strategy plans of the big pharma and biopharma companiesworking in the sector.  nanofarma consortium  with this in mind, seven spanish pharmaceutical companies and start–ups (pharmamar as leader, lab rovi, faes farma, neuropharma, lipotec, sylentis and dendrico) have created an industry-led consortium called nanofarma in collaboration with more than 30 spanish basic research groups. the main objective of this consortium is to invest in the development of targeted drug delivery systems coming from nanotechnology and identify target moieties to improve the therapeutics properties of molecules for cancer, alzheimer, anticoagulant therapy and aids.   the drug delivery systems investigated by this consortium include liposomes, polymer nanoparticles, dendrimers, bioconjugates, therapeutics polymers, most of them with multifunctional capabilities; nanoscale devices can contain both targeting agents and therapeutic pay loads at levels that can produce high local levels of a given drug, particularly in areas of the body that are difficult to access. multifunctional nanoscale devices also offer the opportunity to utilize new approaches to therapy as localized heating or to combine a diagnostic or imaging agent with therapeutic in the same package. with these projects the consortium pretends to asses potential opportunities for better healthcares as well as to improve the competitively of the spanish pharmaceutical companies.   ');
pdf_daten[19] = new Array('A3-Nanoporous aluminium oxide for tissue engineering.pdf', 'A3-Nanoporous aluminium oxide for tissue engineering', 'session a3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1)  nanoporous aluminium oxide for tissue engineering  a. hoess, a. staeudte, n. teuscher, a. thormann, h. aurich*, a. heilmann fraunhofer institute for mechanics of materials, halle; * first department of medicine, university of halle-wittenberg  abstract nanoporous aluminum oxide membranes were produced by anodic oxidation and used as cell culture substrates. hepg2 cellswere cultured on two different membranes with pore diameters of 54 nm and 207 nm, respectively. additionally the mem-branes were coated with collagen. the cells adhered to and proliferated on the unmodified nano-porous substrates with a lower extend compared to the collagen-modified membranes and the control culture on polystyrene. the growth behavior was not influenced by the pore diameter of the used membrane. however, sem investigations reveal different cell morphologies. cells growing on membranes with larger pore diameters (~210 nm) penetrate into the pores and attached to the pore walls by forming small cell extensions. the presented results are encouraging to further improve the nanoporous aluminum oxide membranes for applications in the field of cell culture.  introduction the nanoporous aluminum oxide produced by anodic oxidation is a very unique nanostructured material [1]. self-supporting nanoporous aluminum oxide membranes are characterized by high porosity, whereas the pores are aligned perpendicular to the membrane surface and arranged in a highly ordered hexagonalmanner. membrane parameters, e.g. pore diameter and membrane thickness, can be adjusted throughout the anodization process [2]. the highly ordered pore structure of nanoporous aluminum oxide is often used as a template for the fabrication of nanotubes and nanowiresmade of different materials [3,4]. further, studies are aimed at the optimization of nanoporous aluminum oxide for biomedical applications. a possible field is the surface modification of orthopedic implants, since better cell-ingrowth and con-sequently a stabilization of the endoprosthesis due to the higher porosity of the material is expected [5]. another approach is the use of self-supporting nanoporous membranes for cell cul-ture applications [6,7]. it was already demonstrated, that the pore diameter of such membranes can affect cellular functions [6]. compared to conventional porous cell culture inserts made of polymers (ptfe, pc, pet), the porous structure of the used nanoporous aluminum oxide membranes can be well controlled.  methods and materials for the investigation of the cellular interactions with self-supporting nanoporous aluminum oxide membranes, we used a hepatoma cell line (hepg2). due to the production process, the pore diameter of front and back side (facing to the electrolyte or the aluminum plate, respectively, during the anodic oxidation) of the resulting membrane differs[8]. in the experiments described herein, the cells were only cultured on the front sides of the membranes. two different membrane types were used.   membrane a (thickness 67 µm) was produced in oxalic acid at an anodization voltage of 40 v. based on scanning elec­tron micrographs (sem jeol jsm 6700) and digital imaging analysis, the pore diameter of the resulting membrane on the front side was determined with d = 54±5 nm (porosity 23 %). membrane b (thickness 46 µm) was anodized in phosphoric acid at 150 v and had a pore diameter of d = 207±24 nm (porosity of 23 %). prior to cell seeding, the membranes were cut into round pieces (ø=1.2 cm), then cleaned with distilled water and sterilized by ethanol and uv-light. for collagen surface modification, a sterile collagen solution (collagen r, serva) was added to the substrates for a final concentration of 8 µg/cm3. the solvent was evaporated in a laminar flow box overnight. hepg2 cells were cultured  figure 1: cell growth of hepg2 on unmodified/collagen-coated in tissue culture flasks until confluence. they were harvested nanoporous alumina membranes (a, b) and on control  by trypsinization and seeded onto the membranes  nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1)	session a3  with a concentration of 1 x 105 cells per membrane. the same amount of cells was plated in 24-well culture plates made of ps (tpp) as a control culture. because of optical transparency of the nanoporous membranes, the cell cultures can be continuously observed by light microscopy. during the experiment, daily cell growth was assessed by using a resazurin-based viability assay(celltiter-blue®, promega). after a culture period of 7 days the cells on the nanoporous substrateswere prepared for high resolution scanning electron microscopy (hr-sem) as described previously [6].   results and discussion  fig. 1 shows cell growth of hepg2 cells on membranes a and b (unmodified and collagen coated) and the control culture during the 7 day culture period. the cell adhesion and growth on the unmodified nanoporous substrates is lower as on the collagen coated membranes as well as the control culture on ps. the modification of the membranes with collagen promotes cell adhesion and growth, resulting in cell numbers comparable to the control group. this can be explained by the fact, that collagen is a main constituent of the extracellular matrix of cells thus providing specific binding sitesfor cell receptor proteins (e.g. integrins). however, the number of cells in the control group increased more than 2,5fold until day 7, whereasitonly increased about 1,7fold on the collagen treated substrates. in this context it has to be noted, that the surface of the normal tissue culture material (ps) is modified to show optimal properties for cell attachment and growth. nevertheless  figure 2: hepg2 cells on nanoporous aluminum	it was shown, that nanoporous aluminum oxide membranes can be  oxide membrane b 	used for cell culturing without significant effects on cell vitality. additionally, the cell proliferation is not influenced by the pore diameter of the membrane, whether modified or not. observations by light microscopy revealed, that the cells spread out over the nanoporous substrates and arrange in larger cell assemblies. this wasconfirmed by sem investigations (fig. 2). the overall cell morphology was comparable to cells grown in tissue culture plates (ps). they exhibited flat, polygonal cell bodies and possessed microvilli. at higher magnification, the cell-substrate interaction became visible. fig. 3 shows sem micrographs of the cell borders of hepg2 cells on the unmodified membranes a and b. it is obvious that the cell extensions could not interact with the small porous structure of membrane a (fig. 3a, arrows). however, if membrane b with a pore diameter of approximately 210 nm is used, the cells extend into the pores with their filopodia (fig. 3b, arrows). it seems that the cell uses the pores as anchor points to stabilize the attachment to the underlying nanoporous aluminum oxide. even after the preparation for the sem investigation and the accompanied shrinking process, the filopodia stick to the pores. in some cases they are even branched and anchored to two pores simultaneously. this intense cell-substrate interaction is encouraging for further cell culture experiments.   conclusions  it was demonstrated that nanoporous aluminum oxide membranes are figure 3: (a) leading edge of a hepg2 cell on well suited as substrates for cell culture. especially collagen-coated membrane a and (b) membrane b  membranes provide excellent cell growth conditions and are comparable  session a3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1)  to other materials which are optimized for cell cultures. further investigations are aimed at the development of a co-culture bioreactor set-up with nanoporous aluminum oxide membranesaskey elements. here, the membrane acts as a physical barrier and divides the bioreactor into two compartments. in this way, co-cultures of cells under perfusion conditions can be established, whereas the different cell typesare grown on opposite sites of the membrane. due to the perfusion conditions and the diffusion of cellular metabolites from one side of the membrane to the other, a positive influence on cell behavior and functionality should be possible.  acknowledgement  this work was supported by the international max-plank research school for science and technology of nanostructures.  references  [1] thompson g.e.; thin solid films, 1997, 297:192  [2] o\'sullivan j.p., wood g.c.; proc roy soc lond a, 1970, 317:511  [3] hulteen j.c., martin, c.r.; in: nanoparticles and nanostructured films, ed. by fendler, j.h.: wiley-vch, 2002  [4] lee w., scholz r., nielsch k., gösele u.; angew chem int ed, 2005, 44:6050  [5] briggs e.p., walpole a.r., wilshaw p.r., karlsson m., pålsgård e.; j mater sci: mater med, 2004, 15:1021  [6] karlsson m., johansson a., tang l., boman m.; microsc res techniq, 2004, 63:259  [7] hoess a., teuscher n., thormann a., aurich h., heilmann a.; acta biomater, 2007, 3:43  [8] thormann a., teuscher n., pfannmöller m., rothe u., heilmann a.; small, in press   ');
pdf_daten[20] = new Array('A4-Measurement strategy development towards standardized na.pdf', 'A4-Measurement strategy development towards standardized nanoparticle', 'session a4 keynote lecture nanotechnology in life science and medicine (1)  measurement strategy development towards standardized nanoparticle exposure assessments – example tio2-workplaces  thomas a.j. kuhlbusch, christof asbach, heinz kaminski, heinz fissan  institute of energy and environmental technology (iuta), unit ‘airborne particles / air quality’, tky@iuta.de, 47229 duisburg, germany   abstract  nanotechnology opens opportunities for new and improved products and needs tailored pro-duction tools. nanoparticles are one of the most important building blocks to e.g. develop new or improved materials, allow for higher catalytic efficiencies, or reduce energy and material consumption. in order to assess possible environmental implications of nanoparticles it is necessary to be able to detect and quantify nanoparticles in the corresponding matrix; soil, water, and air in the ambient and/or workplace environment. different measurement and sampling techniques are necessary as well as task specific strategies to identify and quantitatively determine nanoparticles. the focus of this paper is on measurement strategies for the determination of excess engineered nanoparticles in the environment of workersto avoid data misinterpretation.  introduction  exposure to airborne nanoparticlesiscurrently seen as one of the major exposure routes. a recent review on the potential risksofnanomaterials (borm et al., 2006) gives a good overview of possible environmental and health effects of nanomaterials including nanoparticles. the term ‘nanoparticle’ in the present context is used for particles with mobility diameters below 100 nm which are engineered and intentionally produced. they shall be clearly differentiated from ubiquitous ultrafine particles in the size range below 100 nm which can be salt particles such as ammonium sulphate or diesel soot particles of certainly very different toxicological relevance. figure 1 gives an example for the information needed with regard to nanoparticle exposure. it exemplifies that particles in the size scale below 100 nm may enter the work area from the ambient atmosphere. for a realistic risk assessment, measurement of this background aerosol is needed to obtain information on possible nanoparticle release and subsequent possible exposure. this paper focuses on measurement strategies while a companion manuscript deals with toxicological and exposure relevant particle metrics and their possibilities of determination (fissan et al., 2007). the use of size distribution measurement data is chosen for demonstration purposes in this paper because those data are the most commonly determined parameters in previous studies (kuhlbusch et al., 2004 and 2006).  figure1: influence of outside ultrafine particles onto workplace atmospheres (kuhlbusch et al., 2006)  environmental, health and safety aspects (1)	session a4  approaches for the determination of nanoparticles  most of the current available measurement techniques for the detection of nanoparticles are not personal instruments. hence, measurements at a fixed location within a work area are currently the most common approach. this certainly leads to the difficulty in the proper placement of the measurement devices in the work area and information on the ventilation of the work area is essential. two approaches may be used for the determination of particle concentration fields in specific work areas (a) modelling with realistic data on particle sources (kuhlbusch et al., 2007) or (b) mapping with e.g. a handheld cpc or an fmps (miller, 2006).  two different approaches may be differentiated to derive information on the possible source strength of processes and/or leaks. the detection of -single nanoparticles in the work environments -nanoparticle number concentrations the evaluation of number concentrations is different whether the concentrations are in a range between approx. 1,000 #/cm3 and 100,000 #/cm3, or above 100,000 #/cm3. this differentia-tion into concentration ranges was made to demonstrate the different needs in nanoparticle measurement techniques as well as measurement strategies. single particle analysis methods are needed in the first case. two significantly different methods may be used, (a) sampling of particles on substrates and subsequent analysis by e.g. tem/sem – edx or (b) in some cases aerosol mass spectrometry may be applicable. generally it can be stated that the available methods for thiscase are limited and in the case of microscopy quite labour intensive. particle detection in the high concentration case may be regarded as the simplest case since (a) particle concentrations > 100,000 #/cm3 usually only occur in the presence of a strong source and (b) can be attributed to sources near to the measurements. this facilitates an easy identification of the source, because the background concentration can be neglected. the case of the identification of nanoparticles in the concentration range between 1,000-100,000 #/cm3 requires the highest attention. particle concentrations in work areas in this concentration range may come from various internal and external sourcesof the work area besides the actual product nanoparticles. hence we propose the continuous measurements of particle concentrations directly in the vicinity of the working area of interest but at a location not influenced by the work process. thismeasurement enables the calculation of ambient particle penetration into the work area based on time periods of no work activities (figure 2). this calculation is exemplarily shown for the case of measurements of particle size distributions in an ultrafine titanium dioxide bagging area. overall, particle contributions from the work process of about 522 #/cm3 (12 % of measured   concentration during activity) were calculated.	figure 2: particle size distribution measurements in the bagging area of ultrafine tio2 during bagging; upper figure represents the measured values  this concentration was determined with  (dashed line) and calculated contribution by ambient particles (solid line), concur-rent pm10 concentrations of 1.1 mg/m3. difference contribution by work process; lower figure represents the size distribution determined for the work process.  session a4 environmental, health and safety aspects (1)  it has to be noted that the detected increase in particle number concentration  @ may not be significant taking into account the variability of e.g. the ventilation of the area, @ is concentrated at particles below 20 nm, indicating newly formed particles.  we recommend to perform chemical analysis to proof that the additional particles are from the production source, because their composition is known. in the above case, additional sem/edxmeasurements from this area did not show any significant titanium concentrations for particles below 100 nm.  this example clearly demonstrates that well defined measurement strategies are necessary  a) to determine engineered nanoparticles at work places b) to differentiate those from ambient particles of similar size c) to relate the measured values to potential risks.  references borm et al., the potential risks of nanomaterials: a review carried out for ecetoc., part fibre toxicol. 3 (1):11, aug 14 2006. fissan, h., c. asbach, h. kaminski, t.a.j. kuhlbusch, instrumentation for nanoparticle exposure analysis and control at industrial   workplaces (2007) in these proceedings  kuhlbusch, t.a.j., h. kaminski, a. john, a. hugo, o. sperber, c. asbach, u. rating, h. fissan, nanopartikel an arbeitsplätzen in der produktion – aufbau einer standardisierten mobilen prüfplattform als grundvoraussetzung für die expositionsbeurteilung und basis für maßnahmenkataloge im rahmen der zukünftigen arbeitsplatzgestaltung. final report on project for the state government of north rhine westfalia, 2007 (available at iuta e.v., duisburg)  kuhlbusch, t.a.j., h. kaminski, h. fissan, c. asbach, strategies and examples on the determination of nanoparticles at workplaces, in preparation, 2006.  kuhlbusch, t.a.j.; neumann, s.; fissan, h., number size distribution, mass concentration, and particle composition of pm1, pm2.5, and pm10 in bag filling areas of carbon black production, j. occup. & env. hygiene, 1: 660-671, 2004.  kuhlbusch, t.a.j.; fissan, h., particle characteristics in the reactor and pelletizing areas of carbon black production, j. occup. & env. hygiene, 3(10), 558 - 567, 2006.  miller, a., personal communication, 2006   ');
pdf_daten[21] = new Array('A4-NANOSH - Inflammatory and genotoxic effects of engineere.pdf', 'A4-NANOSH - Inflammatory and genotoxic effects of engineered nanomaterials', 'environmental, health and safety aspects (1) session a4  nanosh – inflammatory and genotoxic effects of engineered nanomaterials  timo tuomi1, harri alenius1, hannu norppa1, antti tossavainen1, lea pylkkänen1, fritz krombach2, elzbieta jankowska 3, malgorzata po´ sniak posniak3, derk h. brouwer4, dave mark5, markus berges6, carsten möhlmann6, peter b. farmer7, raj singh7 and kai savolainen1  1 finnish institute of occupational health, helsinki, finland 2 institute for surgical research, university of munich, munich, germany 3 central institute for labour protection - national research institute, warsaw, poland 4 tno - quality of life, zeist, netherlands 5 health and safety laboratory, buxton, uk 6 berufsgenossenschaftliches institut für arbeitsschutz, sankt augustin, germany 7 cancer biomarkers and prevention group, biocentre, leicester, uk  abstract  there are increasing demands by the society for reliable information on the possible effects of engineered nanoparticles (nps) and the significance of these effects. it is essential that reliable and understandable information will be gathered before wide use of nanoparticles to avoid potential unkonwn health problems.  some of the identified key-knowledge gaps related to nanoparticles are: 1) lack of suitable reference materials to be used in comparative studies for characterization of different types of np; 2) lack of understanding of metric\'s that should be used as the basis for measurement of levels of np in the environment, or as determinants of dose e.g. in toxicological studies; 3) lack of easy-to-use, portable devices for measurement of nanoparticles in the air and therefore lack of exposure information, especially the working environments; and 4) identification of key-effects in most important target organs of np; 5) identification the underlying mechanisms of these effects; 6) exploring translocation of np in man and experimental animals; 7)  effects of low exposure levels of nanoparticles to exposed humans, particularly those being exposed in workplaces to nanoparticles; 8) utilization of these data in risk assessment of np and ultimately in regulation of safety management of np in their production and in other industrial processes.  exploring the significance of inflammatory and genotoxic effects of nanomaterials  the nanosh research aims at exploring some of these identified key-gaps in our knowledge related to np. the goals of the nanosh research include: 1) identification of the key-characteristics of the studied np; 2) characterization of the levels of exposure to specific engineered nanoparticles including carbon nanotubes, nano-sized titanium dioxide and other nanoparticles based on the results of the initial studies with already chosen nanoparticles with a special emphasis on metal and metal oxide np; 3) pulmonary inflammation induced by exposure to np in experimental animals and cells; 4) genotoxic effects of np in experimental animals and cells; and 5) effects of np on microcirculation and np-induced disturbances in blood coagulation.   exposure to various types of np will be explored in different types of work places in uk, germany, the netherlands and poland. finnish and uk group will be involved in the characterization of the np identified in different types of workplaces. in np characterization, several metrics will be utilized including particle size distribution, particle numbers, particle surface area and mass. np will mainly be characterized by using electron microscopic techniques.  health-related studies aim to focus on end point with key-importance in terms of human health significance. information on the causality between np exposure and pulmonary inflammation is especially important because of the importance of the lungs as an entry into the body and because of the importance of the lungs as a target organ. the parameters which will evaluate pulmonary inflammation include alterations in the panorama of pulmonary inflammatory cells in vivo as well as expression of biochemical markers of inflammation, i.e. cytokines and chemokines, also in vivo. parameters of pulmonary  session a4 environmental, health and safety aspects (1)  inflammation to be studied in vitro include expression of chemokines and cytokines, and markers of cells death.  genotoxicity as a toxicological endpoint is crucial because remarkable genotoxicity may be an early short-term indicator of potential carcinogenicity or reproductive toxicity. genotoxicity of the chosen np will be assessed in pulmonary epithelial cells and mesothelial cells in vitro and pulmonary epithelial cells in vivo by measuring oxidative dna damage, dna strand breakage, and chromosomal damage.  np effects on microcirculation or blood coagulation cascade would implicate that nps could have a potential to induce wide-spread systemic effects in the body, and hence, this target isofmajor importance in assessing the potential harmful effects of np. to assess the effects of nanoparticles on the vasculature, the potential of nanoparticles to induce proinflammatory of prothrombotic effects in the microcirculation in vivo will be explored e.g. by using video microscope in vivo and utilizing fluorescence probes.  this research is a joint undertaking of dutch, finnish, german, polish, and uk research groups to identify key issues related to np toxicity and characteristics that determine the possible toxic effects of np.  acknowledgements supported by an european commission grant nmp4-ct-2006-032777   ');
pdf_daten[22] = new Array('A4-Sensitive and predictive biological parameters in short-.pdf', 'A4-Sensitive and predictive biological parameters in short-term inhalation test with nanoparticles', 'environmental, health and safety aspects (1) session a4  sensitive and predictive biological parameters in short-term inhalation test with nanoparticles  robert landsiedel, lan ma-hock, silke burkhardt, volker strauss, armin gamer, karin wiench and bennard van ravenzwaay  basf, product safety, 67056 ludwigshafen, germany  product safety of nanoparticles  nanotechnology offers great opportunities in developing innovative solutions by selective modifications of material properties.  however, new material properties may also alter the effect of these materials on humans.  therefore,  nanomaterials need a thorough risk assessment before marketing.  basf has defined a code of conduct nanotechnology1 encompassing objectives for product safety.  as a part of the risk assessment, specific toxicological testing of nanoparticles may be included, depending on exposure scenarios. among the possible effects on human health, inhalation of aerosolsfrom nano-scale materials is of the highest concern. we modified short-term inhalation tests to provide fast and reliable data for a realistic assessment of possible health effects.  aerosols of nanoparticles  an aerosol from nanoscale material is a complex system.  therefore, the first step in studying its health effects is the characterization of the aerosols. we examined aerosols generated from powders of different nanoscale materials (characterized for particle size, specific surface area, zeta potential and morphology) using a brush generator (dry dispersion) and a nebulizer (wet dispersion of suspensions of the powders).  dust concentrations were measured by gravimetry; particle size distributions were determined by an optical particle counter, a scanning mobility particle sizer and a cascade impactor.  the examined materials consisted of particles with primary sizes between 10 – 30 nm. in the test atmospheres, however, only small fractions of the materials were actual primary nanoparticles (< 100 nm) and most particles were of larger size (> 1 µm) indicating agglomeration; this was confirmed by electron microscopy.  table 1: characterization of atmospheres generated from nanoscale material  test substance total mass concentration number concentration mass fraction of (mg/m3 by gravimetry) of nanoparticles nanoparticles (count/cm3) (%)  tio2  15.2  6420  0.10   carbon black  8.1  28700  0.48   amorphous silicate 1  12.1  63420  0.74   amorphous silicate 2  13.1  12705  0.14   al2o3  15.7  31350  0.42   cuo  35.9  147000  1.53   zro2  16.6  46400  1.02   amorphous silicate 3  18.4  21600  0.13    inhalation studies with nanoparticles  inhalation exposure is the route of most concern for nanoparticles.  various testing methods are currently used to investigate possible effects in the lung, i.e. inhalation, intratracheal instillation, aspiration and various cell and tissue culture systems. compared to inhalation studies, the other methods are simple models yet the exposure does not reflect the actual situation, considering the complex processes involved in nanoparticle aerosol formation and inhalation.  thus, these test methods will need validation by inhalation studies.  therefore, we performed short-term inhalation studies in rats with exposure to various concentrations of nanoparticles for six hours per day on five consecutive days in comparison with the similar pigment  session a4 environmental, health and safety aspects (1)  (micrometer-scaled, non-nano) material.  animals were examined directly at the end of the exposure, and two and fourteen days thereafter.  deposition of inhaled nanoparticles  rats were exposed to aerosolsgenerated from nano-scale tio2 as well as the pigment (non-nano) material by inhalation; the organ burdens were analyzed in seven tissues and electron microscopy was used to characterize the particles deposited in the tissues.   fig. 1: rats exposed to aerosol from nano-scale tio2 ,tem left: agglomerates located free in the alveolar space right: alveolar macrophages with agglomerates in the cytoplasm  the particles from both, the pigment and the nano-scale material were located extracellularly in the lumen of the alveoli and bronchi.  moreover, particles were detected in the cytoplasm of alveolar macrophages.  the particles from nano-scale material found in the lung, were agglomerates of about the same size as found in atmosphere; there were no signs of desagglomeration of the inhaled agglomerates.  table 2: tio2 organ distribution after 5-day exposure [in µg tio2 per organ by icp-aes]  nano tio2 pigment tio2 88 mg/m3 274 mg/m3  study day  study day  study day  study day   5  19  5  19   liver, kidney, spleen, basal brain with olfactory bulb  < 0.5*  < 0.5*  < 0.5*  < 0.5*   lung  2025  1547  9182  7257   mediastinal lymph nodes  2.2  8.5  8.2  108   *  0.5 µg was the detection limit of the icp-aes method     pigment and nano tio2 were deposited nearly exclusively in the lungs, with a similar deposition pattern.  a small tio2 fraction was detected in the mediastinal lymph nodes. translocation from the lungs to internal organs was not detected up to two weeks after inhalation exposure.  biological effects of inhaled nanoparticels  rats were examined directly and two and fourteen days after the exposure to aerosols of pigment and nano-scale tio2 histopathologically.  additionally, a set of over seventy parameters was analyzed in broncho alveolar lavage fluid (bal) and in serum.  environmental, health and safety aspects (1) session a4   table 3: parameters examined in lung tissue and/or in broncho alveolar lavage fluid (bal) and in serum  in this short term study with nano and pigment tio2, the overall findings indicated a particle induced local inflammation process in the lung with diffuse alveolar histiocytosis including particle loaded macrophages, and hyperplasia and epithelialization in the region of the terminal bronchioli. the noaec of nano tio2 was 2 mg/m3 and the loaec was 10 mg/m3.   based on mass concentration the effects were more pronounced with nano tio2 compared to pigment tio2, even though the agglomerates of nano tio2 and the solid particles of pigment tio2 had about the same size. the results of the short-term study were predictive for the long-term effect observed in subchronic and chronic inhalation studies2,3. the most sensitive and predictive parameter for long-term effects was the pmn count in bal two days after the end of the exposure. this work is part of the nanosafe2 and the nanocare project, which aims to develop generally accepted test methods to analyze the effects of nanomaterials on human health.  nanocare uses in vitro and in vivo methods to systematically investigate the effects of nanoparticles and the dependency on their physical and chemical characteristics.  the presented data will be crucial to evaluate the data from in vitro experiments acquired in the various labs of the project partners.  moreover, the presented inhalation short-term studies - recognizing early markers of inhalation toxicity - may be an appropriate methods in risk assessments for long-term inhalation exposure to aerosolsfrom nanoscale materials.  acknowledgements  this work was, in part, supported by the nanocare project of the german federal ministry of education and research (bmbf) and by the nanosafe2 project of the eu (fp6).  1 www.basf.de/dialogue-nanotechnology 2 heinrich et al. (1995) inhalation toxicology, 7: 533-556. 3 bermudez et al. (2004) toxicological sciences, 77, 347-357.   ');
pdf_daten[23] = new Array('A4-Swiss actionplan risk assessment and -management of synt.pdf', 'A4-Swiss actionplan risk assessment and -management of synthetic nanomaterials', 'environmental, health and safety aspects (1) session a4  swiss actionplan ‘risk assessment and -management of synthetic nanomaterials’  dr. christoph meili  the innovation society ltd., lerchenfeldstr. 5,9014 st. gallen, switzerland, web: www.innovationsociety.ch phone: +41 (0)71 274 74 17, mobile: +41 (0)76 326 77 97 mail: christoph.meili@innovationsgesellschaft.ch the author is external consultant and nanotechnology-advisor to the swiss federal office for the environment (foen) and the swiss federal office for public health (foph)  1. background  today’s technological progress enables us to selectively modify materials on the molecular or even atomic level. it allows us to create new, tiny structures of only a few nanometers (1 nm = 10-9 m). at this small scale, physical and chemical properties can change. these new and modified characteristics can be used and offer great opportunities.  nanotechnology is an interdisciplinary technology; it potentially influences a big variety of different products, applications and processes. novel sunscreens, stain resistant textiles and paintings, self-cleaning windows or scratch-resistant coatings are only a few examples of nanotechnology-enhanced products already on the market. many other innovations are expected to be available soon in the field of medicine, materials technology, cosmetics, food and packaging, electronics and environment protection.  after a time period in which nanotechnology was almost exclusively linked to ‘innovation’ and ‘benefit’, potential environmental and health risks started to emerge as a complementary topic during the last few years. the focus hereby mainly lies on products and applications where the release of synthetic nanoparticles isexpected during production, use and disposal. on the one hand, these worries are based on previous experiences with nanoparticles from natural sources  (e.g. volcanoes) or technical combustion processes (e.g. diesel soot). on the other hand, several studies about the toxicity of certain synthetic nanoparticles have supported these worries.  however, before any reliable risk assessment can be performed, synthetic nanoparticleshave to be further investigated. therefore, a broad spectrum of research projects is underway worldwide, to close the existing knowledge gaps. due to the complexity of the field of research and the vast variety of different nanoparticles, it will most probably take many years to provide the necessary data for conclusive risk assessments.  in response to this emerging risk issue, the federal office for the environment (foen) and the federal office of public health (foph) have mandated an expert panel under the lead of the innovation society to analyse the current scientific knowledge within the scope of an actionplan called ‘risk assessment and –management of synthetic nanoparticles’. the project is intended to propose suitable measures to protect employees, consumers and the environment, from advese effects through synthetic nanomaterials. the swiss actionplan is supposed to cover a number of topic areas including  -  providing a summary of the uses of nanoparticles in switzerland.   -  giving an overview on the current knowledge about adverse effects on human health and the environment.    -describing immediate measures to protect employees in industry and research.  -  devising scientific principles for danger and risk assessment.   -  drawing up harmonised definitions, measurement methods and validated test guidelines for the danger and risk assessment in cooperation with the oecd, eu, iso and unep.   -  motivating the research and business communities to develop and apply self-regulation-measures.   -  adapting existing legislation if this is needed to guarantee the safety.   -  conducting a dialogue with the relevant stakeholders (scientists, trade associations, offices, insurers, politicians, investors, general public).    session a4 environmental, health and safety aspects (1)  the focus of the swiss actionplan clearly lies on synthetic nanoparticles, while nanomaterials are also considered relevant if nanoparticles can be released during their life cycle (figure 1). the focus on synthetic nanoparticles is justified by the fact that these small particles are under suspicion to penetrate into the body and through barriers and influence it in an unknown and potentially harmful way.  2. organisation  considering the large variety of subject areas figure 1: examples of nanomaterials within the scope of the swiss actionplan involved, the swiss actionplan is developed by  a panel of experts from different research  organisations and governmental institutions  (figure 2). the broad foundation ensures  technical excellence and introduces different  points of view.  the project is leaded by the foen and the foph. the scientific fundamentals are developed primarily by a consortium consisting of members of well-known swiss research facilities (eth zurich, university of berne, ist lausanne). besides these consortial partners and the foen / foph, the project team involves members from the state secretariat for economic affairs (seco), the state secretariat for education and research (ser), the center for technology assessment (ta-swiss), the suva (schweizerische unfallversicherungsanstalt, swissmedic and the eth board. the innovation society ltd. (st.  figure 2: organisation of the swiss actionplan gallen) acts as an external consultant and  coordinates the parts of the project. all these  parties support the development of the  scientific basis and the resulting measures.  a so called peer group with members from different branches of the industry, education, politics and ngos, as well as an expert group periodically evaluate the project and comment on it. this guarantees a broad foundation of the measures developed and increased acceptance within the relevant stakeholders. furthermore, these partners contribute to the high quality of the resulting documents and actions through the review processes.  in special cases, so called action groups (ag) can be installed to treat specific questions within small expert groups.  environmental, health and safety aspects (1) session a4  3. process  the swiss actionplan was officially launched in june 2006 and started with the collection and development of the scientific knowledge about the risks of synthetic nanomaterials in a basis report. this report was created by the project team and commented by the peer group and the expert group. additional findings, different opinions and comments were included into the basis report in several review rounds. the basis report primarily serves as the foundation to deduce and explain future actions. it was formally accepted and published (online) in june 2007.  with the scientific knowledge about the risks of synthetic nanoparticles (gathered and summarized in the basis report), research needs were identified by the experts of the respective subject areas. the need for risk research was compared to projects already running or planned in the country and abroad.  the identification of the research needs as well as other arguments from the basis report lead to the development of the recommended actions. those preliminary masures covered the topics of -promotion of risk resarch -standardisation -voluntary measures of industry and  retailers  -  legislation   -  technology assessment and communication    the recommended actions represent the interface between the ‘scientific layer’ of figure 3 : time schedule of the swiss actionplan the basis report and any future measures (figure 3). they were also reviewed by the peer group and the resulting comments have been summarized in a consultation report. the recommended actions were prioritized in the following and finally lead to the implementation plan.  the implementation plan consists of a final set of high-priority measures (including information about the necessary ressources and the temporal sequence of the measures) and will be released for the attention of the swiss federal council later in 2007. in the current phase, the recommended actions are worked out in more detail.  4. results  the swiss actionplan follows the goal to develop and provide a series of actions to the swiss government to ensure the safe manufacture, use and disposal of synthetic nanomaterials.  the first step to the implementation of measures was taken with the development of the basisreport, which summarizes the current knowledge about the risks ofsynthetic nanoparticles, describes national and international research programmes and deduces research needs. it summarizes the ‘status quo’ and the scientific knowledge in review chapters about human toxicology, ecotoxicology, physical and chemical hazards and occupational health and safety. regulatory issues, technology assessment and societal aspects are discussed in a second part. the basis report has been published online in june 2007 by foen/foph.  session a4 environmental, health and safety aspects (1)  the basis report lead to the identification of risk research needs. it turned out that the current scientific knowledge is not sufficient to perform conclusive risk assessments at thisearly stage. research needs were identified in the areas of  -metrology (instruments, test & assessment methods, etc.)  -health (toxicokinetics, effects of nanoparticles on different targets (e.g. organs, cell types), etc.)  -environment (distribution, mobility, accumulation, degradation, toxicity, emission sources, etc.)  -physical and chemical hazards (fire and explosion behaviour, catalytic activity)  -occupational health & safety (screening tools for workplaces, amount & types of nanoparticlesused, safety measures, mechanics of particle emission, etc.)  -technology assessment & communication (methods of dialogue, risk perception & acceptance, etc.)  these above research needs have been compared with current and planned national and international research projects, primarily to identify important, yet unsufficiently covered and therefore particularly urgent areas of action. however, most of the risk research listed in the basis report correlates well with current or planned risk research projects. therefore, the eu framework programme 7 (eu fp7) represents an opportunity to cover at least one part of the identified research needs. accordingly, the coordination of the risk research (e.g. via oecd) on an international level turned out to be of particular importance. another option would be the establishment of a national research programme (nrp) ‘risks and opportunities of nanotechnology’ in switzerland.  the research needs lead to the development of a seriesofrecommended actions, which also contain details about the implementation and the necessary ressources. during the discussion of the measures and the review phase, it became evident that preliminary risk assessment methods and a strong (temporal) prioritization of the measures have to be developed and implemented in a first step. thisrepresents a precondition to be able to perform precautionary measures at an early stage and to prioritize the research needs and further actions. standardisation (iso, snv, oecd), risk research, and communications were also identified as areas of very high priority.  5. further procedure  -the recommended actions will lead to the development of an action- and implementation plan. this paper will contain selected actions and will be discussed by the swiss federal council in summer 2007.  - later this year, it will be decided whether a swiss national research programme (nsr) on the ‘opportunities and risks of nanotechnologies’ will be funded. this will influence the way the identified research needs can be covered.  -the implementation of the measures is provided for the time period of the year 2007 to 2010.  the innovation society ltd., st. gallen (switzerland)  innovation society is an leading nanotechnology consulting and research firm. the company has strong expertise in safety, risk and regulation issues, providing science based services to international clients from industry, financial and insurance sectors as well as international governmental bodies. the company developed cenarios® the first certifiable riskmanagement system in cooperation with tüv süd in 2007.  dr. christoph meili holds a ph.d in business administration and a master degree in biotechnology. he is ceo and founder of the innovation society and specialized in consulting in the area of nanotechology. he has a long consulting experience risk- and innovationmanagement in the area of emerging technologies.   ');
pdf_daten[24] = new Array('A4-Uptake of 1.4 nm versus 18 nm gold nanoparticles in seco.pdf', 'A4-Uptake of 1.4 nm versus 18 nm gold nanoparticles in secondary target organs', 'session a4 environmental, health and safety aspects (1)  uptake of 1.4 nm versus 18 nm gold nanoparticles in secondary target organs is size dependent in control and pregnant rats after intratracheal or intravenous application  1 manuela semmler-behnke , steffanie fertsch1, günter schmid2, alexander wenk1 and wolfgang g. kreyling 1.  1 gsf-research center for environment and health; institute for inhalation biology, neuherberg / munich, germany and 2 university of essen; institute of inorganic chemistry, essen, germany e-mail: manuela.behnke@gsf.de  introduction  with the advent of nanotechnology the interaction of nanoparticles (np) and nanostructured surfaces with biological systems including living cells has become one of the most intriguing areas of basic and applied research at the interface to biology. as np are of the same size scale as typical cellular components and proteins, such particles are suspected to evade the natural defences of the human organism and may lead to permanent cell damages1. this includes np transfer across biological membranes, np interactions with proteins and cellular constituents as well as np impact on important biological functions. for a reasonable effect assessment potential target organs and cells need to be known2. target organs may not be restricted to the organ of intake but may include secondary target organs and their cellular constituents depending on the accessibility of np to these sites. since gold np gain continuously increasing interest in nanobiotechnology we selected those for our biokinetic studies3-5.  methods  we attempt to investigate the effect of the size of monodisperse np keeping the np material and its ionic ligand coating constant. in order to challenge the effect of the size we compare 1.4 nm sized gold np6-8 with 18 nm gold  np9 both stabilized by negatively charged ionic ligands in aqueous solution and radio-labelled with 198au. healthy adult wky rats received either intratracheally (it) or intravenously (tail vein, iv) radio labeled gold in 50 µl of physiological saline. after np administration images of the 198au-np distribution were taken using a single photon emission computer tomograph gamma camera (spect, prism 2000,   figure 1: spect gamma camera (prism 2000, philips) equipped with a pinhole collimator. rats were killed 24-hours philips) image of 198au activity distribution in the after administration and all organs and tissue samples as well as the lungs of animals 1 hour after intratracheal remaining carcass and excretion were analyzed quantitatively by instillation of 1.4 nm (left) and 18 nm np (right) gamma-spectrometry achieving a 100% balance. so biokinetics in rats applying a pinhole collimation geometry. were compared after np administration to two important organs of intake: lungs and blood.  results and discussion  the biokinetics in in-vivo studies were conducted using healthy, adult female wistar-kyoto rats (~250g body weight) under german federal guidelines for the use and care of laboratory animals and were approved by the regierung von oberbayern (district of upper bavaria, approval no. 211-2531-94/04) and by the gsf institutional animal care and use committee.   twenty-four hours after it administration lung retention dominated for figure 2: translocated np fractions into secondary both np sizes. after correcting the it administered np for fast clearance target organs 24 h after np instillation into the (part of np which were deposited in the conducting airways and cleared lungs (data are corrected for fast clearance).  environmental, health and safety aspects (1)	session a4   out of them via the mucociliary escalator within 24h) more than 0.9 of the administered particles were still in the lungs (see figure 1 and 2). we found a highly significant inverse size dependency with a more than 20-fold higher accumulation of 1.4 nm np in secondary target organs versus 18 nm np (p<0.001). the former fraction of the total deposit was 0.039 compared to the latter: 0.0018. after correction for fast clearance the translocated fraction was even higher: 0.07 of 1.4 nm np translocated into circulation and secondary organs, 18 nm colloids  figure 3: spect gamma camera (prism 2000,	translocated only a 25-fold less. similarly the 0.006 fraction of 1.4 nm np circulating in blood 24 hours after administration was 30-fold higher  philips) image of 198au activity distribution 1 hour after intravenously injection of 1.4 nm (left) and than the 0.0002 fraction of 18 nm np. in almost all secondary target  18 nm np (right) applying a pinhole collimation	organs translocated fractions of 1.4 nm np were up to two orders of  geometry.	magnitude larger than for 18 nm np (see figure 2).  twenty four hours after intravenous injection the fraction of circulating  1.4 nm np in blood (0.037) was 130-fold higher than that of 18 nm np (0.00027). that means more than 0.96 and 0.99, respectively, had been taken up by secondary target organs. however, only 0.49 of the 1.4 nm np was retained in the liver versus 0.94 of the 18 nm np. hence, a much larger fraction of the 1.4 nm np was distributed and accumulated in the other organs and tissues compared to 18 nm np (see figure 3 and 4).   in the remaining carcass including muscles and skeleton we found a fraction of 0.16 versus 0.020, respectively. in addition, a remarkable fraction (0.057) of the 1.4 nm np was excreted into urine – 1000-fold figure 4: translocated np fractions into secondary higher than for the 18 nm np – indicating a much more effective direct  target organs 24 h after intravenously injection of	passage of 1.4 nm np from kidneys into urine. interestingly, a  the np into the tail vein.	considerable fraction of both np, 1.4 nm or 18 nm, were found in the gastro-intestinal (gi) tract and faeces 0.051 and 0.014, respectively; in this case the excreted np fraction waspredominantly coming from liver via the bile entering the small intestine; again this indicated a strong inverse size dependence of this clearance mechanism. in the secondary target organs kidneys, heart and brain we found about 100-fold more of the 1.4 nm np compared to the fractions of the 18 nm np (see figure 4).  twenty-four hours after iv-injection of either gold np we found a rather strong and inversely size-dependent np uptake in the placenta of pregnant rats in their third trimester (about 0.03 of 1.4 nm np and about 0.0002 of 18 nm np) and also in the foetus (0.0006 and 0.00005, respectively).  conclusion  featuring the same np matrix, the size of these gold np clearly affects translocation kinetics across the alveolar air-blood barrier or vascular endothelium leading to more prolonged circulation and higher accumulation in secondary target organs of the 1.4 nm np when compared to the 18 nm np. both np accumulate in all organs to a varying but detectable extent; in particular these np are able to cross all membranes studied: the air-blood-barrier in lungs, the gastro-intestinal-wall, the blood-brain-barrier as well as the placenta of pregnant rats reaching the foetus. potential adverse health effects in secondary target organs need further investigations.  session a4 environmental, health and safety aspects (1)  references  1. oberdörster, g.; oberdörster, e.; oberdörster, j. environ health perspect 2005, 113, (7), 823–839.  2. maynard, a. nano today 2006, 1, (2), 22.  3. chithrani, b. d.; ghazani, a. a.; chan, w. c. nano lett 2006, 6, (4), 662-8.  4. tkachenko, a. g.; xie, h.; coleman, d.; glomm, w.; ryan, j.; anderson, m. f.; franzen, s.; feldheim,  d. l. j am chem soc 2003, 125, (16), 4700-1.  5. tkachenko, a. g.; xie, h.; liu, y.; coleman, d.; ryan, j.; glomm, w. r.; shipton, m. k.; franzen, s.; feldheim,  d. l. bioconjug chem 2004, 15, (3), 482-90.  6. schmid, g. inorg. syntheses 1990, 7, 214.  7. g. schmid, n. k., l. korste, u. kreibig, d. schönauer. polyhedron 1988, 7, 605.  8. g. schmid, r. b., r. pfeil, f. bandermann, s. meyer, g. h. m. calis, j. w. a. van der velden,. chem. ber. 1981, 114, 3634.  9. j. turkevitch, p. c. s., j. hillier. discuss. faraday soc. 1951, 11, 55.   ');
pdf_daten[25] = new Array('A4-Workplace safety concepts and measures for nanomaterials.pdf', 'A4-Workplace safety concepts and measures for nanomaterials', 'environmental, health and safety aspects (1) session a4  workplace safety concepts and measures for nanomaterials – vci\'s guidance for handling and use of nanomaterials at the working place  markus pridöhl  degussa gmbh, hanau (germany), german association of chemical industry, frankfurt (germany)  the german chemical industry takes the most sensible measures to ensure safety of their workers and employees. to promote this, the german chemical industry association (vci) conducted so far 2 workshops dedicated to the safe production and handling of nanomaterials at the working place. further workshops in this series are in preparation, the next one will be devoted to safety data sheets and safety information in the supply chain. as result of the first workshop of this series vci and the german federal institute for occupational safety and health (baua) did agree on conducting a survey on practices for safe production and use of nanomaterials in the german chemical industry. the results of this survey were reviewed and summed up in the document ‘guidance for handling and use of nanomaterials at the working place’.  this guidance document intends to support the safe production and use of nanomaterials at the workplace. it offers recommendations that reflect the current state of science and technology. it focuses on insoluble nanoscale dusts and aerosols. content are: -background and provisional definition -regulations relevant for workplace safety -safety concepts -recommendations for safe handling and use of nanomaterials at the workplace -state of the art and developments in exposure measurement -checklist for risk evaluation  the key note will explain the state of the art concepts and measures for workplace safety and the ‘checklist for risk evaluation’.   ');
pdf_daten[26] = new Array('B1-Nanoparticulate protective coatings for magnesium alloys.pdf', 'B1-Nanoparticulate protective coatings for magnesium alloys', 'nanomaterials (1) session b1  nanoparticulate protective coatings for magnesium alloys  florian feil, wolfram fürbeth, michael schütze  dechema e.v., karl-winnacker-institut, frankfurt am main, germany e-mail: feil@dechema.de  abstract  magnesium is the lightest construction metal. its alloys offer facile workability and excellent mechanical properties. this makesmagnesium an attractive material especiallyfor transport and electronic industries. however, this highly reactive metal demands outstanding corrosion protection. because most established coatings are based on organic or organic/in-organic hybrid materials, they lack thermal and mechanical stability. environmentally compatible and at the same time purely inorganic coatings can not be applied on the thermally precarious magnesium alloys by conventional techniques.  due to their large surface area and short diffusion paths, compacts made of nanoparticles densify at temperatures far below their melting point [1]. thus originating from sio2 nanoparticles dense, crack-free protective coatings with a thickness of up to several microns could be applied onto the wrought alloy az31 and the cast alloy az91 under mild conditions via dip coating, brushing or electrophoretic deposition techniques. texture and composition of these coatings are studied e.g. by ir, afm, rem. their corrosion protection properties and resistance are investigated using standard tests as well as electrochemical methods.  commercial aqueous dispersions  one strategy is based on commercial aqueous, base stabilised sio2 dispersions [2]. additives can be added as salts, e.g. al(oh)3 or na2b4o7, and react readily with the particles (figure 1) to form larger aggregates and finally a gel. depending on the composition the aggregation can be controlled. dried gel bodies consisting of 20 nm sio2 particles already sinter at temperatures as low as 1100°c, which is far below the melting point of quartz (1713°c). appropriate additives (e.g. b2o3, al2o3) decreased the sintering temperature even further (figure 2).   figure 1. particle size distribution in a dispersion of of 20 nm sio2 particles, na2b4o7 and na2hpo4 in h2o as a function of time; composition: figure 2. dilatometric measurements (absolute shrinkage vs. temperature) of gel bodies consisting of 20 nm or 100 nm sio2 particles with different 9.6 % sio2,0.8% b2o3,0.2% p2o5,0.6% na2o sintering additives. (dynamic light scattering in highly diluted dispersions).  before gelation these dispersions can be applied onto magnesium by dip or brush coating prior to drying and thermal densification. both methods enable to obtain thin, crack-free layers with a thickness below 1 µm (figure 3a). multiple applications of the dispersion with alternate sintering help to increase the over-all coating thickness. so far up to 5 layers could be applied onto az91 by dip coating without the formation of cracks. investigations by electron microscopy do not show any interfaces or gaps between the layers (figure 3b). while a single layer only shows a slight improvement of the corrosion resistance compared to uncoated substrates by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (eis), the protective properties improve with the number of applied layers (figure 4).  session b1 nanomaterials (1)   figure 3. sem pictures of cross sections of dip coated layers on az91: a) ca. 300 figure 4. eis spectra in 0.1 m na2so4 after 30 min nm thick single layer b) ca. 700 nm thick double layer of 20 nm sio2 particles immersion, 105-10-2 hz, amplitude 10 mv: with sintering aids h3bo3, lioh, koh and nah2po4 (80.0% sio2, 11.7% b2o3, uncoated (blue) and dip coated az91: 1 layer (pink), 2.1% p2o5, 2.7% na2o, 1.7% li2o, 1.8% k2o); sintered at 400 °c / 2h. 3 layers (green) and 5 layers (yellow); composition see figure 3.  electrophoretic deposition  another strategy to coat magnesium is the electrophoretic deposition [4,5]. because only solid compounds can be deposited by this method, all sintering additives have to be contained in the particles. non-aggregated mixed oxide particles with a diameter between 10 and 500 nm and low polydispersity can easily be obtained by a basic sol gel process [2,3]. these particulate sols were either directly used or isolated mixed oxide particles were redispersed. at a solid content of 2% or less and a constant voltage of 5v coating deposition was performed in ethanol up to 30 minutes. up to 10% water content could be tolerated to increase dispersion stability and conductivity without appreciable water hydrolysis. ammonia was used as electrolyte and stabiliser. at ph 9-10 sio2 particles are negatively charged. the magnesium sample to be coated was therefore switched as the anode with a platinum net as cathode.  especially at the beginning of the deposition process a strong decrease of the current can be observed. this shows that the anode surface is covered by isolating nanoparticles. the amount of particles deposited per time decreases with the current flowing and longer deposition times do not lead to a significantly higher coating thickness.  the particle size is very decisive for the maximum coating thickness reached by epd. small particles (<20 nm) will completely cover the surface much faster so that at very low thicknesses (<100 nm) the current strongly decreases and no further deposition takesplace. larger particles (>200 nm) will lead to thicker coatings of up to 6 µm. however, despite the high green density obtained with this method, thicker coatings also tend to form cracks.  polydiethoxysiloxane (pdes) can act as adhesion promoter and help to reduce the tendency to form cracks [2]. epd coatings only consisting of 35 nm particles show some micro-cracks and an average roughness off 15.5 nm after sintering (figure 5a, roughness is determined by afm). the addition of 1 wt.% pdes to the same particles results in less cracked   figure 5. sem pictures of epd layers on az31 with: a) 35 nm particles (80.1% sio2, 13.8% b2o3,6.1% p2o5; 2% in etoh; 10v/30 min) b) same particles and 1.0 wt.% pdes (10v/30 min); c) 40 nm particles with boronrich surface and 0.5 wt.% pdes of same overall composition (10v/30 min); all sintered at 400°c / 2h.  nanomaterials (1) session b1  layers with an average roughness off 12.7 nm (figure 5b). higher concentrations of pdes inhibit particle deposition. because mainly the particle surface is responsible for their behaviour, particles with boron rich surface but same over-all composition show a higher sintering activity. such particles can be synthesised by a modified base catalysed sol gel process, where the addition of the boron source is temporarily delayed to the other reagents. with the addition of 0.5 wt.% pdes the deposition of these particles results in crack-free coatings with an average roughness off 5.6 nm (figure 5c). thick layers can be obtained by the use of large particles (here with a diameter of 400 nm). butsphere packing of larger particles results in lower density than of smaller particles. high shrinkage during sintering leads to the formation of cracks and partly delamination (figure 6a). if a second deposition of smaller particles (here 10 nm) is conducted immediately after the first deposition, up to 6 µm thick, crack-free coatings can be obtained on az31 (figure 6b). figure 6c shows an area of a cross-section of this layer where a large particle has been ripped off during metallographic preparation. apparently this particle was embedded in some kind of matrix probably consisting of the second, smaller particles. so it is evident that the gaps between the larger particles can readily be filled by the smaller ones. thus thick, dense layers with small shrinkage and therefore no crack formation during sintering can be obtained.   figure 6. sem pictures of cross-sections on epd layers on az31: a) epd with 400 nm particles (88.2% sio2 6.0% b2o3,5.8%  p2o5;2% in etoh, 3v/5 min); b), c) first epd with 400 nm particles followed by second epd with 10 nm particles (82.6% sio2,  11.4% b2o3, 6.0% p2o5 2% in etoh; 6v/30 min); all sintered at 400 °c / 2h.  conclusion  crack-free coatings based on nanoparticles could be applied to the magnesium alloys az31 and az91 with these different techniques. sufficient densification of the coatings was already possible at 400°c, but should be further decreased to eliminate any damaging of the magnesium substrate by the heat treatment. however, the coating thickness is still quite low and should be increased to guarantee a good corrosion performance. coating properties (mechanical stability, corrosion protection) are still under research.  [1] d.m. liu, j. mater. sci. lett. 1998, 17, 467 - 469  [2] h.q. nguyen, w. fürbeth, m. schütze, materials and corrosion 2002, 53, 772 – 778.  [3] w. stöber, a. fink, e. bohn, j. colloid interface sci. 1968, 26, 62-65.  [4] h.c. hamaker, e.j.w. verwey, trans. faraday soc. 1940, 36-39.  [5] l. besra, m. liu, progress in material science 2007, 52, 1-61.   ');
pdf_daten[27] = new Array('B1-Nanostructured solid-state gas sensors with superior per.pdf', 'B1-Nanostructured solid-state gas sensors with superior performance (NANOS4 NMP 1528)', 'session b1	nanomaterials (1)  nanostructured solid-state gas sensors with superior performance (nanos4 nmp 1528)  giorgio sberveglieri  infm – cnr sensor laboratory, dipartimento di chimica e fisica per l\'ingegneria e per i materiali, università di brescia , via valotti, 9, 25133 brescia , italia; http://sensor.ing.unibs.it  abstract  nanos4 (nmp 1528) represents a breakthrough in advanced micro- and nanotechnologies for developing innovative metal-oxide gas sensing systems based on mesoscopic sensors. the sensors have been fabricated by nanoengineering techniques like vapour phase transport process crystalgrowth and other advanced techniques of preparation. optical, ion and electron beam nanolithography were employed as a tool for selective removal of materials.  the materials have been deposited as sensor arrays over micromachined semiconductor substrates with surfaces suitable for high-temperature growth of metal oxides and incorporated into miniaturised low-power-consumption gas sensing systems equipped with tiny micro-chambers operated in an active sampling mode as micro-reactors. nanos4 devices have been successfully field tested as innovative sub-system technology for increasing safety, comfort and economy of flying in large passenger aircrafts and in vehicles, early detection of smouldering fires, reliable and cost effective monitoring of environmental odour nuisances and workplace safety.  introduction  research on low cost and reduced size solid-state devices for gas monitoring has increased considerably during the past few years. it aims at real time low cost detection of gas species, an invaluable instrument for information processing in ist. conductometric gas sensors are therefore most promising for developing low cost and highly reliable sensors for reasons of simplicity of the transduced physical quantity and the possibility of integration into si technology. a lot of materials have been employed and investigated, each one prepared with various techniques and methods. the most relevant aspect in the preparation of these devices is related to the development of materials with high sensitivity, selectivity and long term stability – the so called three ‘s’ of gas sensing. nanoscale science and technology are experiencing a rapid development and they are likely to have a profound impact on every field of research in the first decades of the 21st century. due to their peculiar characteristics and size effects, these materials often exhibit novel physical properties that are different from those of the bulk, and are of great interest both for fundamental study and for potential nanodevice applications. the hugely enhanced surface/volume ratio augments the role of surface states in the sensor response. sensing mechanisms controlled at the nano scale level will therefore bring many benefits to the three ’s’ of sensor technology.  nanos4 outcomes  in this framework, the nanos4 project sets out to extend this knowledge and to produce long-term innovation by considering top-down and self-assembled bottom-up approaches to develop mesoscopic gas sensors:  1.	 single crystal and stable nanobelts of mox deposited by vapor phase process via catalyzed epitaxial crystal growth over pre-seeded substrates (self-assembled bottom-up figure 1). the deposition techniques are very simple and cheap. the surface to volume ratio is very high, the wire is single crystal and basically stable, the faces exposed to the gaseous environment are always the same and the size is likely to produce a complete depletion of carriers inside the belt.   2.	 mox thin films prepared by sputtering and sol-gel and patterned by optical and ion beam –fib- nanolithography to produce devices as nanowires and nanodots capable of providing high sensitivity, structural stability and low sensor drift (top-down).    nanomaterials (1) session b1    fig. 1 sem image of a nanowire-based fet over fig. 2 multipurpose sensor system for in field a micromachined substrate characterisation  the devices, mechanically and environmentally stable, were introduced in a multipurpose sensor system and in a multi  criteria fire detector made by a completely autonomous instrument equipped with a measurement chamber (sensor chamber), an electronic board, a pneumatic circuit (valves, pump, flowmeter) and a bundled software (see figure 2). the sensor system was validated by field-tests in the following applications: fire detection in mobile applications (eads-d), aircraft fire/smoke detection (eads-d and aoa-d), combustion process control (fae- es) , upper air soundings (vaisala-fi), industrial safety (vaisala-fi) and odour nuisances monitoring (sacmi-i). as spin off of nanos4 a few projects will be submitted on fp7 in the field of nanotechnology-based portable sensing devices for security.   ');
pdf_daten[28] = new Array('B1-Water and organic soluble gold nanoparticles via placeex.pdf', 'B1-Water and organic soluble gold nanoparticles via placeexchange reactions', 'session b1 nanomaterials (1)  water and organic soluble gold nanoparticles via placeexchange reactions  simona rucareanu, r. bruce lennox  department of chemistry and centre for self-assembled chemical structures (csacs) mcgill university, 801 sherbrooke street west, montreal, qc, h3a 2k6, canada; e-mail: simona.rucareanu@mcgill.ca  metal nanoparticles capped with organic ligands generate considerable interest due to their broad spectrum of applications. the unique size-related properties in conjunction with the chemical features controlled by the capping agent make them valuable materials for nanotechnology. from bio-labeling and drug carriers to catalysis and polymer composites, gold nanoparticles are finding the way into industrial use. several synthetic procedures have been developed over the past decade. however, functionalized gold nanoparticles are stilla synthetic challenge due mainly to limitations in controlling their size and monodispersity, key factors for practical applications. a synthetic procedure has been developed based on a place-exchange approach using stable, easily available dmap-au nanoparticles as a starting material. the procedure is simple, convenient, and easy to perform. under mild reaction conditions, the initial dmap is displaced by a large variety of thiols. an important advantage is the only very small excess of incoming ligand required for completely removal of the initial dmap from the protective layer. the procedure offers full control over the protective layer composition leading to single component monolayers. the monodispersity of the initial dmap-au nanoparticles is preserved upon the place-exchange reactions with different thiol-functionalized molecules. this approach is particularly attractive for capping ligands that are incompatible with the conditions required by sodium borohydride or superhydride reduction. polymer-protected gold nanoparticles with a remarkably high grafting density were easily and efficiently prepared by using this procedure.   ');
pdf_daten[29] = new Array('B2-High-precision multilayer coatings and reflectometry for.pdf', 'B2-High-precision multilayer coatings and reflectometry for EUVL optics', 'session b2 nanotechnology for industrial applications  high-precision multilayer coatings and reflectometry for euvl optics  stefan braun, peter gawlitza, sebastian lipfert, maik menzel, stefan schädlich, and andreas leson  iws dresden, fraunhofer-institut für werkstoff- und strahltechnik, 01277 dresden, winterbergstraße 28  abstract  the ever-decreasing pattern size of structures in integrated circuits requires lithography processes using light of ever-shorter wavelengths. currently, laser light with a wavelength of 193 nm is used for the illumination in production lines of semiconductor factories. however, since several years many research groups are already dealing with the most promising next generation lithography, the extreme ultraviolet lithography (euvl) that will use light with a wavelength of 13.5 nm. this paper summarizes recent research and development results of iws dresden in the field of preparation of euv reflection optics and euv metrology.  introduction  the application of euv radiation requires completely new concepts for the illumination and projection optics in lithographic systems. since euv light is strongly absorbed by all materials, instead of transmissive lenses reflection optics have to be used. these mirrors consist of precisely shaped and superpolished substrates, which have to be coated with euv reflection layers. in order to obtain high-reflecting coatings, the accurate deposition of more than 100 alternating single layers of molybdenum (mo) and silicon (si) with thicknesses between 2.5 and 4.5 nm is necessary. one of the main challenges of the multilayer synthesis is the optimization of the interface region between the mo and si layers, where roughness and interdiffusion must be avoided. the development of high-reflection euv mirrorscan only be successful if adequate metrology tools are available. until several years ago, the only possibility to characterize euv multilayers was to use synchrotron light. hence, many of the investigations were performed at physikalisch-technische bundesanstalt (ptb) at bessy2 in berlin. however, the rapid development of euv optics requires on-site reflectometry. therefore, iws together with other project partners (carl zeiss, ptb, bestec, max-born-institut, ais, gbs elektronik) has developed a laboratory euv reflectometer that enables fast and precise in-house euv metrology. using the reflectometer, large convex and concave optics with diameters of up to 500 mm can be qualified.  high-reflection euv coatings  the euv reflectance of single metallic layers is extremely low. mirrors with reasonable reflectances can only be realized by using the principle of constructive interference between hundreds of single reflections. therefore, euv mirrors consist of up to 240 single layers which are periodically deposited on superpolished substrate surfaces (bragg stack = multilayer). the two main components of the multilayer are mo and si layers with thicknesses of approximately 3 and 4 nm, respectively. additional layers (carbon, boron carbide, …) with thicknesses in the range of 0.2-0.8 nm are necessary to reduce the interdiffusion of mo and si and to increase long-term and thermal stability [1-3]. the main challenge for the production of the reflective coatings is the high precision that is needed. the thicknesses of each layer of the stack have to be identical within a level of onlya few pico-meter. furthermore, the interfaces between adjacent layers must be sharp and smooth, i. e. steep chemical gradients and atomic flat layers have to realized on every single interface. in order to meet the requirements, sophisticated deposition technologies are applied. in iws dresden, different methods with complimentary physical properties are available: pulsed laser deposition (pld), magnetron sputter deposition (msd) and ion beam sputter deposition (ibsd). these uhv techniques (pbase < 2.10-8 mbar) enable the coating of multilayers with demanding thickness gradients [4-6].  nanotechnology for industrial applications session b2   fig. 1: uhv cluster tool for the deposition of nanometer multilayers. the hybrid machine comprises the modules for magnetron sputtering, pulsed laser deposition, a sample magazine, the load lock and a central handling system.  research and development of the recent years resulted in euv mirrors with maximum reflectances of 70.1 % at . = 13.3 nm and a = 1.5 °. excellent uniformity with thickness deviations of sd, relative = 0.05 % across a diameter of 150 mm and run-to-run reproducibility of 99.9 %, high thermal and long-term stability and low internal stress were also obtained [7].  high precision euv metrology  the characterization of reflective multilayers for euv radiation stringently requires metrology tools in this special wavelength range. just the initial multilayer characterization can be performed by conventional grazing incidence cu-ka reflectometry. from this method substantial information about period thickness dp, thickness ratio g = dmo/dp and interface roughness can be derived, but already the application of concave curved substrates needs euv reflectometry, since grazing angles below a certain critical angle can not be measured.  additionally, the precise values of euv reflectance and euv peak position can only be obtained by euv reflectometry. euv reflectance measurements are predominantly carried out at synchrotron beamlines. the continued improvement of the  measurement quality has resulted in an outstanding accuracy of these measurements. at physikalisch-technische  bundesanstalt (ptb) at bessy2, an absolute uncertainty of 0.10 % for the spectral peak reflectance is achieved. the long ­term reproducibility of the peak wavelength is better than 1.1 pm with a short-term repeatability of 0.06 pm [8]. however, for the production process of euv optics for the lithography, the immediate access to metrology tools is necessary and the availability of stand alone devices is mandatory. within the last years a stand alone euv laboratory reflectometer for large samples has been developed, which meets the following specifications [9]:  -spectral range: 10 - 16 nm -spot size: ø < 2 mm -sample size: ø = 500 mm (sample weight = 30 kg) -relative standard deviation of the euv reflectance: < 0.2 % -absolute uncertainty of the euv reflectance: < 0.5 % -relative standard deviation of the euv peak position: < 0.02 % -spectral resolution ../.: < 0.3 %   fig. 2: photograph of the laboratory euv reflectometer. from the left to the right the following modules are shown: 1: goniometer chamber for large samples, 2: beamline with beam splitter, filters and monochromator and 3: chamber with the euv source.  session b2 nanotechnology for industrial applications  summary  in iws, research and development of the recent years resulted in euv mirrors with high reflectances (70.1 % at . = 13.3 nm and a = 1.5 °), excellent uniformities or precise gradients (thickness deviations of sd, relative = 0.05 %), run-to-run reproducibility of > 99.9 %, high thermal and long-term stability and low internal stress. in parallel to the coatings development a laboratory euv reflectometer for samples with diameters of up to 500 mm has been developed and installed. the main tool parameters relevant for euv optics developments are the relative standard deviation of the reflectance of < 0.2 % and the relative standard deviation of the peak wavelength of < 0.02 %.  acknowledgments  the work on the coatings has been supported by internal programs of the fraunhofer gesellschaft and by carl zeiss smt ag. the development of the euv reflectometer was supported by bundesministerium für bildung und forschung (fkz: 13n7786) and carl zeiss smt ag.  references  [1] s. braun, h. mai, m. moss, r. scholz, and a. leson: japanese journal of applied physics 41 (2002) 4074  [2] s. braun, h. mai, m. moss, r. scholz, and a. leson: proc. spie 4782 (2002) 185  [3] s. braun, t. foltyn, l. van loyen, m. moss, and a. leson: proc. spie 5037 (2003) 274  [4] t. foltyn, t. böttger, s. braun, l. van loyen, m. moss, and a. leson: proc. spie 5193 (2003) 124  [5] s. braun, t. böttger, t. foltyn, m. moss, l. van loyen, a. leson: proc. of nanofair (2003)  [6] p. gawlitza, s. braun, a. leson, s. lipfert, m. nestler: vakuum in forschung und praxis 19 (2007) 37  [7] s. braun, t. foltyn, p. kürz, a. leson, m. menzel, s. müllender, s. schädlich, t. westerwalbesloh: 2006 international symposium on extreme ultra violet lithography, october 15 - 18, barcelona, spain, 2006  [8] f. scholze, c. laubis, c. buchholz, a. fischer, s. plöger, f. scholz, h. wagner, g. ulm: 3rd international euvl symposium, miyazaki, 1-4 november 2004  [9] l. van loyen, t. böttger, s. braun, h. mai, a. leson, f. scholze, j. tümmler, g. ulm, h. legall, p. v. nickles, w. sandner, h. stiel, c. rempel, m. schulze, j. brutscher, f. macco, s. müllender, proceedings of spie 5038 (2003) 12   ');
pdf_daten[30] = new Array('B2-Nanotechnology in cementitious field.pdf', 'B2-Nanotechnology in cementitious field', 'nanotechnology for industrial applications session b2  nanotechnology in cementitious field  n. pimpinelli, t. de marco, d. locatelli  ctg italcementi group, bergamo, italy  in terms of volume used, cementitious materials, mainly in the form of concrete, are the most successful materials in the world. more than 1 m3 is produced per person worldwide every year.  concrete is a low cost, low energy material made from the most widely available elements on earth; it is a composite mixture of a binding phase, cement paste, composed of hydrated portland cement and water, fine and coarse aggregates. through a complex chemical reaction, the hydration, the paste hardens and gains strength to form the rock-like mass known as concrete.  there is no doubt that the performance of cementitious materials is controlled by physical and chemical processes occurring at nano level. hydrated cement hasa complex nanostructure, which still remains to be fully understood. the pores within the hydrated phases have a diameter ranging from nanometers to millimetres. the hydrates (c-s-h) are formed by chemical processes that can be modified and controlled at nanoscale level. it seems feasible that with enough effort the nanostructure of c-s-h could be manipulated to change its properties by using nanotechnology-based principles. the question is at what cost and whether the resulting properties would be sufficiently attractive relative to those of other higher value-added materials.  in the construction industry, nanotechnology is already used in a variety of ways to produce innovative materials. nanoparticulate additives are now widely used as fillers in protective paints, coatings, and clean-up systems for buildings.  nanostructured tio2 particles are already industrially used in cementitious products having photocatalytic activity. the basic principle consists of introducing a nanoparticle of titanium dioxide, mainly in anatase form, into both cement-based materials and organic-based coatings. the photocatalytic propertiesof the anatase form of tio2 originates from its ability to initiate, when exposed to uv-light, oxidation-reduction (redox) cyclic reactions that lead to the decomposition of the organic molecules adsorbed on its surface. as indicated, the behaviour of tio2 is that of a photocatalyst and therefore it is not consumed during the process. this gives rise to its chemical durability. to date there is significant evidence relating to the fact that tio2 will exhibit its photocatalytic properties on the surface of these materials when it is incorporated in the cementitious matrix. self-cleaning properties were evaluated by monitoring via colorimetric measurements of the disappearance of a dye tainted into the surface whereas de-polluting properties were monitored through the abatement of volatile organic compounds(vocs) and nitrogen oxides (nox). the results show good performances and efficiency for the considered materials.1 research is in progress2,3 in the following broad areas that would lead to nanoproducts specifically developed for the use in cementitious materials: -carbon nanotubes (cnt). cnt are excellent reinforcing materials because of their extremely high strength, toughness  and aspect ratios (length/diameter). they could also have the capability of controlling crack propagation. incorporation of nano-tubes into the cement matrix would result in a ductile and energy absorbing concrete. the performance of such concrete can be further enhanced by functionalizing the cnt in order to improve the compatibility with cement matrix. the high thermal conductivity of carbon nanotubes may also make possible to develop new application as conductive concrete. the current obstacles of high cost and poor binding are likely to decrease in the future.  -nanoparticles: addition of nanoparticles to cement and concrete can lead to improved mechanical properties and extended life of concrete structures. cement based materials containing sio2, fe2o3 or alumina as nanoparticles show increased compressive and flexural strength with respect to the use of traditional fillers materials like silica fume. the addition of nano-caco3 particulates accelerates the hydration of silicate phases.  -new admixtures: controlled release superplasticizers for a better workability control. -bio-additions: incorporation of bacteria, which produce a filler material within the pores can lead to a ’self repairing’ concrete. -eco-binders modified by nanoparticles could reduce carbon dioxide emissions , which is one of the main problems for   cement industry for the future. according mit researchers the c-s-h particles which are about 5 nm across in all the cement  session b2 nanotechnology for industrial applications  samples can be considered as a ’nano- signature’ for these materials. consequently the strength of the concrete products should not depend on specific mineral but on the way in which the mineral is organized as packed particles. this should open the way in using alternative elements (like magnesium) capable to have the same packing density of cement but would not need the same high temperature to produce.  the interest on the great potential and importance of nanotechnology in the cementitious field is reflected by different initiatives and activities worldwide. in europe the research network ’nanocem’ (www.nanocem.org) coordinated by karen scrivener is an example of bringing academic research groups together with the industry to carry out the basic research needed to enable innovation.  reference 1) cassar, l., photocatalysis of cementitious materials: clean buildings and clean air, mrs bulletin, may 2004, 328-331 2) scrivener, k. l.; kirkpatrik, r. j. innovation in use and research on cementitious materials, submitted iccc montreal, july 2007. 3) raki, l.; de miguel, y. r.; scrivener, k. nanoscience of cementitious materials, state of the art report, rilem tc 197 ncm.   ');
pdf_daten[31] = new Array('B2-Reducing environmental load by nanotechnological procces.pdf', 'B2-Reducing environmental load by nanotechnological proccesses and products - potentials and prospects', 'nanotechnology for industrial applications session b2  reducing environmental load by nanotechnological proccesses and products – potentials and prospects  a. von gleich, m. steinfeldt  university of bremen (germany)  as an enabling technology and basic innovation nanotechnology is expected to have a high impact on our current modes of production and consumption. regarding the environment there are reasonable expectations that a technology enabling the design of materials, structures and devices on the atomic or molecular level will considerably increase resource efficiency. there is also reasonable concern about new environmental loads and unintended effects e. g. by nanoparticles and nanostructured materials. any assessment of opportunities as well as risks caused by nanotechnologies faces the fundamental problem that predictions struggle with an immense lack of knowledge. but a debate at such an early stage also opens up opportunities to influence technology development towards intended directions. the effects of nanotechnologies on the environment are not yet clear and can still be influenced. thus analysis and (if possible) quantification of expectable effects induced by selected nanotechnology applications in different fields are of great importance. the focus should not only be on environmental engineering and technologies but also on products and processes, in which nanotechnologies have the potential to increase eco-efficiency considerably (product and production-integrated environmental protection). striving to meet these challenges, we developed a three-tiered approach.  1.  technology characterization,   2.  ecoprofiles,   3.  explication of leitbilder and visions.    1. technology characterization.  without having enough knowledge to fully apply established methods of assessment like cost-benefit-analysis, life cycle assessment, (eco)toxicological and risk assessment it is worthwhile to concentrate on those realities we are already able to study on. they regard the technology itself. to take nanoparticles as an example: in most cases the same new nanospecific functionalities are responsible for new opportunities as well as risks (e.g. biological and chemical activity, catalysis, solubility, mobility etcetera). in toxicological assessment of, e.g., new chemicals, this is done by shifting from risk assessment to hazard assessment, thus gathering information about the agent (the noxa). we first try to characterize the substance to gain some preliminary knowledge about possible hazards and exposure levels that are to be expected (e. g. the fate of the substance in the body or in the environment after being released). important for this purpose are, amongst others, the physico-chemical properties of the substance, indicating the probability of human and environmental exposure (important aspects are, e.g., solubility in fat and water, mobility, boiling point, vapor pressure, persistence, tendency towards bioaccumulation, etc.). thus by means of technology characterization information is gathered which might give first orientations for precautionary measures (see table 1 next page).  session b2 nanotechnology for industrial applications  table 1: characterization of nanostructures regarding some anticipatable opportunities and hazards.   2. an ecoprofile  includes all life cycle stages from production to disposal, focusing on energy and material flows, and on emissions and recycling. since the certified methodology is not applicable according to din iso 14040 due to lack of data, estimation procedures are necessary. they are based on knowledge about scaling-up processes and technological learning curves (extrapolation) and on analogies with similar processes and products. figure 1 shows the results of an ecoprofile comparing different coatings. the newly developed nanocoating from the firm nano tech coatings (ntc) differs in many respects from conventional coatings. like traditional liquid clear coats it consists of a binder, a liquid carrier, fillers, and additives. the binder, however, does not have the usual organic structure, but consists of a so-called inorganic-organic hybrid polymer instead. the investigation of combined energy and material streams over the entire life cycle was carried out by comparing them with other industrial coating systems, specifically waterborne, solventborne, and powder coatings, including their associated pre-treatments.  nanotechnology for industrial applications  session b2   fig. 1: coating and chromating quantities fig. 2: developmental time window in the life cycle (g/m2 coated aluminum automobile surface area)  3. explication of leitbilder and visions  technology development is often guided by expectations, visions and leitbilder (guiding principles, models), nanotechno ­logies are no exception. if technology development is guided by leitbilder like ‘closed loop economy’, ‘green chemistry’ or ‘resource efficiency’ from the very beginning, the probability to achieve these goals should be higher compared to the at ­tempt of regulating already established technologies, products and processes. butofcourse, there is no guarantee for  success, because leitbilder are not to be mistaken for goals. they only give a rough orientation. in complex modern societies steering technological development by means ofpolitical intervention is either not possible at all or only to a very limited extent. however, the course of technological development is anything butchaotic. as a result of all interactions of the most varied agents a comparably stable course of development occurs, which can be formatively accompanied. the significance of independent paths of technological development (so-called technological trajectories) in the course of time and the op ­portunities they offer for timely assertion of influence are depicted in the following illustration (fig. 2).  scientific research on innovation and technological development has so far validated the importance  of leitbilder for the development of paradigms and technological trajectories (pathways) as well as for scientific and technological revolutions. but controversial debate about the possibilities to actively influence the development of leitbilder and technology development by means of leitbilder (not only with respect to nanotechnologies) persists. in cases where certain technological sourcesofproblems and hazards can be qualified by technology characterization – e.g., a certain combination of a substances qualities such as being xenobiotic, persistent, mobile, soluble, and bioaccumulative  – in counterpoint we are able to express those qualities that are more desirable (biodegradability etc.). but this is a limited loop back and surely not sufficient. leitbilder like ‘green nanotechnology’, ‘sustainable nanotechnology’ or ‘nanobiomimetics’ should reach far beyond simply avoiding problems. they should reflect the desirable and include a vision of how things ought to be. however, in contrast to visions leitbilder should maintain a connection to reality and feasibility.  references: steinfeldt m, gleich a. v., petschow u, haum r, chudoba t, haubold s. nachhaltigkeitseffekte durch herstellung und anwendung   nanotechnologischer produkte. berlin: schriftenreihe des iöw 177/04, 2004. http://www.bmbf.de/pub/nano_nachhaltigkeit_ioew_endbericht.pdf, arnim von gleich, michael steinfeldt, ulrich petschow: a suggested three-tiered approach to assessing the implications of   nanotechnology and influencing its development, to be published in: journal for cleaner production, special edition: development of nanotechnology in light of sustainability, 2007 funded by: federal ministry of education and research (bmbf), federal environment agency (umweltbundesamt)   ');
pdf_daten[32] = new Array('B3-Nanomedicine - from the lab to the clinic, while gaining.pdf', 'B3-Nanomedicine - from the lab to the clinic, while gaining public acceptance', 'nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2) session b3  nanomedicine - from the lab to the clinic, while gaining public acceptance  richard moore  manager, nanomedicine and lifesciences, institute of nanotechnology  introduction: a definition  there are a number of definitions of nanomedicine but, for the purposes of this presentation, the definition adopted by the european technology platform on nanomedicine has been used:  nanomedicine: the application of nanotechnology in medicine. it exploits the improved and often novel physical, chemical, and biological properties ofmaterials at the nanometric scale. nanomedicine has potential impact on  the prevention, early and reliable diagnosis and treatment of diseases  the key aspect of this definition is ’the improved and often novel… properties of materials at the nanometric scale’. ’nanomedicine has potential impact on the prevention, early and reliable diagnosis and treatment of diseases’ is a neutral, scientific way of saying that there is great excitement in the possible application of nanotechnology to a wide range of medical conditions. this presentation examines some of the novel applications of nanotechnology to medicine and also looks at the challenges to be overcome to gain public acceptance of these new treatments or procedures. it is important to note also that nanotechnology is one of a number of convergent disciplines or enabling technologies that are typical in innovative new generation medical products and treatments.  some examples of nanomedicine  diagnostic imaging is a routine tool in many branches of medicine. improvements are continually being made to increase the resolution of imaging equipment to enable the more accurate or earlier diagnosis of a variety of conditions. while such devices are of immense benefit, their resolution is currently limited by current agents used for contrast which may not be able to penetrate the finest structures of the body preventing the earliest diagnosis. one major objective in the area of medical imaging, therefore, is to be able to visualise finer and finer anatomical features in order to facilitate earlier diagnosis. there is, consequently, a great interest in exploring the possibility of using nanoparticulate-based contrast agents to improve the resolution of conventional medical imaging. further research focuses on the possibility of combining imaging and treatment, so-called theranostics, e.g. where nanoparticles may be precisely targeted, imaged and then activated to provide therapy.  regenerative medicine is a major area of research and development where nanotechnology is actively being applied. a major area within regenerative medicine is human tissue engineering which relies on a convergence of several medical and scientific disciplines, including advances materials science for the scaffold element, cell and tissue biology, biochemistry and pharmacology. nano-engineered substrates mayoften aid cell and tissue proliferation both by chemical and physical means as cellswill respond to both chemical and physical changes in their environment. nanotechnology will enable scaffolds to be constructed at the cellular level. this approach has huge possibilities in that it mimics of the natural environment within the human body in which cells grow and differentiate.  ’intelligent’ biomaterial implants may be able to provide an environment in which cells are ’recruited’ within the body and grow actively on the substrate, e.g. nerve conduits for peripheral nerve injury.  session b3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2)  early stage diagnosis is also a very promising area for nanotechnology-based innovation. lab-on-a-chip devices have been under development for some time but the application of technologies such as nanofluidics and quantum dots now means that minute (e.g. picolitre range) quantities only of analyte may be required and miniaturisation allows for the possibility of carrying out dozens, or even hundreds, of analyses simultaneously on one device.  novel medical nanomaterials are an important and rapidly growing area of medical technology research. improved functionality and performance, better biocompatibility and improved patient safety are all important driving factors.  there are many areas where novel nanomaterials are beginning to have an impact. for example, new generations of stents are in development where, by means of nanoporous coating, the ancillary drug is released gradually, extending the effectiveness of the stent and helping to prevent re-stenosis.  new types of surface coating such as conducting nanocrystalline diamond can be linked with biomolecules to create new types electrochemical bioinorganic interfaces. this will open up the possibility of creating, for example, new types of biosensor. nanocrystalline diamond coatings are also already used in ultra sharp scalpels for use in microsurgery, e.g. of the eye.  targeted drug delivery using nanoparticles is a major area of research and many types ofnanoparticles, e.g. micelles, dendrimers, liposome-enclosed nano-caged drugs are being explored as delivery vehicles for precise targeting of minute quantities of drugs.  to the clinic: the challenges  challenges in bringing nanotechnology-based novel medical products to the patient include: -regulatory issues -funding and reimbursement issues -healthcare technology assessment (hta) issues -perceptions of risk: political, professional and public levels -creating a favourable environment for research and development -improving the environment for investment in medical nanotechnology -medical professional knowledge and attitudes  some of these will be examined in more detail as follows.  regulatory issues for nanomedicine the application of nanotechnology to medical products may present some new challenges to regulators. it is important to face these issues as soon as possible both to encourage innovation and investment and to mitigate possible litigation  some novel products may fit comfortably under the scope of existing directives, e.g. the medical device directive (mdd) (93/42/eec) or the medicinal products directive (2004/27/ec). however, in some cases the convergence of technologies facilitated by the application of nanotechnology may serve to somewhat blur ’traditional’ demarcation boundaries between these two quite different regulatory regimes.  in either case, these directives were never conceived with nanotechnology in mind. for the mdd, which is a ’new approach’ directive and supported by voluntary’harmonized’ european standards which give a ’presumption of conformity’, some of those standards may be inadequate to address the new typesofrisks posed by nanotechnology). prescriptive requirements in pharmaceutical legislation may be inappropriate for nanotech-based products  regulatory challenges may therefore include:  -resolving demarcation issues where application of nanotechnology results in novel ’hybrid products’ that straddle the line between different regulations  nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2) session b3  -designing effective and efficient regulation that addresses the specific risks inherent in nanotechnology-based products, that is innovation-friendly and that facilitates fast access of patients to improved therapies and fast access to market across the eu for manufacturers whilst ensuring safety. this implies a risk management-based approach.  -ensuring regulatory expertise is available to adequately assess nanotech-based medical products  funding and reimbursement a lack of any guarantee of eventual reimbursement of nanotechnology-based products or treatments by public or private healthcare funding organizations could be a major disincentive in investing in r&d in nanotech-based products.  because of the demographic shift to an ageing eu population european governments face a common problem in that demand for healthcare is sometimes outstripping available financial resources. the result has sometimes been to force down reimbursement prices (e.g. germany) or to refuse reimbursement of some new technologies (e.g. france). as for other innovative medical technologies, healthcare funding reimbursement for nanotech-based products is likely to be a major challenge. reimbursement schemes currently vary widely from countryto country, and patient access can vary even within a country. alongside regulatory development, lobbying at eu level for equitable and adequate reimbursement schemes across europe will be vital.  healthcare technology assessment (hta) like reimbursement schemes, hta schemes varywidely across europe. it seems highly likely that medical advances involving nanotechnology will fall under hta scrutiny. a key need will be to provide appropriate education and resources to hta assessors and those involved in decision-making based on hta. this is particularly important as hta has routinely been applied to pharmaceutical products and a transposition of the methodology used there to nanotechnology-based products and the subsequent interpretation of the results may require appropriate adaptation  perceptions of risk of nanomedicine the following statement was made by a current serving mep and echoes the concerns that some politicians and members of the public have about nanotechnology. cases like gm foods should serve as a reminder that risk perception issues should not be ignored or overlooked.  ’we must therefore adopt a moratorium on the commercial production of nanotech until we can establish a regulatory framework, including regulationson liability for the negative impacts of nanotech and strict labelling requirements and compulsory assessments of their effects.’  as with all medical technologies, nanomedicine needs to be accompanied by a systematic approach to risk analysis and risk management.  in addition a clear and unambiguous communication is required of both the benefits of the therapy and of any residual risks that remain. this approach is already the norm for medical devices and is articulated in legislation. if risks and benefits are clearly communicated (as opposed to just information on risks alone in some fields), then the public and decision-makers have a much better opportunity to reach an informed decision. such communication needs to be in language that is understandable to the target audience  more on risk management the usual definition of a risk used in the medical technology industry is:  risk: combination of the probability of occurrence of harm and the severity of that harm; where harm is defined as follows harm: physical injury and/or damage to the health of people, or damage to property or the environment  session b3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2)  however, this is not the only way risk is understood. the following is a list of some more common definitions that emphasise the need for clarity and common concepts in communication:  -any issue that has doubt associated with it -the possibility of a good or bad occurrence -the possibility of suffering a loss -the possibility of loss, injury, disadvantage, or destruction -the combination of constraint and uncertainty -the challenge that accompanies opportunity -whatmurphy is known for recognising  the following is an extract from the conclusions and recommendations of the eu scientific committee on emerging and newly-identified health risks (scenihr) opinion on ’the appropriateness of the risk assessment methodology in accordance with the technical guidance documents for new and existing substances for assessing the risks of nanomaterials’.  ’it is recommended that a tiered approach is developed in order to set out a rationale framework for assessing  the potential risks from engineered nanoparticles. the intention is to produce a scientifically valid, cost-effective  framework that enables a scientific judgement to be made on the risks to human health and to the environment  from nanoparticles’.  this opinion has recently been circulated (29/03/07) for public consultation.  what organisations are doing at eu level it is likely that the scenhir opinion will have an impact on eu regulatory activities. with regard to nanotechnology-based products falling under the medical device directive (mdd), the medical device experts group (mdeg) established under the mdd set up a new and emerging technologies working group that has provided a position to the effect that:  ’in general, the working group considers the medical device legislation suitable to deal with medical devices  manufactured utilizing nanotechnology. the medical device legislation is based on risk management, and this  risk management approach is in principle suitable to address all kinds of risks, including the risks associated  with medical devices manufactured utilizing nanotechnology.’  for pharmaceuticals, emea circulated a ’reflection paper on nanotechnology-based medicinal products for human use’ and created an innovation task force to provide a forum for early dialogue with applicants on regulatory, scientific or other issues that could arise from the development of emerging therapies and technologies, including nanotechnologies.  ion work on promoting nanomedicine  professional focus  the ion now has a full-time professional specialist dedicated to nanomedicine and the lifesciences   with long-term expertise in risk and risk management. the ion also participates in european   standardization concerned with nanotechnology and risk   nanomednet  nanomednet www.nanomednet.org is a recent initiative by the ion to establish a network of clinicians,   researchers, industry and other interested stakeholders to collaborate on all aspects of nanomedicine   including risk issues. planned outputs are likely to include educational materials.   investing in medical  the ion ran a successful conference on nanomedicine in december 2006 and a follow-up conference,   nanotechnologies i & ii  including also risk topics, will be held in november 2007    euronanoforum, r moore – abstract - 03/05/2007   ');
pdf_daten[33] = new Array('B3-Plasma technology - a tool for creating new functionalit.pdf', 'B3-Plasma technology - a tool for creating new functionalities on a nanoscale for biomedical application', 'nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2) session b3  plasma technology - a tool for creating new functionalities on a nanoscale for biomedical application  c. oehr, j. barz, b. elkin, m. haupt, m. müller,  fraunhofer institute for interfacial engineering and biotechnology, stuttgart (germany)  abstract  the contribution will focus on several applications of polymers in contact with a biological environment. thus, the requirements for appropriate interaction on nano-scale (often summarized as biocompatibility) of the respective materials surfaces with living cells (mammalian as well as prokaryotic cells) and bio-molecules will be discussed in the frame of usually mentioned surface properties like wettability etc.. in a following step several plasma-chemical approaches for the generation of well defined surfaces with uniform functionalities are described. the needed densities and availability of the functionalities, will be given in functions per surface area or per film volume. the different plasma-chemical strategies for the deposition of a chemically uniform film on surfaces are evaluated with respect to their technical and economical appropriateness. beside surface properties like surface energy, surface charges and roughness the aspects of structuring (2d) and penetration into trenches, fissures and pores (3d) will be discussed shortly. examples of carboxylated two- and three-dimensional structures will be shown and discussed with respect to their application. some special applications as for example the production of regio-selective finished surfaces of separation membranes, a field where an unique potential of plasma-technology is obvious, will be presented in more detail.  introduction  it is well known that almost any material surface will be changed by exposure to glow discharges. this is due to the impact of species generated in plasmas having enough energy to break chemical bonds and/or to create new ones. while the first step, creating of a glow discharge or a plasma, is relatively easy done. the second, the control of the interaction of the plasma phase with solid surfaces differs depending on branches of application. for example the possibilities to modify material surfaces used in microelectronics (silicon and silica-based) by plasma treatment are broadly examined (1). the same is valid for hard coatings to enhance wear resistance of inorganic surfaces. the intentional use of glow discharges for coating of polymers started with goodman’s first attempts to deposit thin dielectric films for capacitors (2). since that time a lot of examinations have been performed to create appropriate surface properties on different kindsofpolymers. many of the preferentially applied polymers, e.g. polypropylene, polyethylene or fluorocarbon based polymers, are difficult to activate by wet chemical procedures (comparable with those silicon-based materials in micro-electronics), therefore the plasma treatment is a more and more used alternative method.  the main feature of plasma processing independent of areas of application is that only the outer surface of materials in contact with the discharge is involved, in consequence the processing is restricted  to a nano-level. that means controlling the ablation and deposition processes results in nano-manufacturing. this contribution is focused on polymers as substrates for biomedical devices because there is at least since the sixties of the last century a strongly growing use of polymers in the area of biomedical application. the reasons for this are manifold, beside economic aspects, physical properties like low-weight, variable elasticity, transparency for diagnostic purposes, ease of manufacturing of three-dimensional devices e.g. microtiter plates and the suitability as disposables are the main ones. therefore about 1 to 2 % of the world wide production of polymersisused for biomedical applications. that means about 50 % of the materials used in biomedical application is plastic. thereof approximately one half serves for packaging and the other half for fabrication of devices. for examples of devices the reader is referred to the excellent reviews of d. castner and b. ratner (3).  biomedical requirements  for the use of materials in the biomedical area some requirements are well defined, whereas other are not and often not really known.  -the materials must not release any substances, like additives or residual monomers in the case of polymers into the   session b3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2)  biological environment.  -the materials must not change their properties within the duration of their use. that means they have to be stable against the biological environment. exception: biodegradable polymers.  -a procedure for sterilization of the polymer (often thermo-labile) materials must be available.  these requirements are valid for the bulk materials but must also be fulfilled by surface coatings. further requirements are only vaguely defined but are summarized under the expression “biocompatibility” which in turn is described as “the ability of a biomaterial to induce the appropriate answer in a specific application” (4). thus a set of biological testing procedures (mainly cell-based) are established to evaluate materials under consideration for the special application. together with the surface elemental composition and structure some other aspects have to be considered. because of the complex composition of biological media with several components bearing charges like ions, or at least partial charges like proteins and cells the interaction with materials is influenced by electrostatic forces if the material surface also carries charges. thus adsorption reactions under such conditions will be dominated by charge attraction or repulsion as well as by other surface relevant forces like van-der-waals forces or a development of hydrogen bonds, acid-base interaction an so forth.  plasma processing on polymers substrates  in a first glance two types of surfaces are of interest for biomedical application. one type has to consist only of the appropriate surface structure with defined chemical groups, where the thickness of the layer has no influence of the wanted properties. such surfaces are prepared often by plasma treatment based on non-polymerizing gases and followed by grafting where some functionalities are introduced. the density and distribution in such cases is not well controlled and often far below the needed one, in addition sometimes the surface chemistry will change due to reorganization of the surface by turning hydrophilic groups inside for energetic reasons. that is why nowadays to get uniform and stable layers thin film deposition is preferred instead of treatment with non-polymerizing glow discharges and eventually grafting of molecules. starting with some monomers like acrylic acid to get carboxylic groups or glycidyl methacrylate to generate epoxy groups on surfaces a thin film is deposited in such a way that first the substrate is activated by generation of radical sites. simultaneously the monomer on its way through the discharge and at the surfaces is only partly destroyed. a film results, bearing a certain amount of available functionalities depending on the plasma parameters applied (5). thus a thin film with a thickness of less then 50 nanometers is the appropriate interface between material and biological environment. depending on plasma parameters the amount of available functionalities can be controlled. normally it is varied in the range from few functionalities per square micrometer up to five functional groups per square nanometer. for some medical application where the film thickness is of importance, e.g. release systems or barrier coatings the process has to be conducted for a longer time, up to tens of minutes to get thicker films whilst cross-linking is enhanced and the amount of functionalities will be reduced. in parallel to the growth of knowledge on the requirements for biological application plasma chemists succeed in designing chemically stochastic but well defined surfaces with respect to available functional groups via plasma processes.  interaction of plasma deposited layers with biological counterparts  the interaction with biological systems e. g. bio-molecules, microbes, mammalian cells is mainly due to intermolecular forces and therefore restricted to an interface with a thickness of less than 10 nm. films with thicknesses below 10 nm may show incomplete coverage of the used substrates. in fig. 1 it is shown that films become complete if the mean thickness exceeds 2.5 nm, that means surface tension becomes constant. it will be shown that surface properties in such cases are determined by the degree of coverage and islands or domains generated at the start of film deposition will influence biological systems.  nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2) session b3  fig. 1: decreasing of the surface tension with increasing film thickness.  the interaction of mammalian cells with partly covered surfaces will be discussed in more detail. thus layers from a fluorocarbon precursor (chf3) were plasma deposited on hydrophilic materials in a way that depending on plasma deposition parameters the degree of coverage is varied. this results in macroscopic in graded surface energies which can be widely manipulated from about 60 mn/m down to 20 mn/m depending on the degree of hydrophobic coverage. cells (primary fibroblasts) grown on these surfaces will follow exactly the trend of the surface energy (6).  outlook  to understand more of the interaction of materials with biological systems a lot of different analytical methods are needed. biology happens on the nano-scale when bio- molecules are in the focus, thus instrumentation for examining chemical composition and structure in this dimension is necessary. developments of plasma polymerized films are therefore accompanied by xps-measurements as well as by atomic force probing in various modi. the later offers the appropriate lateral topographic resolution and can be use under biological conditions (wet and atmospheric pressure) while the first is constricted to high vacuum measurements but gives excellent data on chemical composition. methods are need to examine surface in nano- as well as in micro dimensions without using vacuum systems. therefore, a trend becomes apparent to use "hyphenated" analytic techniques for in-situ-characterization. a promising development is the combination of probe measurements with optical methods realized in the combination of afm, confocal spectroscopy and micro-raman spectroscopy to explore microbes and mammalian cells in-situ on artificial surfaces. all three techniques reveal a sub-micron resolution which is adequate for the research objects.  references  1.  s. j. pearton, d.p. norton, "dry etching of oxides, polymers and semiconductors" plasma process. polym. (2) 16-37, 2005   2.  j. goodman, "the formation of thin polymer films in the gas discharge", j. of polym. sci., vol. xliv, (144), 551-52, 1960   3.  d. g. castner, b.d. ratner, "biomedical surface science: foundations to frontiers", surf science, 500, 28-60, 2002   4.  a. belcourt," biomaterials: authorized repairers", proc.12th int. colloquium on plasma processes, 28-34 antibes, 1999   5.  c. oehr, d. hegemann, m. müller, v. sciaratta and u. vohrer, "retention of alcoholic, carboxylic and epoxy groups by polymerization of the respective precursors in pulsed glow discharges" proc. of the 14th int. symp. on plasma chem. 1747-53, prague, 1999   6.  m. haupt, j. barz, u. vohrer, h. hilgers, c. oehr, "fluorine-carbon nano coatings for specific surface functionalization" vakuum in forsch. u. praxis(17) no. 6, 329-335 2006. (engl. version nanos 01.06 p.23)     ');
pdf_daten[34] = new Array('B3-Progress in using magnetic nanoobjects for biomedical di.pdf', 'B3-Progress in using magnetic nanoobjects for biomedical diagnostics', 'session b3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2)  progress in using magnetic nanoobjects for biomedical diagnostics  hubert brückl, jörg schotter, astrit shoshi, rudi heer, moritz eggeling, ole bethge, nadezhda kataeva, christa nöhammer*  ‘nano-system-technologies’ and ‘life sciences’*, austrian research centers gmbh, donau-city-str. 1, 1220 vienna, austria, email: hubert.brueckl@arcs.ac.at  abstract  a magnetic biochip using the combination of magnetic nanoobjects as markers and magnetoresistive sensors has proven to be competitive to standard fluorescent dna-detection, at least at low concentrations. additionally, magnetic nanoobjects provide the unique possibility to manipulate biomolecules on-chip which paves the wayto an integrated ‘magnetic lab-on-a-chip’ with detection and manipulation. it is shown that the hybridization process on a biochip can be accelerated. looking forward, a paradigm change from the ‘magnetic lab-on-a-chip’ to the ‘magnetic lab-on-a-bead’ is discussed as a future device solution. the nanoobjects themselves are thereby directly used as both the molecular recognition site and the detection unit.  introduction  recent research progress in fabrication and characterization of magnetic nanoobjects like rods and beads has triggered many ideas and possible applications; amongst others also in the biomedical field. the size of the nanoobjects ranges from a few nm up to few 100nm and can be reliably reproduced by physical or chemical processes. trivial and nontrivial applications are  e.g. contrast enhancement in imaging, in-vivo drug targeting, cancer treatment by hyperthermia, and labeling on biochips [1],[2].  magnetic lab-on-a-chip  the idea of integrating standard laboratorydiagnostics into easy-to-use portable devices has received growing attention both by researchers and biotechnology companies. a recent development is to combine magnetic markers and magnetoresistive sensors in a magnetic biochip. magnetic nanoparticles and so-called beads as markers are commercially available in a wide range of sizes, functionalities and magnetic properties. such systems promise a number of advantages. first of all, the mr sensors are compatible with the established semiconductor process technology and directly provide an electronic signal suitable for automated analysis. they are scaleable and can be tailored to meet any desired functionality. furthermore, there is no disturbing background signal like in the case of fluorescent methods. contrary to fluorescent markers, magnetic markers are stable so that measurements can be repeated many times.  magnetic markers have proven to have a higher sensitivity at the detection of biomolecules at low concentrations, as compared to the established fluorescent labeling method [3],[4]. superparamagnetic microspheres are thereby detected via giant or tunnel magnetoresistance sensors. a further advantage of magnetic nanoobjects is their use as manipulable carriers; manipulable either by an external magnetic field or on-chip via currents running through specially designed line patterns on a chip platform.  reaction acceleration by moving nanoobjects  by applying magnetic gradient fields, magnetic nanoparticles can be manipulated on-chip, which for example can be utilized to pull the analyte molecules to specific binding sites or to test the binding strength and distinguish between specifically and non-specifically bound molecules [5]. furthermore, a strong magnetic gradient field can also remove the hybridized analyte dna and ensure reusability of the biosensor. finally, if the sensor area decreases for low concentration measure­ments, it is indispensable that active manipulators accelerate the dwell time of the hybridization step. it can easily be calculated and imagined that it would take years for a single molecule/marker to find a nanoscale sensor only by diffusion. an acceleration of dna hybridization can be also achieved by motioning magnetic nanoparticles via externally applied fields. magnetic beads which are immersed in a hybridization solution, e.g. in a fluidic channel, may be moved around and cause a local whirling of the fluid. figure 1 shows the positive effect on hybridization. two standard hybridizations were carried out in parallel: in one experiment, superparamagnetic beads of 250 nm diameter were added and actively moved around.  nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2) session b3   figure 1: fluorescent signal vs. time for 12 hybridization experiments with enterococcus faecium: standard (red line, bottom); with magnetic nanoparticle motion (blue line, top).  the hybridization degree was measured by fluorescence of the target dna. the magnetic bead supported hybridization was more than three times as effective as the standard procedure if only diffusive motion is present [6].  magnetic lab-on-a-bead  although a lab-on-a-chip, including the magnetic version, already provides advantages of a portable and fully automated device, a challenge of future developments is an overall simplification at large. most lab-chips are designed in such a way that surfaces play a major role, either as substrate where molecular reaction takes place or as sensor environment for detection. proper dealing with substrate surface, microfluidic constrictions, washing and pcr steps for dna replication make device fabrication and handling complicated and finally unreliable. therefore, we propose a rugged and easy-to-use solution which would certainly mean a paradigm change from the ‘lab-on-a-chip’ to a ‘lab-on-a-bead’ idea. the nanoobjects themselves are thereby directly used both as molecular recognition site and as detector via certain changes in its properties;  i.e. magnetic relaxation in fluids, precipitation by agglomeration, or plasmons resonance, for example. this approach promises (a) easier fabrication due to the lack of any chip surface preparation and sensor embedding, (b) easier fluidics as only one reaction and observation chamber is required, (c) and higher sensitivity because an intentional motion and biomolecule tracking is possible.  with the magnetic lab-on-a-bead, two different detection techniques are first choice: magnetorelaxometry and plasmon detection. the magnetorelaxometry measures the brownian relaxation time of magnetic nanoobjects which depends on their viscous behavior in a fluidic environment [7]. if an externally applied magnetic field which rotates the nanoparticles and orients their magnetization is switched off abruptly, the brownian rotational motion gives a distinct relaxation profile of the magnetization for biomolecular recognition. the relaxation time depends on whether analyte molecules are bound to the target molecules on the nanoparticles (figure 2). if the nanoparticles are too small or magnetically isotropic, the relaxation  is governed by the thermal neel relaxation. if they are too big, they become insensitive to small reaction changes on their shells.   figure 2: the principle of magnetorelaxometry in combination with plasmon detection. ‘loaded’ nanoparticles relax slower what can be detected most sensitively be comparing the two orthogonal plasmon intensities at energies h.1 and h.2.  the second possibility is to detect plasmon polaritons in metallic nanoobjects. they are sensitive to changesof the refractive index of the surrounding medium respectively the biomolecular binding on their shell. additional polarizable charges in the medium cause a red shift of the plasmon peak. numerical modeling shows that core-shell nanoparticles  session b3 nanotechnology in life science and medicine (2)  are well suited to such a task. while the magnetic core (e.g. fe3o4) provides externally navigated mobility, au shells show prominent plasma response. the resonance wavelength can independently be tailored to any point in the visible and infrared spectra. furthermore, our simulations based on mie theory reveal that the resolution of any standard spectrometer is sufficient to detect a molecular analyte-target binding process. the calculations indicate the existence of best resolution conditions at certain core diameters and shell thicknesses, i.e. 12 nm for maghemite core with 4 nm thick au shell, for example. because the plasmonic shifts are still small, we propose a combination of magnetorelaxometry and optical detection with asymmetric, anisotropic, magnetic core-shell nanoparticles for the lab-on-a-bead. two distinct plasmon modes are available in e.g. elliptical nanoparticles, a low-energetic long axis and a high-energetic short axis mode (figure 2). the rotation of the nanoparticle due to brownian motion, for example, switches between these two modes. this offerslargest intensity changes instead of a peak shift [8].  [1] d.r. baselt, g.u. lee, m. natesan, s.w. metzger, p.e. sheehan, r.j. colton, ’a biosensor based on magnetoresistance technology’, biosens. & bioelectr. 13, pp. 731, 1998.  [2] q.a. pankhurst, j. connolly, s.k. jones, j. dobson, j. phys. d: appl. phys. 36, r167 (2003)  [3] j. schotter, p.b. kamp, a. becker, a. pühler, g. reiss, h. brückl, biosensors & bioelectronics 19, 1149 (2004)  [4] h. brückl, m. panhorst, j. schotter, p.b. kamp, a. becker, iee. proc. nanobiotechnol. 152, 41 (2005)  [5] m. panhorst, p. kamp, g. reiss, h. brückl, biosensors & bioelectronics 20, 1685 (2005)  [6] r. heer, m. eggeling, j. schotter, c. nöhammer, r. pichler, m. mansfeld, h. brückl, j. magn. magn. mater., accepted (2007)  [7] f. ludwig, e. heim, s. mäuselein, d. eberbeck, m. schilling, j. magn. magn. mater. 293, 690 (2005)  [8] pat. pending   ');
pdf_daten[35] = new Array('B4-BMBF project INOS - evaluation of health risks of nanopa.pdf', 'B4-BMBF project INOS - evaluation of health risks of nanoparticles - a contribution', 'environmental, health and safety aspects (2) session b4  bmbf project inos - evaluation of health risks of nanoparticles - a contribution to a sustainable development of nanotechnology  dr. volkmar richter1, dr. annegret potthoff1, prof. dr. wolfgang pompe2, dr. michael gelinsky2,  prof. dr. hrissanthi ikonomidou3, dipl.-biol. susanne bastian3, dr. kristin schirmer4, dr. stefan scholz4,  dr. jürgen hofinger5  1 fraunhofer institute of ceramic technologies and systems, dresden, germany; 2 max bergmann center of biomaterials, technical university dresden, germany; 3 university children’s hospital carl gustav carus, technical university dresden 4 helmholtz centre for environmental research - ufz, leipzig, germany; 5 namos gmbh, dresden, germany e-mail: volkmar.richter@fraunhofer.ikts.de  abstract  nanoparticles, which are much smaller than human cells, are being used already in many products: cosmetics, paints or ires. these tiny particles are even a selling point for car-care products. so far, little research has been done to evaluate their impact on the environment and humans. however, experience with other emerging technologies has shown that they are only accepted by society if possible health effects are analysed and published early on. inos, the ’identification and assessment of the effects of engineered nanoparticles on human and environmental health’ research project funded by the federal ministry of education and research (bmbf), now aims to shed light on these issues. the project involving five research partners aims to explore how ceramic and metallic nanoparticles and carbon nanotubes affect cells without performing tests on animals. the synthetic nanoparticles investigated are manufactured by project partners or already in use for engineering purposes. these nanoparticles are sheathed in oxide or organic films. the films are formed in practice during processing or are applied specifically to modify properties. these protective coatings can however influence how materials interact with water, cell culture media and cells. the nanoparticles are investigated – with and without protective sheaths, individually and as agglomerates – in cell cultures. thisapproach allows us to find out how the particles interact with cells of the skin, the lungs, intestine or nervous system. do they cause dna damage or have an effect on general cell functions and the immune system? the project aims to answer these questions. the findings will be made available to the public in a database. the project partners also intend to create an accredited laboratory, which will act as a point of contact for small and mid-sized enterprises in particular and carry out further analysis of nanoparticles.  motivation  the research activities of fraunhofer ikts in the fields of nanoscaled powders, hardmetals and ceramics (fig. 1), materials research at tu dresden and max bergmann center of biomaterials and the manufacture of metallic nanopowders at namos (fig. 2) imply handling and processing of nanoparticles. the wish to develop products which are safe for producers and users led us to investigate health and environmental risks of nanoparticles.   figure 1: nanoscaled alumina powder and a alumina ceramic made from it. at reduced grain and defect size the ceramic becomes transparent (courtesy of a. krell, ikts).  figure 2: s-layer (bacillus sphaericus) used as biotemplate for the manufacturing of nanoparticles by namos and a catalyzer (courtesy of interkat katalysatoren gmbh)  session b4 environmental, health and safety aspects (2)  aims of inos  the bmbf project initiated aims to investigate the interactions of nanoparticles and cells and understand underlying mechanisms. the behaviour of particles in aqueous systems is analysed and correlated to the reactions of the cells which are brought into contact with a nano-particle suspension (in-vitro investigation, in-vivo for validation, translocation). generalized rules of cell-nanoparticle interaction, based on material-typical properties, are to be derived. the results will be published in a public data base.  nanoparticles taken into consideration  the project focuses on particles in the transition between research and market. it includes nanoparticles used to make hard and wear-resistant materials like diamond, wc, ti(cno) with the ionic character of the bonding varying from 0% to 90% and the size of primary particles ranging between 20-200 nm. furthermore, a metal-ceramic-mixture (wc-co) and metallic nanoparticles like platinum or cobalt (4-10 nm) will be considered. micro-crystalline powders will be tested for purpose of comparison. due to their high importance in many scientific fields and their economic potential also the interaction of carbon nanotubes (cnt) and cellswill be investigated.  cell cultures used  different cells like lung epithelial cells, intestinal epithelial cells, epidermal cells, different fish cell lines, a rat oligodendrocyte precursor cell line, rat primary culture of micro-glial cells, rat primary culture of astrocytes, rat primary culture of neurons and rat neuronal stem cells are used in the in-vitro experiments. a broad variety of end-points is investigated.  results  a chemical reaction between nano-wc and salt solutions modifies the surface of the particles and the ph-value of the solution. the agglomeration behaviour is strongly influenced by proteins like albumin (bsa) or fetal bovine serum (fbs) added to the salt solution (figures 3, 4).   figure 3: zeta potential of wc particles and ph-value of a 154mm nacl solu­tion versus time (left); the agglomeration of wc and wc-co parti­cles in dmem is sup­pressed by the addition of fbs (right)  the viability of cells is not or only slightly influenced by wc nanoparticles but clearly affected by wc-co mixtures at higher dose (figures 4 and 5).   environmental, health and safety aspects (2) session b4   figure 5: viability after 3 days of exposure with wc and wc-co, respectively (ckk 8)  the highest toxicity was found with nano-platinum of an extremely low primary particle size of only a few nanometers. this might be a hint that metals are more toxic than ceramic particles due to their higher dissolution rate in water (as shown for wc and co) or underlines the importance of particle size and surface area. however, cobalt chloride dissolved in water reduced viability to a lesser degree than wc-co particles at similar concentration. in the case of wc and wc-co the particles seem to enrich in the neighbourhood of organelles (figure 6).   figure 6: hacat cells exposed to wc nanoparticles with the wc-particle visualized by back scattered electron detector (bse)  localization as seen by scanning electron microscopy: particles show a pattern of localisation around the nucleus, which may indicate enrichment in membraneous structures. this assumption has to be verified by further studies.  conclusions  wc particles are chemically modified by the physiological medium and change, vice versa, the physiological medium, for example, the ph-value of a salt solution. wc nanoparticles agglomerate in phosphate buffered saline (pbs) forming particles of micrometer size. proteins (bovine serum albumin, bsa) added to pbs stabilize the wc suspension, i. e. wc-nanoparticles exist as primary particles. fetal bovine serum (fbs) acts in a similar manner as bsa. pure tungsten carbide powder does not seem to have a significant effect on viability of different cells. mixtures of tungsten carbide and cobalt seem to affect viability of cells at higher dose. the effect depends on cell type: glia cellsare more sensitive than neurons. metals seem to have a greater impact on cell viability than ceramic powders (due to dissolution?). cobalt particles seem to have an even stronger affect than dissolved cobalt. nano-wc seems to enrich in specific organelles of the cells. at the moment, several of the conclusions still have hypothetic character and have to be verified by on-going investigations.  acknowledgement  the authors gratefully thank their co-workers dipl.-biol. springer, dr. hanke (mbc, tu dresden), dipl.-min. holke, dipl.-ing. meißner (fh ikts), dr. kühnel, dipl.-ing. (fh) busch (helmholtz centre for environmental research - ufz), dipl.-biol. iwe (university hospital, tu dresden) and bachelor kevin zirpel (namos gmbh) for the results used in this presentation, the federal ministry of education and research bmbf of germany for the financial support and mrs. dr. gerhard-abozari for the kind advice.   ');
pdf_daten[36] = new Array('B4-Riskmanagement of nanotechnology from a life cycle persp.pdf', 'B4-Riskmanagement of nanotechnology from a life cycle perspective', 'session b4 environmental, health and safety aspects (2)  risk management of nanotechnology from a life cycle perspective  aasgeir helland  technology and society lab, empa materials science & technology, switzerland; e-mail: asgeir.helland@empa.ch  abstract  nanomaterials are predicted to have a strong influence on environmental health. these influences may be of beneficial or harmful nature. nanomaterials have a wide application field and can be used for example for light weight materials, energy storage, and drug-delivery systems. however, nanomaterials have also been reported to cause toxic effects. a responsible development of nanomaterials will promote beneficial applications while safeguarding environmental health through effective risk management strategies. these strategies take place on many levels: the societal, the individual actor and the technological level. in this presentation the results of a project investigating risk management strategies for nanomaterials with empirical data in regards to regulatory policy, industrial initiatives and results of life cycle screening tools will be presented.  risk management approaches  the first study shows how different stakeholders approach nanomaterial risks in europe and how they evaluate regulatory initiatives [1]. the objectives of this study were to understand where consensus points may be and which may be cooperative obstacles for risk management. the stakeholder study found that the type of regulation, industrial voluntary measures or topdown regulations and whether regulations should be proactive or evidence-oriented were cooperative obstacles.  industrial voluntary measures are proposed as currently the most viable type of risk management, and therefore investigated another study how industry today approaches the issues of risks in regards to nanomaterial properties and risk assessment initiatives [2]. a written survey of 40 companies working with nanomaterials in germany and switzerland was conducted. it was found that the nanomaterials in this sample exhibited such a diversity of properties that a categorization according to risk and material issues could not be made. twentysixcompanies (65%) indicated that they did not perform any risk assessment of their nanomaterials and 13 companies (32.5%) performed risk assessments sometimes or always. fate of nanomaterials in the use and disposal stage received little attention by industry and the majority of companies did not foresee unintentional release of nanomaterials throughout the life cycle.  the stakeholder study also found that the state of scientific evidence and the implications for regulations were disputed. therefore was the state of evidence of the nanomaterial carbon nanotubes (cnt) investigated. a technological risk assessment takes into account both the potential hazard as well as the potential exposure. cnt environmental health impacts were first reviewed [3] and thereafter potential release situations were investigated through life cycle case studies of potential cnt applications [4]. the findings of these studies suggest several key points: there are different types of cnt and therefore they cannot be considered a uniform group of substances. in environmental compartments cnt can be bioavailable   to organisms and their properties suggest a figure 1:the life cycle and environmental fate of cnt [3]. cnt may change properties possible accumulation along the food chain during the life cycle of the product and in the environmental compartments. and high persistence. in organisms the humans and biota may therefore be exposed to different types of cnt.  environmental, health and safety aspects (2) session b4  absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and toxicity of cnt depend on the inherent physical and chemical characteristics, such as cnt functionalisation, coating, length and agglomeration state, which are influenced by the external environmental conditions during the cnt production, usage and disposal stages. the findings of the case studies suggest that a release of nanotubes can occur not only in the production phase, but also in the usage and disposal phases of nanotube applications. the likelihood and form of release is determined by the way cnt are incorporated into the mate­rial. characterized exposure scenarioscould therefore be useful when conducting toxicological studies. however, cnt will produce a toxic response once reaching the lungs in sufficient quantity, reactions produced in a time and dose dependent manner.  a major element of the effort to manage the risks of technology development will be the exploration and organization of mediating processes between different actors [5]. many analysts agree that sustainability will remain a highly desirable, butunrealistic, option for technology development if people do not feel a degree of ownership and identity with the goal of the technology and a preference for its policy implications. many targets of nanomaterial risk management on the societal level require voluntary collective actions by different players in society, most notably industry, government, unions, and environmental groups [6].  literature  1.  helland, a.; kastenholz, h.; thidell, a.; arnfalk, p.; deppert, k., nanoparticulate materials and regulatory policy in europe: an analysis of stakeholder perspectives. journal of nanoparticle research 2006, 8, 709-719.   2.  helland, a.; scheringer, m.; siegrist, m.; kastenholz, h.; wiek, a.; scholz, r., risk assessment of engineered nanomaterials – survey of industrial approaches. environ. sci. & technol. 2006, submitted.   3.  helland, a.; wick, p.; koehler, a.; schmid, k.; som, c., reviewing the environmental and human health knowledge base of carbon nanotubes. environmental health perspectives 2007, ehp-in-press, (doi:10.1289/ehp.9652).   4.  koehler, a.; som, c.; helland, a.; gottschalk, f., studying the potential release of carbon nanotubes throughout the application life cycle. journal of cleaner production 2007, in press.   5.  siegrist, m.; wiek, a.; helland, a.; kastenholz, h., risks and nanotechnology: the public is more concerned than experts and industry. nature nanotechnology 2007, 2, (february), 67.   6.  helland, a.; kastenholz, h., development of nanotechnology in light of sustainability. journal of cleaner production 2007, in press.     ');
pdf_daten[37] = new Array('B4-Toxicology and health risk assessment of carbon nanomate.pdf', 'B4-Toxicology and health risk assessment of carbon nanomaterials (TRACER)', 'session b4 environmental, health and safety aspects (2)  toxicology and health risk assessment of carbon nanomaterials (tracer)  walter schütz1, florian michl1, stefan forero1, heike mertsching2, uwe vohrer2, martina brenner2, thomas peter2,  matthias voetz3a, stefan willmann3a, christoph niederalt3a, jacques ragot3b, marion oeben-negele3c,  peter übelmesser4, horst sandner5  1future carbon gmbh 2fraunhofer institut für grenzflächen- und bioverfahrenstechnik 3abayer technology services gmbh, 3bbayer materialscience ag, 3cbayer healthcare ag 4frenzelit-werke gmbh & co kg 5victrex europa gmbh  abstract  nanomaterials and especially manufactured/engineered carbon nanotubes and nanofibers are well known as material with unique and extraordinary properties. many potential applications have been proposed for carbon nanotubes in the fields automotive, aeronautic, semiconductor devices, polymer composites, field emission displays and medical devices. some of these applications are now realized in products. others are demonstrated in early to advanced devices. a key issue not only for producers and manufacturers of carbon nanotubes but also for end users of cnt containing products is the possible impact of carbon nanotubes and cnt containing products on human health. the tracer-project deals with the risk assessment and toxicological studies of carbon nanotubes along the value-added chain.  introduction  in this contribution we report about the tracer-project funded by the german federal ministry of education and research (bmbf) as part of the wing program. the aim of the project is the assessment of the cytotoxicity and biocompatibility of carbon nanotubes and carbon nanofibers over the whole value-added chain from cnt/cnf-production via cnt-polymer composites to the processing of products from half-finished parts. besides the raw material also dustscollected during production and processing of cnts and cnt-polymer-composites will be assessed.   figure 1: cooperation scheme of the tracer project environmental, health and safety aspects (2) session b4  the various test materials (different in type, purity, kind and amount of remaining catalysts) are characterized by physico-chemical analyses like esca, raman, sem/edx, tem, bet and others. in figure 2, a sem-picture of mwnt-nanotubes is represented.  figure 2: sem figure of mwnt-nanotubes  figure 3 shows a survey spectra and a c1s -esca-spectra of carbon nanotubes with the typical tail at the higher binding energy site. the amount of oxygen in the raw material depends on the production parameters and consecutive purification steps.  figure 3: xps-survey scan and c1s-detail   scan spectra of a carbon nanotube sample  cytotoxicity tests will be assessed with the aim to find correlations between physico-chemical parameters and, if traceable, a biological response. to examine the biocompatibility and possible cytotoxicity characteristics according to din iso 10993, we apply different kinds of dispersed and converted cnt materials in validated procedures.  relevant primary cells and cell lines with diverse cnt probes are incubated and, consequently, the proliferation attitudes as well as inflammation mediators are measured and compared with defined reference materials. therefore, defined cnt-dispersions were facilitated in serum-rich culture media by ultrasound. optical density and particle size distribution were measured after centrifugation. it has been shown that producing cnt-dispersions depending on particle size and catalyst material is possible. according to the reference material, the in vitro biocompatibility will be estimated with cell proliferation assays (wst-1), reactive oxygen species detection (ros) and activation of immune cells (facs). in addition, established 3d tissue cultures (test-systems) composed of primary tissue specific cells where used to facilitate new information on how cnts can penetrate the body barriers through the human skin or the respiratory tract. the 3d human skin model is shown in figure 4.   figure 4: figures of in vitro and in-vivo skin used for the assessment of the cytotoxicity  skin (in vitro) skin (in vivo)  session b4 environmental, health and safety aspects (2)  the purpose of such a tissue engineered 3 d model is to evaluate organ specific influences of materials and nanomaterials on cellular level taking into account various interactions between different cell types. in order to optimize the selection of potential effectors, the test systems must mimic the human tissue with increasing accuracy.  at the end of the project the dissemination attitudes in the human body of cnt materials which can cross the physiological barriers (skin or respiratory tract) will be examined in 3d vascularized test systems under perfusion conditions. the biological test-systems will be presented in detail. furthermore, the toxicological investigations will be accompanied by a current evaluation of the published data on the toxicity of cnts and cnfs to bring recent information into the tracer-project. in addition, findings on toxicity gained from in vitro studies will be compared with existing results from in vivo tests.  a further aspect of the project is the simulation of the particle distribution in the human body. a model to simulate the uptake, distribution and excretion of nanoparticleswill be developed on the basis of an existing whole-body model up to now used for research and development of pharmaceutical agents. modifications and supplements to the model are intended to des­cribe the specific uptake and path of transport of nanoparticles in mammalian organisms. the analytical results as well as the results of the toxicity studies will be used to optimize the model.  finally the results of the project are intended to give advices for the handling of cnt-materials and the appraisal of potential risks.   ');
pdf_daten[38] = new Array('C1-Fabrication of self-organised metallic nanostructures.pdf', 'C1-Fabrication of self-organised metallic nanostructures', 'nanomaterials (2) session c1  fabrication of self-organised metallic nanostructures  s. milenkovic, a. w. hassel  max-planck-institut für eisenforschung gmbh, düsseldorf, germany  self-organised metallic nanostructures are pursued for a potential use as arrays in nanotechnology. nanowires and nanotubes are of special interest as they are 1-dimensional objects that can carry a function on one side and inherently provide a proper connection. besides, they provide models to study the influence of dimensionality and size confinement on electrical transport, optical and other properties. among the fabrication methods employed, some are based on vapour phase techniques, while others are solution techniques. compared to physical methods such as nanolithography and other patterning techniques, chemical methods have been more versatile and effective in the synthesis of the nanowires.  here, a novel combined method is presented for producing self-organised metallic nanostructures [1-2] which is especially applicable, but not restricted, to metals. it combines directional solidification of eutectic alloys with chemical and/or electrochemical processing. in the first step directional solidification of a eutectic alloy with fibrous morphology yields self-organised arrays of nanowires of a minor phase embedded in a matrix of the other phase. the process is based on simultaneous crystallization and aligned growth of two phases parallel to the direction of heat extraction. directional solidification is commonly used to produce high strength materials for the application at high temperatures such as turbine blades. thus, it may sound contradictory to apply a method that was developed to produce large single crystals to generate nanostructures. in the next step either metallic nanowires or nanopores may be produced. metallic nanowires can be obtained from such eutectics by selective etching of the matrix.   this method has several advantages. first of all, it is one of the few top-down methods that allow the production of large amounts of nanostructures. in addition, both wires and matrix are single crystalline which may favour them for certain applications. further, the obtained nanostructures exhibit extremely high aspect ratios (>1000), unreachable by most of the techniques. next, wire diameter and spacing can be controlled by the processing parameters such as growth rate and temperature gradient [3].  moreover, the method is highly versatile and applicable to a broad range of materials for different applications. finally, it combineswell-established and industrially developed techniques, thus enabling immediate scaling-up and industrial application, as well as production at large scale and low costs. the feasibility of the method is demonstrated with the preparation of pseudo-binary nial-x (x= re, w, mo) eutectics (figure 1).  the differences in the chemical properties namely nobility, passivity formation of insoluble precipitates, kinetic hindrance of dissolution are of great importance for the later processing of the material. the approach described here focuses on electrochemical methods for separating the phases of the ds-materials. as a starting point for the determination of optimal electrochemical conditions for the selective dissolution of either the wires or matrix phase the thermodynamic stability diagrams (pourbaix diagrams) were employed [4]. these diagrams show the regions of stability for the various species (solid metal,  figure 1. nanowires of re, w and  mo released from the nial matrix ions of different valences, oxide and hydroxide species, etc.) as a function of the given  by selective etching ph and the electrochemical potential. by combining the diagrams for the individual  elements it was possible to choose appropriate ph and potential for dissolving one phase  while keeping the other phase in a passive or immune state. figure 2 (see next page)  shows such a combined pourbaix diagram for the nial-w system. by choosing conditions  where w is stable but ni and al corrode (ph 1.0, 200 mv she) the matrix can be dissolved  while the w wires are mildly oxidized. alternatively, choosing conditions where the  passivates and w dissolves (ph 6.0, 500 mv) yields nanopores in the matrix nial matrix; it  session c1 nanomaterials (2)  should be noted here that in the case of forming nanopores al dominates the behaviour of the matrix phase allowing passivation of the nial phase [5].  potential applications for these nanostructures can be seen e.g. in sensor and probing technologies. the feasibility of this approach was tested by preparing a w wire rigidly embedded in and electrically contacted to a thick stem (figure 3).  the protruding wire was then applied to the acquisition of an stm image of hopg test substrate. however, this technique enables not only the formation of nanowires, but also the production of nanopores, regarding the initial electrochemical polarisation is run under conditions which  nial-w system. benefit from both the passivation of the nial matrix and the dissolution of the fibres (0.7 v for the studied systems). this procedure results in formation of a very stable passive nial substrate which presents an array of nanopores uniformly distributed in its structure. the final product has a potential application as a substrate for the formation of nanosensors by electrodeposition of metals along the pores, as demonstrated by the deposition of gold in the pores left by the dissolution of re and w fibres [6].  figure 4 is a roadmap that summarizes the structures described here. after cutting a certain peace from a directionally solidified material an electrochemical step is employed in which one phase of the material is selectively dissolved in a well controlled way. this allows a tailoring of these self organised structures opening a number of possible applications such as sensors, stm tip, field emitter and basic material for physical   figure 3. w nano wire tip prepared by characterisations. electrochemical thinning of a directionally  solidified material with subsequent cutting acknowledgements by a focussed ion beam.  the financial support of the deutsche forschungsgemeinschaft within the dfg priority program 1165 nanowires and nanotubes - from controlled synthesis to function is gratefully acknowledged.  references  1. a.w. hassel, b. b. rodriguez, s. milenkovic,  a. schneider, electrochim. acta 50 (2005)  2. a.w. hassel, b. b. rodriguez, s. milenkovic,  a. schneider, electrochim. acta 51 (2005) 795  3.  s. milenkovic, a. schneider, a. w. hassel, nano letters 6 (2006) 794.   4.  pourbaix, m.: atlas of electrochemical equilibria in aqueous solutions, nat. assoc. corr. eng., tx, usa (1974).   5.  a.w. hassel, a. j. smith, s. milenkovic, electrochim. acta 52 (2006) 1799.   6.  b. bello rodriguez, a. schneider, a. w. hassel,     j. electrochem. soc. 153 (2006) c33.   ');
pdf_daten[39] = new Array('C1-NanoCentral - a pivotal gateway enabling the successful.pdf', 'C1-NanoCentral - a pivotal gateway enabling the successful commercial use of nanomaterials', 'nanomaterials (2) session c1  nanocentral : a pivotal gateway enabling the successful commercial use of nanomaterials  allen reid  nanocentral, cpi, wilton centre, wilton, ts10 4rf, uk, tel: +44 1642 442 460  abstract  this paper highlights the challenges and opportunities associated with the commercialisation of nanomaterials. these challenges are being addressed through the creation of nanocentral, a new hub-and-spoke industrial network with the aim of accelerating the commercialisation of nanomaterials. the network comprises a series of technology providers, who offer facilities and capabilities spanning the nanomaterial supply chain. technology providers capabilities and the growth of the network are described in this paper. in the short term, the success of the network is measured in the number of collaborative projects enabled by the nanocentral hub.  commercialisation of nanomaterials  nanomaterials are widely forecast to play an increasingly crucial role in market sectors as diverse as healthcare, plastics, coatings, electronics and energy. their use offers enormous potential for product innovation, both in the creation of new products, exploiting new properties ofnanomaterials, and in the revitalising of existing products extending product life cycles. however, exploitation of this potential is being hampered by a number of issues. firstly, many businesses are unable to establish a reliable and connected supply chain to getnanomaterial containing products to market. often there is a need to source suppliers covering several of the process steps typically making up the nanomaterial supply chain: synthesis; dispersion, functionalisation and formulation; and applications development. in addition there may well be novel requirements associated with material characterisation and safety, health and environmental (she) considerations. secondly, costs associated with producing nanomaterials are very often seen as prohibitive, even though there may well be enormous benefits. thirdly, there are a vast number of providersofnanotechnology that cannot connect with the market place, either because they lack the appropriate commercial expertise or they are unable to identify relevant opportunities to link with the right people. all of these issues slow down the commercial introduction of nanomaterials and potentially impact economic growth.  nanocentral  nanocentral is a hub-and-spoke network supported by uk government funding and backed by the centre for process innovation. nanocentral hub has been set up at the wilton centre, teesside, as the pivotal gateway enabling potential businesses looking to develop products using nanomaterials to connect with a network of key technology providers. nanocentral accelerates the commercialisation of value-adding nanomaterials by offering technical expertise and broad business experience that is strategically placed to create and increase awareness of the competitive advantages to be gained through nanomaterials. additionally, nanocentral believes that concerns relating to nanomaterial she must be adequately addressed by promoting access to targeted advice. businesses are able to take advantage of a seamless and coherent service spanning synthesis, dispersion, functionalisation and formulation, applications development and characterisation. nanocentral also assists with the formation of supply chain collaborations to develop and exploit nanomaterials.  nanocentral was initially formed with  four technology providers: johnson matthey, ici measurement science group, qinetiq nanomaterials and the university of liverpool. these organisations received funding to build new facilities that provide technical capability spanning the nanomaterial supply chain. the facilities can be accessed by organisations carrying out pre-competitive research and development, on an open-access basis, by paying an agreed tariff. users of the network therefore benefit from being able to access leading edge facilities without significant capital investment and consequential risk, thereby delivering a significant boost to nanotechnology commercialisation. the initial group of four providers has now expanded to over twenty.  session c1 nanomaterials (2)  johnson matthey: liquid-feed flame-pyrolysis  this is a one-step process by which a metal precursor(s), dissolved in a solvent, is sprayed with an oxidising gas into a flame zone where the droplets are combusted and the precursor(s) converted into nano-sized metal or metal-oxides particles, depending on the metal and the operating conditions. this is a versatile technique, which allows for the use of a wide range of precursors, solvents and process conditions providing excellent control over particle size and composition. a wide range of materials can be synthesised including metals, metal oxides, mixed and doped metal oxides, and combination metal/ metal oxide materials. johnson matthey has specialised in using the technique to make metallic nanoparticle catalysts and has developed considerable in-house expertise in this area. this knowledge is also transferable into other application areas. johnson matthey currently operates a reactor for producing small quantities (1-2 g/hr) of nanomaterials and is in the process of building a higher throughput reactor (typically 100 g/hr). this reactor will be available from july 2007 on an open-access basis.  qinetiq nanomaterials: plasma processing  since their formation in 2002 qinetiq nanomaterials (qnl) have developed and refined their plasma technology to manufacture a wide range of inorganic nanomaterials. these include complex, doped, alloyed and non-stoichiometric particles. application areas of interest in development by qnl include their use as an antiviral agent in filters, coatings and healthcare products. recent advances in the production technology willnow enable a broader range of materials to be produced at small scale as part of the open-access comina facility, which will run at 100-500 g/hr scale and will be available from july 2007.  university of liverpool: ultra-high energy mixing  the mixing of fluids takes place by diffusion and by convection. the latter is usually a mechanically induced processes such as stirring. both mechanisms are typically occurring on completely different length scales with diffusion being fast and efficient in the microlitre regime (micro fluidics), whereas mixing of macroscopic volumes depends chiefly on convective processes. while it is principally impossible to scale up diffusion, mechanical mixing can be made effective right down to the molecular scale provided high enough shear and/or dispersion forces can be applied. the facility to be fully operational at the university of liverpool by autumn 2007 will house the world’s first prototype research mixer that has been designed to do just that. the mixer, which was developed in collaboration with unilever and maelstrom apt, will consist of multiple feeds, and operate at up to 5000 bar and 10 – 250 oc. this will give access to completely new properties of fluids by mechanical mixing and re-organisation of matter on the nanometre length scale, i.e. down to the size of individual molecules. for example, traditionally heterogeneous systems such as emulsions, could be homogenised down to a domain size of a few nanometres, which will result in different optical, rheological and chemical properties.  ici measurement science group: characterisation of nanomaterials  the development of new materials having structure on the nanometre scale raises many challenges in the area of measurement science. the aim of such work is of course to achieve enhanced properties (such as toughness, clarity or electrical conduction) in the final product, and a typical approach is the incorporation of nanoscale fillers within a matrix, which is often polymeric. measurement is key to all stages in the process – from knowledge of filler properties, through an understanding of how uniformly dispersed the filler is in a matrix, to the characterisation of the effect of the filler on the final physical properties. ici msg has a broad range of characterisation capabilities and have recently invested in new photon cross correlation spectroscopy and a highly instrumented injection moulding capability. further developments will include acoustic methods for characterisation of particle size distributions in dense media.  a growing network of technology providers  nanocentral continuously scans the technological and market environments to identify capability gaps. additional providers already recruited include: -cemmnt – a characterisation and metrology network involving bae systems,   loughborough university, qinetiq, npl, taylor hobson and coventor  nanomaterials (2) session c1  -harman technology – high shear aqueous precipitation and multilayer coatings -igm resins – nano-resins and dispersions -ilika – high throughput screening -imerys minerals ltd. – mixing and grinding -institute of occupational medicine – safenano programme (she) -macdermid autotype – coatings onto plastic substrates -maelstrom apt – mixing and dispersing -netzsch – nano beadmilling -noveon – supplier of dispersants for nanomaterials  these providers operate on a commercial basis. discussions are currently under way with a further series of potential providers.  collaborative research  in the short term, the success of nanocentral can be measured in the number of collaborative projects underway. active marketing began in september 2006, and at the present date, may 2007, forty projects are underway, at various stages from prospecting, scoping, work in progress through to complete. this success validates the need for nanocentral and the value in collaborative research. nanocentral is interested in hearing from any organisation that may be interested in using our network or becoming a network provider.   ');
pdf_daten[40] = new Array('C1-Nanoscaled titanium dioxide - use in coatings, plastics.pdf', 'C1-Nanoscaled titanium dioxide - use in coatings, plastics and cosmetics', 'session c1 nanomaterials (2)  nanoscaled titanium dioxide - use in coatings, plastics and cosmetics  dr. jochen winkler  titanium dioxide (tio2) is widely known as the economically most important pigment that is used in all composite materials and also in cosmetics to achieve a white appearance. the worldwide production capacity lays currently at about 4.6 million metric tons per year.  in order to be useful as a white pigment, a substance must fulfil a number of conditions. firstly, it must not absorb light in the visible region between 380 and, say, 780 nm wavelength. secondly, it must have a high polarizability, leading to a high refractive index, and, thirdly, it must have a particle diameter of approximately half the wave length of the incident light.   tio2 pigments are therefore manufactured to have a particle size of approximately 0.3 µm (or 300 nm), which is optimal for the scattering of visible light. when the size of the particlesisreduced, the light scattering action, which is prerequisite for white appearance, diminishes. nanoscaled tio2 products, if dispersed sufficiently and in a reasonable loading, may therefore be tailored to be next to transparent in use.  whereas light scattering ability is greatly dependent upon particle size, light absorption is much less so. therefore, nano-titanium dioxides are next to transparent, yet still have the uv-absorption characteristics similar to tio2-pigments, so they may be used as uv-absorbers to protect substrates and matrices from being damaged by harmful uv-light. for this, however, the intrinsic ability to act as a photocatalyst must be suppressed by doping the crystal lattices of the nano scaled tio2 particles with atoms that act as recombination sites for so called ’excitons’. additonally, layers of inorganic matter are deposited on the particles to suppress their photoactivity.  selective blue light scattering  some of the uses of nano-titanium dioxides are based on their ability to selectively scatter blue light. although the blue light scattering is not extremely pronounced, dramatic effects can be achieved both when combined with coloured pigments as well as when used in metallic base coats. in the first case, the selective blue light scattering leads to a change in the appearance of a coating to a bluish hue. so, when combined with a red pigment for example, the colour magenta is reached. with blue pigments, the colour becomes more saturated and ’cleaner’, since a possible green hue is suppressed.  whereas the colour impression is independent of the angle of observation in relation to the oncoming light when nano­titanium dioxides are used in normal, coloured coatings, this is no longer the case when they are put into metallic base coats. in this case, the light is first scattered by the nano-particles and then reflected by the metallic pigments in the base coat. since red and green light is hardly scattered by the nano-titanium dioxide particles, it is reflected directly, whereas the blue light is first scattered and then reflected. therefore, when viewing facially, it appearsyellow (green plus red), whereas from a slanting view the coating looks blue. this so called ’frost effect’ shown schematically in figure 1.   nanomaterials (2) session c1  stabilization of other pigments against flocculation  like other nanoparticles, nano-titanium dioxides are able to stabilize pigments against flocculation in certain binder systems such as polyester / melamine or alkyd / melamine. in these resins, the nano-tio2 particles obtain a highly positive surface charge. by attaching to the flocculates of the coloured pigments, they force this charge onto all the pigment particles, which then repel each other, leading to an even distribution of all the pigment particles within the system. this not only improves the colour strength of the coating but also its gloss to a high degree. figure 2 shows an electron microscopic image of a cross section of such a paint film. it can be seen that every coloured pigment particle (larger and light grey in colour) is surrounded by numerous nano-tio2 particles (smaller needle shaped particles) and that there is an even distribution without flocculation in the system.   figure 2: organic coloured pigments stabilized by nano ­tio2 particles in a polyester / melamine topcoat.  nano-tio2 as a photocatalyst  titanium dioxide is photoactive material. when irradiated with uv-light, electrons from the valency band may be hoisted into the conduction band of the photo-semiconductor. the energy necessary for this to happen is different for the two crystal modifications, rutile and anatase. in the case of rutile, an energy of 3.05 ev (corresponding to light of 415 nm wave­length) is required, whereas anatase needs photons with an energy of 3.29 ev (415 nm).  from this (’excited’) state with charge separation, which is called an ’exciton’, the titanium dioxide is able to oxidize its surroundings in a first step and, in a second step, with the aid of moisture, to reduce oxygen to form very reactive hydroperoxide radicals.   figure 3 photocatalytic activity of titanium dioxide  session c1 nanomaterials (2)  this makes un-stabilized titanium dioxide useful as a photocatalyst for example for water purification. a newer application is the use of titanium dioxide in so called ’self cleaning’ coatings for indoor and outdoor use.   figure 4 stains of different foodstuffs on a coating with nano-tio2 after application (left) and after 18 days of indoor solar irradiation (right)  nano-titanium dioxide as uv absorber  in order to suppress the photocatalytic activity of nano-tio2, the crystals are doped with other metal atoms and the surfaces are heavily coated with inorganic matter.  this way, it is possible to avoid the photocatalytic activity almost completely, so that inorganic uv-absorbers are created that are used in sun screens to protect the human skin from harmful irradiation and in polymeric materials to protect either the matrix itself, or, otherwise, an underlying substrate. the latter is the case in, for example, transparent wood protection coatings.  conclusions  nanoscaled titanium dioxides are fairly new materials with a large scope of different application possibilities. due to selective blue light scattering, they may be used in combination with coloured pigments to achieve very bright and ’clean’ colours which are shifted to a bluish hue, or otherwise, when used in metallic base coats, to create the so called ’frost effect’. like other nano-particles, they are able to stabilize pigments against flocculation in certain systems, leading to high gloss coatings. depending upon their being surface treated or not, either their use as inorganic uv-absorbers or as photocatalytic materials prevail.      ');
pdf_daten[41] = new Array('C2-From nanosensors to the artificial nerves and neurons.pdf', 'C2-From nanosensors to the artificial nerves and neurons', 'session c2 future applications and new ideas  from nanosensors to the artificial nerves and neurons  rostyslav sklyar,  verchratskogo st. 15-1, lviv 79010 ukraine  abstract  a superconducting field-effect transistor (sufet) based transducer (sensor) with carbon nanotubes (cnt) or pickup coil kind of input circuit for the nerve and neuron impulses has been designed. a nanosufet with a high-temperature superconducting channel is introduced into the nerve fibre or brain tissue for transducing their signals in both directions. the range of picked up signals varies from 0.6 na to 10 µa with frequencies from 20 to 2000 hz. the output signal lies in the range of -5-5v 7·1017/cm3 molecules and 2 -10 ph.  nanosensors: the input signals and flows  there are a number of methods and devices for transducing different biosignals (bss) into recordable or measurable information. the transfer of nerve impulses (nis) is the main data flow which carries sensory information to the brain and control signals from it and the spinal cord to the limbs. that is why detecting currents between neighbouring neurons and ionic currents in   the nerve fibres is an important area of research. electric-field control of physical properties is highly desirable from fundamental and technological viewpoints because it does not introduce any chemical or microscopic structural disorder in the pristine material. this is also the basis of fets, in which accumulation, depletion, and inversion layers are formed at the interface. moreover, the complex view on bss requires further stages of precise processing in order to decode the received or control information.  as an electrical signal, the bs has two components: electrical potential  or voltage and ionic currents. the first component is sufficiently developed  and does not require penetration into the substances of bs propagation.  the marketable progress in transducing of the second component began  when the necessary instrumentation for measurement of micro and nano  dimensions had been created.  the main informational flux from organs of the senses to motor nerves fig.1longitidinal section of an axon showing is transmitted through nerve fibres which consistofa myelin shield with a few lines of current flow axons as a core (fig. 1). recent research results suggest that such an  arrangement is similar to a transmission line. the nerve impulse in motor nerve of a frog is equal to 2 na. synaptic currents between first order neighbouring neurons into in vivo or brain slice preparations have an order of 50 pa.  the components for superconducting nanosensors  superconducting nanowires are unusual in that they newer show zero resistance, although resistance does exponentially upon cooling. a new class of metallic devices based on dna molecules is promising due to the self-assembly properties of dna. as the resistance of the devices is controlled by the spatial profile of superconducting phase within the leads, there is the potential for applications. these include local magnetometry (as is widely done with conventional squid) and the ima­ging of phase profiles created by supercurrents—in essence a superconducting phase gradiometer. traditional materials have been pushed to their limits, which means that entirely new materials (such as high-kappa gate dielectrics and metal gate electrodes), and new device structures are required. entirely new device structures (such as na­nowire or molecular devices) and computational paradigms will almost certainly be needed to improve performance. the development of new nanoscale electronic devices and materials places increasingly stringent requirements on metrology.  organic fets (ofets) are of great interest for future electroritic applications due to their flexibility. up to now, a lot of fabrication processes or device configurations of ofets have been reported. most of them were based on thin film technique  future applications and new ideas session c2   such as vapor deposition. in general, the thin films for example, amorphous, poly crystalline, polymeric, and so on, consist of grains, and therefore, charge carriers behave as hopping conduction. this decreases the field-effect mobility of devices. thus, annealing the organic thin films or surface preparations of substrate grows grains, and consequently these devices have few boundaries of grains between source and drain electrodes (fig. 2).  fig.2 an organic sufet devices for matching of biosignal to electronic element (circuit)  device and its electrodes creative integration of microchip technologies and nanostructures is feasible. by tuning the   dielectrophoretic frequency within a microdevice, nanoparticles can be manipulated with the same precision as cells because a one-to-one correspondence exists between a given alternating current frequency and a nanoparticle interaction or biological event. multiple biological events could be probed simultaneously provided that their corresponding frequencies are distinct. combined with electroporation, electrokinetics also enables inclusion of molecular complexes inside the cells. alternatively, functionalized nanopostscan be used to impale cells and relay information from the cell interior to nanoelectronic circuits. by merging the fields of microfluidics, electrokinetics, and cell biology, microchips are capable of creating tiny, mobile laboratories. the challenge for the future of designing a nano-interface in a microfluidic chip to probe a living cell lies in seamlessly integrating techniques into a robust and versatile, yet reliable, platform.  a planar fet can be configured as a sensor by modifying the gate oxide (without gate electrode) with molecular receptors or a selective membrane for the analyte of interest. binding of a charged species then results in depletion or accumulation of carriers within the transistor structure. an attractive feature of such chemically sensitive fets is that binding can be monitored by a direct change in conductance or related electrical property, although the sensitivity and potential for integration are limited. the so-called floating gate architecture combines a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (cmos)-type n­channel fet with an independent sensing area for recording extracellular signalsfrom electrogenic cellswas presented. this concept allows the transistor and sensing area to be optimised separately. the noise level of the devices was smaller than of comparable non-metallised gate fets. the potential of nw nanosensors with direct, highly sensitive real-time detection of chemical and biological species in aqueous solution has been demonstrated.   the report shows how the scientistsfabricate fets from cnt with the precise electrical properties and any variable band-gap desired. in pa­rallel studies of cnt, researchers have been working to improve the electrical characteristics of individual nanotube transistors (fig. 3).  fig.3 schematic of nanosensor in the parallel connection  the main arrangements of nanosensors  among the variety of the above presented fet devices there are majority of them, mainly modifications of nanofets, which allow simultaneous processing of a number of bss directly or from the pickup coils. there are two factors that make simultaneous processing possible. first of all, the sizes of nanofets and nanopickup coils are in the same order as the transmitting substances of bss, such as axons, neurons, and the dna spiral. secondly, the cnw-fet array is, in itself, multiinput.  the remaining part of fet devices are applicable for serial connection to the said mediums. in addition, some of these fets can be arranged in the chain in order to transduce the bss into different physical and chemical quantities and vice versa.  results  application variety of the novel superconducting, organic and cnt fets allows us to design transducers of bss (electronic, nerve, dna, etc.) that transduce them into different quantities, including electric voltage, density of chemical and biomolecules. on the other hand, the said bss can be controlled by the applied electrical signals, or bio and chemical mediums.  the described nanosensors (sufettrs) designed on the basis of organic and nano sufets are suitable for describing the wide  session c2 future applications and new ideas  range of bs dynamical parameters. following the columns of the table, it should be noticeable, that serial connection of the external pickup coils allows us to gain some integrated signal, i.e., the whole sensing or control electronic or ni, which spreads along the number of axons of the nerve fibre; the amount of ions passing through the pickup coils and the generalized bs passing through one or both spirals of dna. when sufet channel(s) of are implanted into the tissue or process we can acquire more precise data about the frequency distribution of nis, volume distribution of ionized molecules and detecting activity of individual nucleoteds.  the preliminary calculations confirm the possibility of broadening the sufettr’s action from magnetic field to the biochemical medium of bss. the main parameters of such bss can be gained by applying the arrangement of the sufettr(s) to the whole measurement system. two directions of sufettr function enable decoding of the bs by comparing the result of its action on some process or organ with an action on them of the simulated electrical or biochemical signal after their reverse transducing through the sufettr(s). furthermore, this decoded signal will provide a basis for creating feedback and feedforward loops in the measuring system for more precize and complete influence on the biochemical process.   ');
pdf_daten[42] = new Array('C2-IonScan 800 - ultra-precise film thickness trimming for.pdf', 'C2-IonScan 800 - ultra-precise film thickness trimming for semiconductor technology', 'ionscan 800 – ultra-precise film thickness trimming for semiconductor technology  dr. michael zeuner, matthias nestler, dr. dietmar roth  roth & rau ag, hohenstein-ernstthal (germany)  abstract  many applications in semiconductor technology are characterised by extreme requirements in terms of film thickness homogeneity. when manufacturing bulk acoustic wave (baw) components, it is necessary to adjust film thickness values of different materials with accuracy values in the nm-range. standard processes, such as the film deposition technique, do not fulfil these homogeneity requirements. thus it is necessary to perform local correction of the film thickness in a follow-up process. 1,2  the authors here introduce a new method of local film thickness trimming and its technical implementation. during the process, the wafer is moved in front of a focussed ion beam. the local milling rate is controlled upon the residence time of the ion beam at certain positions. a modulated velocity profile is calculated specifically for each wafer, in order to mill the material at the associated positionsto the target film thickness. depending on whether an inert or reactive ion beam process is used, it is possible to apply the ionscan technology for any material desired, such as si3n4, sio2, al2o3, aln, w or nife.  1. the principle of the ion beam trimming technology  over the past years, ion beam technologies have increasingly found their way into material processing in optics and semiconductor technology. the reason for this success is based on the characteristics of the ion beam processes outbalancing alternative technologies in terms of quality. in ion beam methods, the ion angle of incidence may be adjusted in a defined manner. moreover, the process is characterised by a narrow ion energy distribution, controllability of the ion beam composition, as well as a high time and spatial constancy of the ion flow. consequently, ion beam methods are mostly used for large area milling processes whose removal depth accuracies getclose to the atomic scale. these procedures enable homogeneous removal or structuring with outstanding anisotropy characteristics across the whole substrate surface.3-5  ion beam technologies not only allow a homogeneous substrate removal, but also locally resolved etching by controlling the local ion dose. upon this dose, it is possible to correct heterogeneities of particular characteristics. when correcting film thickness or depth values of a structure, an error function gets etched down to the required function. the terms ’ion beam   trimming’ or ’ion beam correction’ were introduced for this technique. ion beam trimming can be performed with either an aperture or a residence time method. the residence time method uses a focused ion beam, which is moved in relation to the substrate to be corrected according to a defined motional strategy. it is possible to calculate the required residence time values at the corresponding positions and the appropriate motional mode being aware of the static etch profile of the ion beam. the basic process arrangement of the  fig. 1: function diagram of film thickness trimming controlled upon residence time residence time method is shown in fig. 1.  2. ionscan 800 system layout  the ionscan 800 system is designed for wafer based film thickness trimming in semiconductor technology. with the handler and the process module, it is possible to create a cluster layout of the entire system, which is able to integrate both two load-locks and up to three process modules (fig. 2).   the process chamber is fed with a 4 port handling robot (fig. 2 right) which comprises a separately pumped loadlock, fitted with cassette lift and indexer, as well as a prealigner with combined ocr and barcode reader.  the system components for ion beam trimming are housed in the process chamber (fig. 2 left). an additional chamber at the front door houses the ion beam source to be accessed for maintenance activities upon a separate lid. a filament-free ion beam source cyberis 40-i made by roth & rau is used in the ionscan system 6. the source is mounted completely in the vacuum with discharge chamber and impedance matching. according to the icp principle, radio frequency power (13.65 mhz) is transferred inductively to the gas discharge. in addition to the ion beam source, a hot filament or a rf neutraliser are used to neutralise the ion charge during processing of isolating substrates. it is possible to achieve fig. 2: general view of the ionscan 800 a maximal total ion flow to 100 ma, as well as up to 2 kev ion energy.  for typical film thickness errors, a beam profile standard deviation of 5...10 mm is sufficient for a satisfying machining result with the cyberis 40-i. the ion beam standard deviation is mostly influenced by the geo­metry of the grid system and the d.c. voltage applied. ion current densi­ties up to 20 ma/cm2 are generated in the ion beam focus under typical operating conditions.   in most of the processes, the ion beam source is run with inert gases (ar, xe). the discharge chamber of the source is completely made of alumi­nium oxide, so that fluorinecontaining process gases are used without any constraint, too.  fig.3: interior view of the process chamber with at the right of fig. 3, the axis system with the wafer chuck are shown ion beam source (left) and axis system with at opened chamber door. the axis system is dimensioned to machine wafer chuck (right) wafers up to 200 mm. wafer chucks are available in versions with 4", 5",  150 mm and 200 mm, both for wafers with flat and with notch. the wafer chuck is equipped with a clamping and transfer mechanism actuated by compressed air. a helium back side cooling is used for efficient heat transfer from the wafer to the water cooled chuck body. with this cooling principle, a power input of typically 100 w may be deduced efficiently out of the ion beam. as a rule, the resultant temperature at the wafer front side is below 120 oc. in addition to ion beam source and wafer chuck, the following components are functionally relevant:  rotational axis:  the wafer chuck is mounted on a rotational axis. the rotational axis is designed to tilt the wafer from the horizontal handling into the vertical processing position. it is possible to continuously vary the tilting angle of the wafer holder from 0 to 100 deg. generally the wafer is processed at vertically incident ions, but one may also adjust any angle of incidence desired in order to increase the process rate or to control material selectivity.  x-y axis system:  the x-y axis is designed to run the calculated residence time profile. the x-axis is equipped with a linear drive. providing ve­locity values up to 500 mm/s and acceleration values of 20 m/s2, one may exactly run the residence time data. due to the high velocity, base etching may be kept very low, at 0.5 … 1 nm only. base etching defines the minimal removal carried out at each position of the wafer. the y-axis is designed for linefeed in the meander shaped motion.  z axis:  the z-axis is applied for positioning of the ion beam source related to the wafer. this way, the exact focus distance may be adjusted automatically. the z-axis is additionally necessary to process the wafer if the ion angle of incidence is different from 90°. focus distance to the current line is automatically readjusted with each linefeed.  faraday array:  the ionscan 800 system is equipped with a faraday array to run a complete current density profile of the ion beam within a few seconds. the array is used for routine check of the ion beam stability and to determine the exact focus position of the ion beam related to the wafer. all ionscan 800 components and functions are controlled upon a pc system. the system environment is fitted with various modes for manual and automatic wafer processing, recipe administration, an ms sql data base to log the system operation data, as well as an secs/gem interface for the process control system.  3. process flow and calculation of residence time  to fulfil the high homogeneity requirements in the ionscan applications, each wafer has to be processed in a specific way. before ion beam trimming, it is required to measure the film thickness error of each wafer separately. this measurement is regularly carried out by an appropriate metrology (rf probes, ellipsometry).   fig. 4: flowchart representation of wafer processing on the ionscan 800  as the first next step, it is necessary to calculate the residence time for a known etch profile of the ion beam. the mathematical representation of the problem leads to a convolution between the residence time t(x,y) to be found and the etch function r(x,y) of the ion beam, which has to be comply with the film thickness error z0(x,y) (fig. 4). the two dimensional etch function of the ion beam has to be determined specifically for each material and for each parameter set of the ion beam source.   in the frequency domain, convolution operations can easily be executed as multiplications of the fourier transformed functions.   as a result, the inverse problem turns out to be in the frequency domain as follows   inverse problems are generally known as sophisticated subjects in mathematical and numerical techniques.7 real problems according to /2.3/ can not be solved exactly. approximate solutions for t(x\',y\') may be found by iterative methods when predefining special target criteria.  when executing the iteration in the frequency domain, transformation back into the space domain is carried our after each iteration step i, and residual error f of the calculation is determined:   based on the error function, the new residence time matrix t(i+1) is calculated with an damping factor a. the iteration is aborted either after achieving a predefined cycle number or if dropping below a residual error of the iteration.   the residence time matrix provides the wafer specific data for the axis system control. finally, they are transformed into local velocity and acceleration data.  into process control, there are not only incorporated the wafer specific residence time data, but also recipe data specific to each material to be trimmed. (fig. 4).  the wafer is machined with these input data, without additional feedback of the process.  in the ionscan 800 system, a special software iontrim is available for residence time calculation according to the above described method. iontrim was particularly engineered for this technique. iontrim contains separate process modules for data interpolation, filtering, residence time calculation, error analysis and calculation of axis control data.  for modelling and optimisation of film thickness trimming, iontrim cannot be only installed at the ionscan 800 system, but also any other pc.  4. use in frequency trimming of bulk acoustic wave (baw) components  high-frequency components for the mobile radio technology increasingly use bulk acoustic wave (baw) rather than the surface acoustic wave (saw) components, which have been established up to now. the reasons for this change result from several advantages like enhanced product characteristics, smaller device size, less sensitivity against influences from the outside, such as temperature or electrostatic discharge, as well as the lower production costs based on as wide as possible standard cmos technologies, thus avoiding special materials for substrates.  the main item of each baw component (fig. 5) is a piezoelectric film regularly made of aluminium nitride and contacted by two electrodes. to generate an acoustic resonator, the thickness of the piezoelectric film has to be ./2 of the wavelength of the transversal acoustic wave.   the resonator has to be sufficiently acoustically isolated from the sub­strate material. in the past, so called free bulk acoustic resonator (fbar) arrangements were used. in this construction, isolation is obtained by building an air cavity. the resonator is built up unsupported over this cavity. in the meantime, the solid mounted resonator (smr) principle has become accepted (s. fig. 5). in this structure, acoustic isolation is  fig. 45: principle structure of a bulk acoustic wave achieved with an acoustic bragg mirror made of alternating ./4 films (baw) resonator with high and low acoustic impedance.   error range: 20 ... 110 nm mean error: 69.1 nm standard deviation: 16.6 nm  error range: -1 ... 3 nm mean error: 0.46 nm standard deviation: 0.59 nm  depending on the impedance differences, such as between tungsten and silicon oxide, it may be possible to achieve an  excellent acoustic isolation even with only a few films. the frequency is finally tuned with a low additional mass, which is deposited onto the upper electrode as another film, mostly silicon nitride.  the operation that makes the production of baw resonators mainly demanding, is exact adjustment of the required film thickness values, in order to keep the low frequency tolerance range of about 0.1 %. it is also necessary to guarantee an adequate accuracy of the film thickness values across the whole wafer, which can not be obtained in these narrow tolerances with standard semiconductor technology equipment.  the ionscan 800 is a system suitable to manufacture these components by adequately trimming of all films in a baw stack. in addition to the film thickness trimming of the mass load, ionscan can also be applied for trimming of the piezo-resonator and the acoustic mirror. with this step like trimming strategy not only the final variation of the device frequency is better met but also other device parameters like the q-factor gets clearly improved.  fig. 6 elucidates the thickness distribution of a si3n4 film, measured by ellipsometry, before and after ion beam trimming. with the ionscan 800 system, it is possible to correct film thickness errors arbitrarily distributed across the wafer. the local resolution of the technique is significantly determined by the standard deviation of the ion beam profile. in the example demonstrated, the ion beam was run with argon. for si3n4, in the focus of the ion beam a removal rate of  3 20.0 nm/sand a volume rate of 6.1 x 10-3 mm /s are achieved. under these working conditions, base etching at all wafer positions is only 1.7 nm. typical rates for materials to be processed range from approximately 10 to 30 nm/s for argon processing. with reactive  gases, one may rise the rates to the three- or fourfold, depending on each material. due to the reserves in the axis parameters, the ionscan 800 system is capable of handling such high milling rates without any problem. in the example demonstrated in fig. 6, the average error is diminished by about a factor of 150, and the standard deviation of the film thickness error by about 30. after machining, there remains only a 0.46 nm deviation from the nominal film thickness at a standard deviation of 0.57 nm across the whole wafer. fig. 7 represents the film thickness distribution before (red) and after trimming (blue). the  process time to machine the wafer was less than 5 min.   fig. 7: film thickness distribution before and after ion beam trimming  a slight processing error appeared towards the wafer edge. these marginal effects result from the calculation and the extrapolation procedures used, on the one hand, and from a slightly changed neutralisation at the wafer margin, on the other hand. these deviations may be compensated in the software when defining a locally variable milling rate.  references 1 k.m. lakin, g.r. kline, k.t. mccarron, high-q: ieee trans. microw. theory tech. , 12, (1993), 41 2r. aigner: 2nd int. symp. acoustic wave dev. fut. mob. comm. syst., chiba (japan) 2004 3j.j. cuomo, s.m. rossnagel and h.r. kaufman: handbook of ion beam processing technology, noyes publ., park ridge (1989) 4b.wolf: ion sources, crc press, boca raton (1995) 5m.zeuner, f. scholze, h. neumann, t. chassé, g. otto, d. roth, a. hellmich, b. ocker: surf. coat. technol. 142-144 (2001), 11 6m.zeuner, f. scholze, b. dathe, h. neumann: surf. coat. technol. 142-144 (2001), 39 7r. klette, p. zamperoni: handbuch der operatoren für die bildverarbeitung, bildtransformationen für die digitale bildverarbeitung, vieweg, braunschweig (1992)  contact data roth & rau ag, dr. michael zeuner, gewerbering 3, 09337 hohenstein-ernstthal, germany phone: +49 (0) 3723 4988 33, fax: +49 (0) 3723 4988 25, e-mail: michael.zeuner@roth-rau.de   ');
pdf_daten[43] = new Array('C2-Nanteros NRAMTM universal memory developed with microele.pdf', 'C2-Nanteros NRAMTM universal memory developed with microelectronics grade carbon nanotube formulation', 'future applications and new ideas session c2  nantero’s nramtm universal memory developed with microelectronics grade carbon nanotube formulation  dr. e. george ghenciu  director, materials; nantero inc; egghenciu@nantero.com  after their discovery in 1991, the properties of carbon nanotubes were investigated by academia and corporate research and the results, measured or modeled, led scientist around the work to envision a myriad of applications.  in 2001 nantero was incorporated with the goal of developing a universal memory, nramtm, using carbon nanotubes as the switching elements in the memory cell. nram incorporates all the positive attributes of dram, sram and flash all of which are the currently available memory chips. the intrinsic properties of carbon nanotubes enable the nram memory’s following characteristics: scalability < 5nm, high-speed, highdensity, and nonvolatility. to enable development and production of the carbon nanotube-based memory at an industrial scale, nantero had to envision and implement a process which used the existing tools in production fabs.  nantero was successful in developing a carbon nanotube-based formulation (ntsl-4) which meets microelectronics industry requirements (high purity and stability) and is a consistent product for enabling product development. the formulation was qualified for use in two production fabs, and was integrated with other materials and tools to develop nram prototypes.  using the existing tracks in its partners’ fabs, the ntsl-4 formulation and nantero proprietary spin coating protocols, nantero generated carbon nanotube films of required densities on silicon oxide wafers. subsequently the carbon nanotube films are patterned, using standard procedures and equipment available in any microelectronics fab, leading to the manufacturing of carbon nanotube memory cells arrays.  this presentation will introduce the properties of the microelectronics grade carbon nanotube formulation developed by nantero. it will describe the characterization methods and the process used to integrate the carbon nanotubes in the manufacturing fab. existing and potential products which can be developed using nantero’s carbon nanotube formulation will also be discussed.   ');
pdf_daten[44] = new Array('C3-Assessing and communicating social and ethical issues of.pdf', 'C3-Assessing and communicating social and ethical issues of nanotechnologies - the role of information and', 'session c3 nanotechnology in social perception  assessing and communicating social and ethical issuesofnanotechnologies - the role of information and public dialogue  torsten fleischer, christiane quendt  institute for technology assessment and systems analysis (itas), forschungszentrum karlsruhe gmbh, hermann-von-helmholtz-platz 1, d-76344 eggenstein-leopoldshafen, germany  nanotechnology and the public - what do we know?  although nanotechnology is still an emerging technology there is already some public debate about opportunities and risks of its various applications. empirical social research into public perception of and public attitudes towards nanotechnologies is still in its very early stage. some quantitative research has been done so far to figure out what laypeople think about nanotechnology in general, but it often is rather isolated and results are hard to compare with each other. thus, a 2005 eurobarometer survey questioned people from the 25 eu member countries about their attitudes towards science and technology (ec 2005). amongst others, participants were asked about their areas of interest in the field of science and technology. whereas medical (60 per cent) and environmental research and innovations (45 per cent) were mentioned quite often, nanotechnology was referred to by only 8 per cent of the people, thus taking the last position. some detailed studies in the u.s.a., the u.k. and germany show a similar picture: approximately 30 per cent of the participants of different studies had already heard of nanotechnology, only 10 to 20 per cent had more specific associa­tions connected to the technology. although the public possesses little or no knowledge about nanotechnology, a majority of the u.s. citizens is convinced that benefits outweigh the risks (cobb & macoubrie 2004). europeans appear to be less optimistic (gaskell et al 2005). contrary to that, a recent eurobarometer found that europeans do not perceive nanotechno­logy as risky, they rather support its development (ec 2006). siegrist et al. state that how the public reacts to nanotechno­logy in the short or midterm strongly depends on how industry, governmental agencies and ngos handle the topic (siegrist et al 2007).  overall, the results of the above mentioned quantitative studies show that the interest of the general public in and the knowledge about nanotechnology are rather low and that there is a strong relation between the public perception of nanotechnology and other technologies. if at all known, ’nanotechnology’ is a fuzzy concept to laypersons and can probably best be described as ’no specific attitudes’ technology.  participatory approaches - methods and outcomes of participatory exercises  to find out more about the reasons that lay behind peoples perceptions of opportunities and risks of nanotechnology as well as about possible ’hot topics’ that will decide about success or failure of the emerging technology, qualitative and participatory approaches have been applied in various countries in the last few years.  generally speaking, participatory approaches advocate actively involving ‘the public’ in decision-making processes, whereby the relevant ‘public’ depends on the topic being addressed. the public can be average citizens, stakeholders of a particular project or policy, experts or representatives from government or industry (slocum 2003). technology assessment (ta), a scientific, interactive and communicative process which aims to contribute to the formation of public and political opinion on societal aspects of science and technology, applies participatory methodsas one possible way for a direct inclusion of affected social actors in the ta process (dbt 2000). an increasing number of ta organisations, but also governmental and academic institutions or ngos, are experimenting with and implementing participatory methods, enabling a better interaction between the public, stakeholders, experts and policy-makers in the process of shaping a technology and its regulatory framework.  a number of participatory methods have been developed and tested over the years. they all have their advantages and weaknesses with regard to reasons for involvement and expected outcomes, nature and scope of the issue considered, participants and resources. they do not claim to be representative for the public in general, but often can give important hints to deeper-rooted attitudes and reasons for peoples acting.  the most prominent methods for the inclusion of the general public in discussions about future developments in science and technology are focus groups, citizens juries, consensus conferences, and variations thereof. with regard to  nanotechnology in social perception session c3  nanotechnology, we have identified about 20 participatoryexercises in the netherlands, denmark, the u.s.a., the u.k., australia, france, switzerland and germany. despite some methodical difficulties like a varying quality of documentation, occasionally insufficient information about the actual process and participant selection, and language problems (some project reports are only available in the respective national languages), we found some similarities that allow for drafting a number of ’general’ statements:  -health effects of engineered nanoparticles, nanotechnology in food, some biomedical applications of nanotechnology  and outcomes of the convergence of nanotechnology with it, biotechnology and cognitive sciences are areas of particular  public concern.  -transparency and open information are considered to be crucial prerequisites for trust in and acceptance of nanotechnology. consumers demand coherent declaration of nanoparticles (or nanotechnology) in products.  -participants vote for unlimited research opportunities but simultaneously expect researchers to responsibly handle  nanotechnology and its applications. they ask for benefit and risk analyses, their results should be communicated to  and discussed with the public.  cases: focus groups in germany and switzerland  as a form of qualitative research, focus groups are basicallygroup interviews that collect data and insights from group interaction on a given subject. a recent focus group exercise within the german nanocare project concentrated on the attitudes of laypeople, experts and multipliers towards nanotechnology and tried to find out more about the information needs especially of the lay public (fleischer/quendt 2007). similar to other studies, the participants of the lay focus groups mostly had only little knowledge about nanotechnology, but were nevertheless interested to learn more about the technology itself and its applications. advances in nanotechnology were considered to be very important for solutions of medical, environmental and energy-related problems as well as making everyday life easier. though most interviewees were positive about nanotechnology they would not accept products that were not tested before introduced to the market. many of them expressed their fear of ’unreflected commercialisation’ of nanotechnology. they demanded independent control of research and transparent declaration of products containing nanoparticles as fundamental prerequisites of public trust. furthermore, the participants asked for more information and clarification especially on the topic of risk assessment of the various nanotechnology applications, and for more discussion of the new scientific outcomes with the public. only then, they argued, can nanotechnology in general be successfully introduced in a huge number of fields in our lives.  a similar dialogue-oriented approach – the so called publifocus method – was chosen in switzerland to examine more closely the attitudes of the public towards nanotechnology (ta-swiss 2006). the outcomes of this research project are largely similar to what we found in our study, thus making it possible, at least for the german-speaking countries, to speak of attitudinal patterns. a deeper look at these patterns can provide hints on how to handle future (risk) communication about progress in nanotechnology.  outlook  against the background of experiences with governance of - and resistance against - other technologies like gmo, governments and administrations in europe are searching for innovative forms of social debate and dialogue. these include new forms of providing information to the general public, participatory approaches like focusgroups or citizens’ juries, stakeholder dialogues or new forms of deliberation processes involving members of the general public.  our experience shows that laypeople are interested in participating in discussions about future developments in science and technology. the participants in our recent focus group exercise - randomly selected from the population of karlsruhe ­almost unanimously indicated that these instruments should be used more often to gather opinions of the general public about new technological developments (fleischer/quendt 2007). given the broad scope of values and attitudes, the early developmental stage of nanotechnology and the low level of information about this subject, open formats like focus group interviews appear to be more appropriate than formats that work towards consensus statements or votes.  to inform, to be responsive to other perspectives on nanotechnology, and to demonstrate transparency are the main goals  session c3 nanotechnology in social perception  of so-called public or stakeholder dialogues. although their was no systematic evaluation so far (which would make for an interesting research topic), we got the impression that many of the recent german events were not even close to a real two­waydialogue between policymakers, scientists or industry and the public. to avoid a devaluation of this approach or a ’dialogue fatigue’, more innovative forms of communication have to be developed, and the relevance of the outcome of these processes needs to be clarified.  literature  cobb, m.d., macoubrie, j. (2004). public perceptions about nanotechnology: risks, benefits and trust. journal of nanoparticle research, 6, 395–405. dbt - danish board of technology (eds) (2000). europta (european participatory technology assessment).  participatory methods in technology assessment and technology decision-making. copenhagen. ec - european commission. (2005). europeans, science and technology. special eurobarometer 224/wave 63.1. brussels. ec - european commission. (2006). europeans and biotechnology in 2005: patterns and trends.  special eurobarometer 244b/wave 64.3. brussels.  fleischer, t., & quendt, c. (2007): unsichtbar und unendlich: bürgerperspektiven auf nanopartikel. ergebnisse zweier fokusgruppenveranstaltungen in karlsruhe. forschungszentrum karlsruhe (in preparation). gaskell, g., ten eyck, t., jackson, j., & veltri, g. (2005). imaging nanotechnology: cultural support for technological innovation   in europe and the united states. public understanding of science, 14, 81–90. morgan, david l. (1997): focus groups as qualitative research. 2nd edition. thousand oaks, london, new delhi. siegrist, m., keller, c, kastenholz, h., frey, s., & wiek, a. (2007): laypeople´s and experts´ perception of nanotechnology hazards.  risk analysis, 1, 59-69.  slocum, n. (2003). participatory methods toolkit. a practitioner’s manual. king baudouin foundation and flemish  institute for science and technology asssessment (viwta), brussels. ta-swiss (2006): public reactions to nanotechnology in switzerland. report on publifocus discussion forum   ‘nanotechnology. health and environment’. swiss centre for technology assessment, bern.   ');
pdf_daten[45] = new Array('C3-Nano-Conceptions - a sociological insight of nanotechnol.pdf', 'C3-Nano-Conceptions - a sociological insight of nanotechnology conceptions', 'nanotechnology in social perception session c3  nano-conceptions : a sociological insight of nanotechnology conceptions  gian carlo delgado  nano-conceptions was published on july, 2006 by the journal of philosophy, science & law which is sponsored by the university of miami and the georgia institute of technology. the report is a product of a survey among diverse actors involved in nanotechnology issues. most of them are what we in general tend subjectively to categorize as experts.  the range of ‘expertise’ has included politicians, scientists, businessmen, and journalists. the general public has been considered but as a ‘barometer’ of the social awareness of nanotechnology implications. for methodological and practical purposes, and owing to funding limitations, the nano-conceptions survey was implemented via the internet through email contact of around 1,500 experts mostly from europe, the united states and japan. a low percentage replied to the survey (89) and even fewer participated (51). despite this, it can be said that the quality of the responses from the participants makes the surveys’ sample a good one but, certainly, in any case a sufficient one.  yet, considering the limited spectrum of the survey, this first approach seems to be a very useful instrument for an introductory and general appraisal of the sociological nature of the nano communities and the diverse groups that can be classified as being in a dialogue methodology for policymaking. these, in broad terms, are: -natural sciences community -social sciences community -government community -private sector community -and, society  every nano-community (as seen in this report) has an extensive number of ‘clusters’, fields or disciplines (e.g. chemistry, physics; sociology, philosophy, economics; ngos, mass media, etc) that are successively shaped by several ‘sub-clusters’, schools of thought or particular groups that ‘feel’ a kinship with each other. such sub-clusters as representatives of particular conceptions and interests might differ considerably with each other and may or may not be carriers, in some degree or another, of hype.  in order to ‘map’ the sociological context in which nanotechnology development is embedded, the report has been conceived as a ‘constructed dialogue’ and hence built-up on the diversity and similarities of the points of views and beliefs of the contributors to the nano-conceptions survey.1  how the conceptions and particular interests of each sub-cluster and cluster are transforming; how they ‘model’ the advancement and the characteristics of nanoscience and nanotechnology in one or another direction; and what the implications are of this (e.g. the institutionalization of conceptions and interests, etc), are aspects beyond the scope of this report even though it is evident that these are key issues which need to be studied using a profound and detailed sociopolitical insight of nanotechnology development and its implications.  instead, the explanatory purpose is quite limited. the idea is to offer, in one exercise, some of the main conceptions that are circulating among the ‘experts’ and that mainly dominate the ‘nano debate’. it is evident that the conceptions presented ’are very general first comments’ and, as pointed out by dr. maj m. andersen of the risø national laboratory (denmark), ’…in all, there is not much new coming out.’  the report should thus be seen as an exercise to grasp the range and variety of general nano-conceptions as such and as a wayofrecognizing the process in which these are usually being disseminated from the ‘experts’ arena and into the public sphere in general.  session c3 nanotechnology in social perception  the main issues assessed are:  -stages of nanoscience and nanotechnology development  -  constraints, gaps, quality and certainty of nanoscientific and nanotechnology knowledge   -  concerns relating to potential and plausible environmental, ethical and societal impacts   -  aspectsof military defense and security nanotechnology applications   -  nanotechnology, practical problems and ‘underdeveloped’ countries   -  communication proposals among actors and communities for policy making    therefore, the report can be seen as a raw material source for a wider discussion and evaluation of the aspects and dimensions of the development of nanotechnology just mentioned –and the like; and not as an evaluation per se.  however, the discussion and evaluation have to be considered as a relevant ‘must’ not only because the lack of dialogue is costly, but also because in the very near future we will have to face, not only the (nano)technological ‘context of justification’, and the ‘context of application’, but the ‘context of implications’ as well.2  an evaluation effort based on the establishment of a real, serious and active dialogue seems to be an unavoidable necessity since the public acceptance of novel technology in general is no longer a trivial thing; rather it is a prerequisite for the successful implementation of technology.3 in this regard, the main worries are related to the kind of nanotechnology that society needs; and to questions concerning by whom and by which instruments these areasare being developed and regulated. this means that future consequences of nanotechnology (and indeed of converging technologies) are increasingly becoming relevant. key issues include the ‘distribution of risk’, as well as economical and political justice and power affairs within international, regional and national spheres.  a major reflection should then be made because, ’…scientific and technological innovation has the fundamental characteristic of being unpredictable in the sense that the results are in principle unknown until they are found.’4  if nanotechnology is considered to be a powerfully transformative technology, then ’…it is critical to understand where this technology is coming from and where it is going’.  analytical clarity is crucial in order to advise policy makers properly. presently there is widespread confusion between the reality of nanotechnologies (in the short term), their potential (in the medium and long term) and the ‘stuff’ of science fiction, and not only on the part of the general public.6 similarly, there seems to be some naïve suppositions ‘out there’ regarding certain social and ethical aspects of nanotechnology, specially a naïve assumption of a context of power-relations emptiness and therefore of class conflicts. hence, this report on a sociological insight of nanotechnology conceptions expects to contribute with the current debate while clarifying some delusions and at the same time by taking the dialogue forward by proposing ‘a dialogue methodolo­gy for policy of nanotechnology implications.7  references 1 quotations have been directly taken from written answers to the survey, except when specified; all contributions are person-specific and do not necessarily represent the position of centers, agencies, etc, where the contributors work. 2 see: nowonthy, m., et al (1994). the new production of knowledge. sage publications. london; and, funtowicz, s (1990). uncertainty and quality in science for policy. kluwer academic. london. 3 strand, roger (2001). ’elsa studies of nanoscience and nanotechnology’, memo to the cost nanoscience and technology  advisory group (nanostag). november 16. 4 ibid. 5 mehta, michael (2003). ’nano-hype’, agbiotech bulletin, 11(6), 5-6. 6 delgado, gian carlo quoted in: ’down to the nearest billionth’, rtd info magazine. european commission.  no. 47. january 2006. 7 i presented, as a poster, a preliminary proposal of such a methodology at the euro nano forum 2005 (5th-9th september. edinburgh, scotland).   ');
pdf_daten[46] = new Array('C3-Nanotechnology in social perception.pdf', 'C3-Nanotechnology in social perception', 'session c3 nanotechnology in social perception  nanotechnology in social perception  authors: carolin kranz (basf), hans-jürgen wiegand (degussa) and leo appelman (e-mail: lap@cefic.be ).  affiliation: cefic (european chemical industry council), avenue e. van nieuwenhuyse 4, b-1160 brussels.  the presentation is built along the following lines : 1) examples of the benefits of nanotechnologies 2) perception of the use of nanotechnologies at the stakeholders 3) what is a way forward by cefic and its members?  1) examples of benefits of nanotechnologies.  the use of nanotechnologies can be divided in general in the following categories: -energy savings -conserving resources -health efficiency -quality of life  examples for energy savings are:  automotive catalysts and catalysts h2 storage for fuel cells: in chemical industry:   anti reflecting coatings: membranes for large lithium batteries:   advantage: higher energy yield advantage: reduced weight, reduced fuel consumption, higher acceleration  nanotechnology in social perception session c3  examples for conserving resources are: nanostructured surface savings, like:   examples for health efficiency are:   2) perception of the use of nanotechnologies at the stakeholders  a number of studies have already performed and published to show the perception of nanotechnologies at the different stakeholders. the following studies will be summarized or statements as made by the authors will be mentioned:  -komm passion gmbh, 2004 -perception of risks and nanotechnology, e. schuler, 2004 -woodrow wilson center, 2006 -perception of nanotechnology in japan, 2006  also what the different industry members are communicating via their corporate social responsibility communication programme will be addressed.  session c3 nanotechnology in social perception  a) komm passion gmbh, 2004   b) perception of risks and nanotechnology, e. schuler, 2004 schuler is stating that the perceived risks of nanotechnology are likely to overestimate the risk of nanotechnology. some of the concerns expressed in the media by environmentalist groups, and by a handful of scientists as well, happen to be the trigger points that lead to risk overestimation. she continues that they catalyse the lack of familiarity with nanotechnology among the public, the uncertainty over the equitable distribution of knowledge and equitable balance of the risks and benefits, the difficulty in predicting the potential hazards, and - last but not least-the association of nanotechnology with the public backlash against genetically modified foods.  c)  woodrow wilson center, 2006   d) perception of nanotechnology in japan, 2006 the nri nanotechnology research institute conducted a general survey in the general public at the end of 2004. the key results of the study were reported to be:  -54.5 % feel worried about the advancement of the nanotechnology. the concerns expressed vary from safety issues, unexpected outcomes and moral issues. -the interviewees indicated their desires for reliable information in the areasofhealth, environment, and technical as well as benefits for the consumers.  nanotechnology in social perception session c3  the lessons from these studies are that industry needs to communicate their knowledge on allaspects of nanotechnologies in a balanced way with their marketing strategy. an overview on the way some members of cefic is communicating on the different aspects of nanotechnologies is summarized in the next table (from wuppertal institute).   the way industry is communicating about the nanotechnologies shows that it more or less confirms the outcome of the perception studies and that there is ample room for improvement.  3) what is a way forward by cefic and its members?  to increase the confidence of all the stakeholders in nanotechnology in all its aspects, cefic and its members will initiate in 2007 a ’stakeholders dialogue’ on european level with all the stakeholders identified. it is the planning that a first try-out will take place in the autumn of 2007 and that based on the results of this try-out a full stakeholder’s dialogue will be organised at the end of 2007.  in supporting the dialogue the members of cefic will prepare key messages on all the aspects of the nanotechnology and will define a strategy to identity in the area of h, s and e the good ones and the bad ones.   ');
pdf_daten[47] = new Array('C4-(Eco)toxicological tests and bioavailability recombinant.pdf', 'C4-(Eco)toxicological tests and bioavailability recombinant microbial models in evaluation of hazard', 'environmental, health and safety aspects (3) session c4  (eco)toxicological tests and bioavailability recombinant microbial models in evaluation of hazard and mechanism of action of manufactured nanoparticles: contribution to 3rs and reach  anne kahru1, margit heinlaan1,2, angela ivask1, irina blinova 1 1national institute of chemical physics and biophysics, 2estonian university of life sciences  abstract  very small size of nanoparticles could noticeably change their bioavailability and toxicity compared to their not nano­analogues. thus, for sustainable development of nanotechnologies their potential harmful effect to biota (incl.  humans) needs to be studied. study of biological effects of nps with organisms representing different trophic levels helps to understand mechanisms of uptake and following biological effects of nps. in our laboratory different tests (photobacteria, protozoa, daphnids, algae) have been used for the toxicity investigation of chemicals (solvents, pesticides, phenols, heavy metals, xylidines etc). in the current study we have applied these tests for evaluation of hazard of anorganic (zno, cuo, tio2), and organic nanoparticles (pamam dendrimers and polyethyleneimine) in addition, recombinant sensor bacteria were used for quantification of solubilised zn 2+ and cu 2+ ions from zno and cuo, respectively. our results showed that rapid (eco)toxicological tests are valuable screening tools for nanoparticle safety evaluation,  contributing to 3rs strategy and thus helping to reduce the number of experimental (vertebrate) animals in toxicity testing.  introduction  the growing awareness of hazard of chemicals is clearly shown by the approval of ec new chemical legislation reach in december 2006. the current knowledge on unforeseen biological effects of various chemicals should promote the intensive research on safety of new chemicals/materials entering the market, e.g., manufactured nanoparticles.  nanoparticle is a particle with one or more dimensions lessthan 100 nm. nanoparticles either occur naturally (e.g. humic substances, viruses, by-products of combustion, milling etc.) or can be engineered (e.g fullerens, dendrimers, metal oxides/salts) with specific desired properties. man-made nanoparticles range from the well-established multi-ton production of carbon black and fumed silica for applications in plastic fillers and car tyres to microgram quantities of fluorescent quantum dots used as markers in biological imaging (hoet et al., 2004). at nanosize range, the properties of materials may differ substantially from those bulk materials of the same composition, allowing them to perform exceptional feats of conductivity, reactivity, and optical sensitivity (nel et al., 2006). as by today there is increasing scientific evidence that these physical and chemical propertiesofmanufactured nanoparticles(compared to their bulk forms, if existing) lead to an increase of toxicity and bioavailability.  amanda s. barnard in her commentary articles ‘nanohazards: knowledge is our first defence’ in ‘nature materials’ (2006) summarises the problem of potential hazard of nanoparticles/materials very illustratively: .‘...nanohazards are different because nanomaterials do not behave in a predictable way. they are the jekyll and hyde of materials science, giving us uni­que chemical, electrical, optical and physical properties; as well as a new range of possible carcinogens, poisons and aller­gens....’. nevertheless, nanosized materials were till recently treated as variations of the technical material or existing for­mulation and thus do not requiring a separate registration (oberdörster et al., 2005).  safety testing of chemicals implies the usage of a very large number of laboratory animals. thus, the use of the whole non­vertebrate organisms (e.g. bacteria, crustaceans, protozoa, plants, yeasts) in human health risk assessment, especially for regulatory purposes, should be increased as indicated in the 3rs (reduction, replacement, refinement) policy. 3rs concept was introduced by russel & burch in 1959 and that means that alternative, non-animal tests systems (mainly eukaryotic cell cultures) should be introduced to supplement, and, in some cases, to replace toxicity tests using animals. the aim of our research was i) to work out cost-effective, predictive and ethical testing strategies for evaluation of biological effects of nanoparticles applicable also for risk assessment and ii) to obtain comparative information on toxicity and mechanism of action of nanoparticles of various type and size for cells/organisms of different biological complexity (e.g.,  session c4 environmental, health and safety aspects (3)  bacteria, yeasts, human and animal cell lines, protozoa, algae and invertebrate animals).  materials and methods  nanoparticles studied. metal oxides (zno, tio2, and cuo, 20–70 nm) and nanoscale organic polymers pamam g5 dendrimers and polyethyleneimine (pei) were studied. all chemicals were purchased from sigma-aldrich and the sizes indicated are these advertised by producers. these nanoaprticleswere chosen, because tio2 and zno are already used in different consumer products (as uv filters and/or antiseptics; oberstörster et al., 2005; nel et al., 2006)  and the dendrimers and pei are promising gene and/or drug delivery vectors (haensler & szoka, 1993; kircheis et al., 2001). in case of metal oxides bulk forms of oxides and respective soluble metal salts (cuso4 and znso4*7h2o) were used as controls.  biotests 1) 30 minute vibrio fischeri luminescence inhibition test 2) 48h immobilisation test with crustaceans daphnia magna 3) 24h growth inhibition test with protozoa tetrahymena thermophila 4) 24 h growth inhibition test of human erythroleukemia cell line k562 (24 h ic50)  biosensors 1) recombinant e. coli mc1061(pslcuer/pdnpcopalux) sensing cu2+ 2) recombinant e. coli mc1061(pslzntr/pdnpzntalux) sensing zn2+.  results  the toxicity ranking of studied particles (all were studied as aqueous suspensions) was as follows: 1) l(e)c50 = 1-10 mg/l: pei (protozoa), zno & nano zno (vibrio fischeri, daphnia magna), nano cuo (d. magna,  t. thermophila); 2) l(e)c50 = 10 -100 mg/l: pei (v. fischeri, human cells in vitro), cuo, nano zno and zno (t. thermophila); 3) l(e)c50 >100 mg/l: pamam g5 dendrimer (v. fischeri, human cells in vitro); cuo and tio2 (v. fischeri, d. magna) nano  cuo (v. fischeri). tio2 wasoflowest toxicity as its aqueous suspensions did not show adverse effects even at 20 000 mg/l level (i.e. 2%).  the results obtained showed that: 1) protozoa and crustaceans were more sensitive than bacteria towardsall tested nanoparticles; 1) dendrimers were less toxic than pei; 1) zno and nanozno were of comparable toxicity; 1) nano cuo was remarkably more toxic than bulk form of cuo.  fig. 1: crustaean daphnia magna discussion (intestine full of cuo nanoparticles)  currently, the main mechanism of toxicity of nps is thought to be via oxidative stress (kohen & nyska, 2002). the reactive oxygen species (ros), such as hydroxyl radical, hydrogen peroxide, and superoxide anion, generated by nanoparticles,  damage lipids, carbohydrates, proteins, and the dna (kelly et al., 1998).  in vitro studies (long et al., 2006) report that tio2 nps cause oxidative stress -mediated toxicity in diverse tissues, including brain cells. near-uv-light irradiation potentiates the toxic effect (maness et al., 1999) and causes ros-mediated genotoxicity of tio2 (ashikaga et al., 2000). however, for bacteria the oxidative stress - mediated toxicity remains still not clear lyon et al., 2006; adams et al., 2006). in case of metal-containing nanoparticles, also liberation of toxic amounts of metal ions may cause the toxicity.   environmental, health and safety aspects (3) session c4  it has been shown for cdse quantum dots liberating cd2+ (derfus et al., 2004).  aqueous solubility of zno is ~ 1.6-5 mg/l (http://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/epa-tri/1995/september/day-12/pr-25.html) and zn ions at that concentration are already toxic to many aquatic organisms (kahru et al., 2005). in addition, the release of toxic metal ions from metal containing nanoparticles can be increased due to direct contact of biological entities (e.g., bacteria, cells) with nanoaprticles. the close contact of organisms with nanoparticles may cause changes in microenvironment (ph etc) and initially not soluble forms of metals will solubilise, analogously to particle-bound metal solubilisation in soils due to soil-microorganism direct contact; ivask et al., 2004).  the higher sensitivity of crustaceans daphnia magna and protozoa tetrahymena thermophila to all tested (nano)particles wasprobably due to the fact that they are particle-ingesting organisms (fig. 1). there was one exception, zno,  that will be discussed below. differently from particle-ingesting organisms, bacteria are largely protected against the np entry as they do not have mechanisms for the transport of supramolecular and colloidal particles across the cell membrane. for exam­ple, only <5 nm quantum dots entered the bacterial cells, probably by means of light-aided oxidative damage of the cell membrane (kloepfer et al., 2005). in addition, in aqueous media the nps are aggregating and thus the uptake of even small nanoparticles by intact bacterial cell is of small probability. however, zno (both, nano and bulk form) was equally toxic to bacteria and crustaceans.  the use of specific zn2+ sensing recombinant bacteria showed that the toxicity of zno and nano zno was largely caused by dissolved metal ions that can enter also bacterial cells.  conclusions  1.  the nanoparticles have to be studied case by case as it wasalso stressed in scenir 2007 report ‘the appropriateness of the risk assessment methodology in accordance with the technical guidance documents for new and existing substances for assessing the risks of nanomaterials’.   2.  the application of ecotoxicological tests and (recombinant) microbial models at the screening stage of all areas of in vitro toxicological research should be seriously considered, as this could save a lot of money, manpower and lives of experimental animals.    references  adams, l. k., lyon, d. y. and alvares, p. j. j. (2006). comparative eco-toxicity of nanoscale tio2, sio2 and zno water suspensions. water research 40:3527-3532. ashikaga t., wada m., kobayshi h. et al. (2000). effect of the photocatalytic activity of tio2 on plasmid dna. mutat. res. gen.  toxicol. env. mutag., 466: 1-7. derfus a.m., chan w.c., bhatia s.n. (2004). probing the cytotoxicity of semiconductor quantum dots. nanolett., 4:11–18 haensler, j. and szoka, f.c. (1993). polyamidoamine cascade polymer mediate efficient transfection of cells in culture. bioconjugate  chem., 4: 372–379.  hoet, p.h.m., brüske-hohlfeld, i., salata, o.v. (2004). nanoparticles – known and unknown health risks. journal of   nanobiotechnology, 2:12. ivask, a., francois, m., kahru, a., dubourguier, h. c., virta, m., douay, f. (2004) recombinant luminescent bacterial sensors for the  meausrement of bioavailability of cadmium and lead in soils polluted by metal smelters, chemosphere, 22: 147-156. kahru a., ivask a., kasemets k., põllumaa l., kurvet i., francois m., dubourguier h.c. (2005). biotests and biosensors in ecotoxicological  risk assessment of field soils polluted with zinc, lead and cadmium. env. tox. chem., 24: 2973-2982  kelly s.a., havrilla c.m., brady t.c. et al. (1998). oxidative stress in toxicology: established mammalian and emerging piscine model  systems. env. health perspect., 106: 375–384. kircheis r., wightman l., wagner e. (2001). design and gene delivery activity of modified polyethylenimines. adv. drug. deli.v re.,  v 53: 341–358.  kloepfer ja, mielke re, nadeau jl (2005) uptake of cdse and cdse/zns quantum dots  into bacteria via purine-dependent mechanisms. appl env microb, 71: 2548–2557 kohen r., nyska a. (2002). oxidation of biological systems: oxidative stress phenomena, antioxidants, redox reactions, and methods  for their quantification. tox. pathol., 6: 620–650  session c4 environmental, health and safety aspects (3)  long t.c., saleh n., tilton r.d. et al. (2006). titanium dioxide (p25) produces reactive oxygen species in immortalized brain  microglia (bv2): implications for nanoparticle neurotoxicity. environ. sci. technol., 40: 4346 -4352. lyon d.y., adams, l.k., falkner, j.c., alvarez, p.j.j. (2006). antibacterial activity of fullerene water suspensions: effects of   preparation method and particle size. environmental science and technology, 40: 4360- 4366;  maness p.c., smolinski s., blake d.m. et al. (1999). bactericidal activity of photocatalytic tio(2) reaction: toward an  understanding of its killing mechanism. appl. env. microbiol., 65: 4094-4098. barnard, a.s. (2006) nanohazards: knowledge is our first defence. nature materials, 25: 245-248. nel, a., xia, t., mädler l., li, n. (2006). toxic potential of materials at nanolevel. (2006). science, 311:622-627 oberdörster, g., oberdörster, e., oberdörster, j. (2005). nanotoxicology: an emerging discipline evolving from studies of   ultrafine particles. env. health perspect., 113:823-39 russel, w.m.s. and burch, r.l. (1959). the principles of humane experimental technique. london: methuen. scientific committee on emerging and newly identified health risks (scenihr) report (2007) ‘the appropriateness of   the risk assessment methodology in accordance with the technical guidance documents for new and existing substances for  assessing the risks of nanomaterials’. http://files.nanobio-raise.org/downloads/scenihr.pdf   ');
pdf_daten[48] = new Array('C4-Instrumentation for nanoparticle exposure analysis and c.pdf', 'C4-Instrumentation for nanoparticle exposure analysis and control at industrial workplaces', 'session c4 environmental, health and safety aspects (3)  instrumentation for nanoparticle exposure analysis and control at industrial workplaces  heinz fissan, christof asbach, heinz kaminski, thomas a.j. kuhlbusch  institute of energy and environmental technology (iuta), unit ’airborne particles /air quality’, 47229 duisburg, germany e-mail: tky@iuta.de  abstract  the presentation focuses on measurement techniques for concentration measures of nanoparticles in air at industrial workplaces for nanoparticle production. number and surface area concentration measures are discussed with respect to their detectability and their relevance with respect to health effects. limitations of the available instruments concerning the covered size range and their capability to also deliver information about agglomerates have been investigated. finally the state of the art of available aerosol instrumentation applicable to nanoparticles in workplaces is defined.  introduction  in order to assess possible environmental implications of nanoparticles it is necessary to be able to detect and quantify nanoparticles in the corresponding matrix; soil, water, and air in the ambient and/or workplace environment. up to now inhalation appears to be a more important route for potential nanoparticle toxicity than all others. in workplaces of nanoparticle production the likelihood that engineered nanoparticles accidentally occur is the highest. therefore for the time being we consider only engineered nanoparticles in workplaces in the airborne state. different measurement and sampling techniques are necessary as well as specific strategies to identify and quantitatively determine nanoparticles. the latter topic is addressed in a separate presentation by kuhlbusch et al. (2007). especially challenges regarding background concentrations and other sources will therefore not be addressed here. this paper focuses only on on-line capable methods and instruments, although sampling and off-line analysis methods are needed for a detailed study of the nanoparticle properties and to identify their sources.  health relevant nanoparticle measures  engineered nanoparticles are discussed to be potentially health relevant. in the future their concentrations may increase in the environment because of increasing use of nanoparticles produced to create nanostructured materials and devices. for risk assessment, hazard and exposure have to be known. hazard is determined with in vitro/in vivo bio-testing. it is still largely unknown which physical and/or chemical measures the hazards relate to. the dose is derived from mainly concentration measures taken outside of the biological system. information about physical and chemical properties of nanoparticles is of particular interest. thus far, workplace exposure as well as environmental analysis is mainly based on mass related measurement quantities, therefore emphasizing supermicron particles. the particle size change of interest from supermicron to nanometer dimensions makesit necessary to reconsider the existing particle measurement techniques, whether they can be adjusted to the drastically changing measurement object ’nanoparticles’ compared to supermicron particles. also the measures of interest change with particles size. the measurement of number concentration rather than mass concentration has been proposed mainly for reason of better sensitivity. the measurement of surface area concentrations has been promoted for their possibly higher health relevance. the demands for instrumentation for the determination, characterization, and identification of nano- and ultrafine particles are different for exposure analysis and for control purposes. the latter focuses mainly on particle detection, robustness, and easiness of handling, whereas the prior focuses mainly on the characterization and identification for exposure assessment towards specific particles or particle sources besides aerosol properties described by concentration measurements.  number and surface area distribution of agglomerates  in exposure analysis more detailed information, e.g. size distributions, is needed. static measuring devices may be sufficient but they should be at least quasi-on-line. for control purposesthe interest is more towards personal measurements  environmental, health and safety aspects (3) session c4  delivering total concentration measures integrated over time.  the smps is the main tool for measuring the number concentration-size distribution which in case of spherical particles can be easily calculated from the measured data. in case of agglomerates the surface area of a single agglomerate is depending on the size of the primary particle, the number of primary particles, and their degree of necking. in case of no necking the largest possible surface area occurs. for these kind of agglomerates lall and friedlander (2006) developed a model based on literature data, which allows the calculation of the surface area distributions of agglomerates from smps-measurements for given size of primary spherical particles. the model also takes into account a changed charging efficiency of agglomerates compared with spherical particles in the upstream neutralizer. fig. 1 shows an example of a diesel soot measurement. the surface area distributions are shifted slightly towards larger particle sizes and increase with decreasing particle size. however, the model allows only consideration of the extreme case of agglomerates without necks. therefore, a method is needed for (partly) sintered agglomerates.  requirements for number and surface areas monitors  monitors, which integrate over the size distribution, have to have a certain response function, the sensitivity (e.g. surface area per particle as function of particle size). tolerable errors can be described as allowed deviations from these response functions. in fig. 2 the response function forsurface area concentrations as function of mobility diameter is shown for spheres. shown are also the allowed deviations for a tolerable error of 10% surface area of a particle with 100nm diameter. the deviation in surface area changes rapidly with decreasing particle size. however for large particles it decreases. but fortunately the number-concentration, which determines the relevant total error usually drops rapidly for particle sizes above 100 nm in case of workplace air. in some cases a pre-separator may be needed to separate larger particles.  there is also great interest in measuring more health relevant quantities for control purposes. toxicologists claim that particle surface area correlates very well with certain health effects after particle intake into the lung. therefore they are interested in the particle surface area deposited in different compartments of the lung or even in biological responsesafter particle deposition. a better correlation between this quantity and the observed health effect is expected (fissan et al., 2007).  the error considerations also hold for these instruments (e.g. nanoparticle surface area monitor, nsam, tsi). errors are caused by differences between the actual response function of the instrument and the wanted one. another error occurs if agglomerates are measured due to calibration for spheres this influence can be estimated by using lall’s model. the ratio of surface area per particle of agglomerates and spheres is shown in fig. 3. the arrows indicate the allowed ratio for 10% error (at dm=100 nm). the errors are within the tolerable range.   fig. 1: surface area distribution of diesel soot, measured with smps, uncorrected and corrected under the assumption of primary particle radii a of 5, 10, and 15 nm   fig. 2: response function as surface area per particle as a function of mobility diameter along withdefined tolerable errors  session c4 environmental, health and safety aspects (3)  state of the art of available instrumentation  an analysis of existing instrumentation was performed for number concentration and surface area measuring devices. instruments for mass concentration are not of interest here because of their low sensitivity. all instruments are not available in the form of a personal sampler. the highest biological relevance maybe attributed to measures of deposited particle surface area in different compartments of the lung. detailed information about the response function, which is needed for error analysis is thus far publicly only available for the nsam (shin et al., 2007).   fig. 3: surface area ratios of agglomerates according to lall theory compared with spheres as a function of mobility diameter for agglomerate primary particle radii of 5, 10, and 15 nm. open symbols indicate areas out of scope of references the theory.  fissan, h., s. neumann, a. trampe, d.y.h. pui, and w.g. shin (2007):  j. nanoparticle res. 9: 53-59 kuhlbusch, t.a.j., c. asbach, h. kaminski, h. fissan (2007): measurement strategy development towards standardized   nanoparticle exposure assessments – example tio2-workplaces, in these proceedings lall, a.a. & friedlander, s.k. (2006): j. aerosol sci. 37: 260 shin, w.g., d.y.h. pui, h. fissan, s. neumann, a. trampe (2007):  j. nanoparticle res. 9: 61-69   ');
pdf_daten[49] = new Array('C4-Regulatory considerations for nanotechnology in the EU.pdf', 'C4-Regulatory considerations for nanotechnology in the EU', 'environmental, health and safety aspects (3) session c4  regulatory considerations for nanotechnology in the eu  dr. anna gergely  mayer, brown, rowe & maw llp  abstract  nanotechnology is an ’enabling’ technology; and similarly to for instance information technology, it is expected to have an impact on all areas of our lives. there is unanimous consensus among representatives of the european industry, public and private research organizations and academia that nanotechnology will dictate the future technological developments .  proper harvesting of this enormous potential requires however careful planning on a global scale both in terms of scientific/technological developments and the relevant regulatory environment. we have to understand the potential inherent toxicology of manufactured nanoparticles from relevant studies.  we have to study their environmental and biological fate, transport, persistence, and transformation; in order to assess their overall exposure. and only then  can we design relevant regulatory measures.  the old chemicals legislation, eu directive 67/548/eec, as amended, on the classification, packaging and labeling of dangerous substances (dsd) covered all chemicals placed on the eu market, with exemptions under the scope of other equivalent approval schemes. chemical substances were treated differently if they were considered to be (i) existing substances; i.e. substances already on the eu market before 18 sept 1981 or (ii) new substances. existing substances listed on the community inventory list, einecs could be freely used by everybody. new chemicals had to be notified in order to getlisted on the community list of permitted new substances, elincs, a company specific, proprietary list. now, since 1 june 2007, after years of preparation and debates, reach, the new european chemicals legislation, regulation (ec) no 1907/2006 is in force.  the objective of reach was clearly stated: to increase the protection of human health and the environment from chemicals, while ensuring the competitiveness of the eu chemical industry. this objective was claimed to be achieved by requiring industry to obtain data on all chemical substances produced in and/or imported into the eu ensuring that the risks from them are adequately controlled via the proposed registration.  how would this aim be achieved?  manufacturers or importers will be required to register all chemical substances manufactured in or imported into the eu, as such or in preparation, above 1 tonne per year. registration involves the submission of a technical dossier by producer/importer including necessary data and identified downstream uses. the information requirement depends on the manufactured/imported volumes; the higher the tonnage bands, the more the data requirements. exemptions from registration exist for some substances as specified in the legislation, such as polymers. importantly, use of substances in articles ; i.e. objects, which during production are given a special shape, surface or design which determines their function to a greater degree that does their chemical composition ; if not already registered, may also require registration if they are intended to be released during normal or foreseeable conditions of use and are present in quantities of 1 tonne or more per article producer or importer per year. further, substances in articlesmay require notification if they are identified by the agency as being of very high concern, they are present in articles in concentrations above 0,1% w/w and are present in quantities of 1 tonne or more per year per article producer or importer.  the use of ’substances of very high concern’ will be subject to authorization within a given timeframe. ultimately, this process aims at the delisting of substances of very high concern: substances that are category 1 and 2 carcinogens, mutagens; toxic to the reproductive system (cmr 1 or 2); substances that are persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic (pbts) or very persistent and very bioaccumulative (vpvbs); and substances such as endocrine disrupters which are demonstrated, on a case-by-case basis, to be of equivalent concern. authorization is granted if the operator can demonstrate that the risks  session c4 environmental, health and safety aspects (3)  related to the use of the substance are adequately controlled, unless it is impossible to determine a threshold for risk. if not, authorization can still be granted if the risk is outweighed by socio-economic benefits and no alternative substances are available. however, authorization will be subject to a time-limited review so the authorization system will encourage companies to switch to safer alternatives. in fact, all applications for authorization need to include analysis of safer alternatives and a substitution plan where a suitable alternative exists.  how will all these regulatory developments influence the manufacturing and use of nanoparticles in the eu?  interestingly, the european parliament in its second reading proposed amendments to consider all nanoparticles as substances to be authorized due to their unknown potential effects on the human body and the environment. however, these amendments were not taken up in the final consolidated text; the eu is further considering a proper and suitable regulatory framework with fast paced developments in certain areas which can already offer some guidance to industry on the appropriate regulatory approach.  first, the ec scientific committee on emerging and newly identified health risks (scenihr) adopted an opinion on the appropriateness of existing methodologies to assess the potential risks associated with engineered and adventitious products of nanotechnologies. in essence, the scenihr scientific opinion states that, given the uncertainties concerning hazard and exposure, the current risk assessment procedures require modification for nanoparticles.  further, the european commission is performing a regulatory inventory, covering eu regulatory frameworks that are applicable to nanomaterials (chemicals, worker protection, environmental legislation, product specific legislation etc.). the purpose of this inventory is to ’examine and, where appropriate, propose adaptations of eu regulations in relevant sectors’ as expressed in action 6d) of the commission action plan. preliminary findings indicate that the regulatory frameworks in principle give a good coverage; different aspects of production and products are at the same time subject to various community provisions. however, many of the knowledge gaps (toxicity thresholds, test schemes etc) will need to be addressed to ensure implementation. those knowledge gaps are in line with the ones earlier identified by ec and others and reported to the oecd (organization for economic cooperation and development) which is tackling fundamental questions about nanomaterials.  what should companies do who are manufacturing/importing or using nanomaterials in the eu already today?  for the time being, companies need to get ready to fulfill their duties according to the very strict time limits required by the new european chemicals legislation.. the manufacturers/importers and users of nanoparticles have to watch carefully to see exactly what the fast paced regulatory activities around the globe will bring them to regulate their products. the fact that no nanotechnology-specific regulation existtoday should not prevent industry developing new products - as new developments are not made in a regulatory vacuum. current legislation applies and must be correctly interpreted to cover new developments.   ');
pdf_daten[50] = new Array('D1-MATERA, ERA-NET Materials.pdf', 'D1-MATERA, ERA-NET Materials', 'session d1 nanotechnology-related era-nets  matera, era-net materials  sisko sipilä  tekes, finnish funding agency for technology and innovation  abstract  matera is one of the european commission’s era-net projects aiming at the coordination and opening up of national and regional research programmes. the main goal of the matera project is to create a durable cooperation platform for policy makers and managers having strategic activities in the field of materials science and engineering. in a long run it will have a major impact on the r&d activities in strengthening the european cooperation, combining the research resources and personnel, equipment and finance which alone wouldn’t form a critical mass needed for successful material research and development. matera consists of 17 organisations in 14 european countries.   matera connecting the key players  the matera partners come from different european national and regional science and technology authorities. within the project they collaborate to improve the diffusion and transfer of knowledge and skills in europe. matera is also a good platform for benchmarking and further development of the national and regional strategic measures.  matera project will gradually increase ambitious programme-type collaboration between european countries and regions in order to deepen the european research area. the project helps the national and regional decision makers to intensify their policy making operations and to strengthen their own development. at this moment the matera project consists of 17 national funding organisations representing 14 countries (table 1).  duration of the project is four years: 1 february 2005­31 january 2009.   table 1. matera partners  organisation country/region  tekes finland (coordinator) aka finland iwt belgium / flanders dgtre belgium / wallonia miwft germany / north rhine - westphalia rannis iceland ei ireland most israel mur italy lcs latvia fnr luxemburg rcn norway mshe poland wut poland mhest slovenia kti/cti switzerland invest ni united kingdom / northern ireland  materials make the world go round  materials science and technology is one of the cornerstones of european industry. the development of this technology is of high importance, not just for the material manufacturers but also for many other important sectors such as ict, transport, health, and sports and leisure. high-level knowledge and utilisation of materials is essential for both existing and new enterprises in europe. matera aims at activating innovative, multiscale (from nano to macro), multidisciplinary r&d projects on materials. matera project strives to shorten the innovation value chain from basic materials science and engineering into innovation  nanotechnology-related era-nets session d1  related projects for the benefit of european society and business. by improving and accelerating transfer of knowledge related to materials the competitiveness of european enterprises can be sharpened.  collaboration based on activity and trust  matera progresses well towards its goals. mutual trust between the partners has been formed as well as enthusiasm for common activities. the matera meetings and workshops enable the continuous change of information and the deepening of the cooperation.  the partners have clearly understood the value of combining the national and regional resources and activities: together we can achieve more.  common calls deepen cooperation in practise  the common calls for transnational projects are one wayto strengthen the cooperation between the national and regional programmes and other strategic activities. matera has so far launched two calls for enterprises, research centres and universities. different call procedures were piloted in these calls to find out the most suitable ones for matera. almost 200 organisations were involved in these two pilot calls showing the need for cooperation between the national/regional activities.  the first call arranged in 2006 had three topics: advanced engineering materials, novel materials for health and welfare, materials for sustainable energy. eight proposals ranked the best were rewarded a total of 5 million euros. as shown in fig.1 the selected projects cover a wide european research area.   matera’s second call in 2007 was more focused: materials for sustainable use in renewable energy. the call aims at innovative development and use of materials for new energy technologies like bio energy, fuel cells, solar, wind, wave, tidal, and geothermal energy. the funding decisions for the second call will be available year-end 2007.  coming up next  the matera project is now in its midpoint. matera outlook conference will be arranged 27th of june in oslo. the conference will give a good overview of matera and also other material related activities in europe. matera’s main call will be launched in 2008. the call will be open also for other european funding organisations who are interested in strategic developing of their nation/region by using the possibilities material science and engineering can offer.  the public funding organisations in matera see the era-net cooperation on materials as beneficial for their national/regional activities and will continue the collaboration also after the matera project.  matera welcomes new partners who see the role of materials science and engineering vital. further information related to matera is available in matera website (www.matera.fi).  an era-net financed by fp6      ');
pdf_daten[51] = new Array('D1-MNT ERA-Net- Opportunities for transnational cooperation.pdf', 'D1-MNT ERA-Net- Opportunities for transnational cooperation in micro- and nanotechnologies', 'session d1 nanotechnology-related era-nets  mnt era-net: opportunities for transnational cooperation in micro- and nanotechnologies  roland brandenburg  austrian research promotion agency (ffg)  abstract  mnt era-net is a network of national and regional funding programmes for micro- and nanotechnologies (mnt) with the aim to reduce fragmentation of european funding. mnt era-net opens calls for proposals for transnational, applied r&d projects in all areas of micro- and nanotechnologies and makes national and regional funding programmes accessible to transnational consortia. mnt era-net started in january 2004 with a core group of 8 european funding programmes. after two expansion phases the consortium now comprises 20 countries and regions, represented by 23 ministries and programme agencies with combined annual public funding of more than € 365 million.  mission  europe has a strong research base in many mnt areasbut its funding programmes are fragmented and dispersed among many national funding bodies. it is the mission of mnt era-net to enhance the competitiveness of the european industry by coordinating european support measures for micro and nano technologies, by implementing sustainable joint and coordinated activities, by securing mid-term cooperation between the participating funding programmes from all over europe and through the continuous improvement and streamlining of mnt support services.  calls  mnt era-net has already launched coordinated calls with the intention to offer new channels for applied r&d projects which complement the portfolio of other european initiatives. these callshave been based on national and regional rules providing funding for project partners of transnational project consortia through a coordinated action of their respective national or regional mnt support programmes. as a comprehensive clustering analysis of competences and industrial requirements in member countries/regions has not delivered a clear common thematic focus the overall scope of the calls has been defined wide on european level in order to have as many programmes as possible participate in the calls thus achieving critical mass; however national and regional priorities and restrictions apply.   figure 1: 14 funded projects are the results of the first coordinated call 2006. this image shows howpartners from participating countries and regions (dark) are connected to each other by projects (light) forming a network of predominantly bilateral cooperations.  nanotechnology-related era-nets session d1  the first coordinated call was organised in 2006 and was considered successful by the 18 participating countries and regions. 42 full proposals underwent the coordinated procedure which resulted in a common listing of recommended proposals. 14 collaborative projects have been funded covering topics such as powders, cnt, polymers, composites or microsystems. at close to 40% the participation of industrial partners was comparatively high. with the coordinated funding of such projects in thispilot action mnt era-net has proved that the era-net scheme is a suitable instrument for establishing transnational collaboration in micro- and nanotechnologies. moreover, the common call procedures have required little bureaucratic effort making the scheme highly attractive for project consortia and funding bodies at the same time. after the successful call in 2006 the consortium has already launched a second call in 2007. particular efforts have been undertaken to achieve maximum transparency of eligibility criteria in joint calls as well as full understanding of the era-net instrument as such. the main benefits of the coordinated calls are the proximity to clients and the low administrative barriers which especially encourage small consortia and newcomers. participants benefit from an accelerated funding decisions process as well as synchronised and coherent funding decisions.  relation to european r&d activities  with the execution of coordinated calls mnt era-net has the potential to support the implementation of european mnt strategies thereby complementing initiatives such as the framework programme. mnt era-net can help establish links between strategic aims of european technology platforms (etp) and respective target groups. it provides practical aspects of innovation through complementary project types and close relations to national and regional clients. proposals submitted to mnt era-net callswill typically be more market-oriented and smaller than proposals submitted to the framework programme.   figure 2: the large field figure 3: mnt era-net supports the implementation figure 4: the mnt era-net network connects of mnt (dark) is covered of european mnt strategies. partners from 20 countries and regions. by various calls and  instruments.  outlook  under fp7, the consortium intends to consolidate and assure a high commitment on national and regional level. sustained transnational cooperation should yield added value for all participating programmes. activities will be expanded to eastern european countries. the consortium intends to establish a system of yearly transnational calls and to explore possibilities for streamlining and mutual opening of national programmes as well as for joint programmes. all efforts will as also be undertaken to fully exploit the era-net plus scheme and to cooperate closely with other networks and initiatives.  participants  ffg austria, iwt flanders, dgtre wallonia, csnmt czech republic, tekes finland, cea france, cemes / crmp midi-pyrénées, vdi/vde-it germany, ptka germany, enterprise ireland ireland, invest northern ireland northern ireland, rcn norway, iet poland, mes poland, pub romania, sas slovakia, mhest slovenia, mec spain, basque government basque country, senternovem the netherlands, vinnova sweden, kti/cti – temas switzerland,  contact www.mnt-era.net; roland brandenburg, ffg -austrian research promotion agency, 1090 vienna, austria, sensengasse 1 roland.brandenburg@mnt-era.net; ph: +43 57755 5090   ');
pdf_daten[52] = new Array('D1-NanoSci-ERA- Nanoscience in the Euopean Research Area.pdf', 'D1-NanoSci-ERA- Nanoscience in the Euopean Research Area', 'nanotechnology-related era-nets session d1  nanosci-era: nanoscience in the euopean research area  guillaume bourdon  centre national de la recherche scientifique, département mppu, paris, france  the era-net scheme was introduced in the 6th framework programme (fp6) as the principal means to support the cooperation and coordination of research programmes carried out at a national (or regional) level. over fp6, close to 100 era-net contracts have been signed covering a wide spectrum of science and technology fields. launched in march 2005, nanosci-era is an era-net whose focus is basic nanoscience research. coordinated by the cnrs, the nanosci-era consortium consists of 18 research agencies and ministries from 12 era-countries whose programmes altogether benefit to a vast majority of the european nanoscience research community.   the principal objective of nanosci-era is the increased collaboration and integration of the national nanoscience research communities in europe through transnational research projects and evaluation. this objective is served by three operational objectives, namely the effective and durable coordination of the partner agencies, the development of a coherent scientific policy on the multidisciplinary development of nanoscience throughout the era, and the concerted outreach to the societal players. these 1+3 objectives are addressed through 5 workpackages structuring the project.  the work of the consortium will be illustrated by a few actionsselected among past and on-going tasks showing the variety of issues addressed with an emphasis on the first transnational call for proposals run by nanosci-era in 2006 as a successful action relevant to the advanced level of coordination which the consortium aims at achieving. through this call, 12 collaborative projects involving close to 50 research teams could be funded on a budget of 8.7 m€, part of which was mutualized in order to avoid any trade-off on the scientific quality of the selected projects.   ');
pdf_daten[53] = new Array('D2-Nano2Life, European network of excellence in nanobiotech.pdf', 'D2-Nano2Life, European network of excellence in nanobiotechnology', 'european projects and networks session d2  nano2life, european network of excellence in nanobiotechnology  patrick boisseau  cea-leti-minatec, grenoble (france)  nano2life (n2l) is the first european network of excellence in nanobiotechnology supported by the european commission under the 6th framework programme. its objective is to support europe position as a competitive player and to make it a leader in nanobiotechnology transfer by merging existing european expertise and knowledge in the field of nanobiotechnology. founded in 2004 for 4 years, n2l comprises 23 major european organizations and more than 40 industrial companies within the field of nanobiotechnology. the network acts as a european nanobio think tank supporting a strong exchange of knowledge, ideas and vision among its members through the incubation of joint research projects; the networking of intellectual and technical resources; new education and training courses and the transferring of technology. nano2life’s main target is willing to contribute significantly to the european integration of people, disciplines and r&d  organisations in nanobiotechnology. in fact, the current fragmentation and dispersion of these resources each one contributing to one facet of nanobiotechnology represent a major limit to the development of the european scientific excellence and  industrial competitiveness. the benefits for citizens from nanobiotechnological research are expected to be several, for example the development of a more personalised and less invasive medicine, and more thorough control measures of the environment and food. the medical benefits are based on the miniaturisation, sensitivity and integration of several functions in a single device. this will bring a more sensitive and faster medical diagnosis; a more efficient therapy with less side effects, and new artificial replacements of deficient functions in regenerative medicine. in order to accomplish its goals, n2l has more than 400 participating scientists presently involved in a joint programme of activity (jpa) aiming at: -creating the first ever technological roadmap for nanobiotechnology, -identifying the key bottlenecks that need to be overcome in nanobiotechnology, -founding the first european ethical, legal and social aspects board (elsa) in the field of nanobiotechnology, -implementing a scientific programme focused on eleven strategic research areas, considered as key areas for the future   development of innovative nanobio-devices, -constituting a durable and long lasting integration of the network partners resources.  after more than 3 years of successful operation, the core partners of nano2life are definitively looking to the future to keep a favourable environment for a sustainable integration of experts from various disciplines while providing them with an infrastructure supporting their r&d in nanobiotechnology and nanomedicine.   european network of excellence supported by fp6 of the european commission www.nano2life.org   ');
pdf_daten[54] = new Array('D2-NanoCap, capacity building for environmental NGOs and tr.pdf', 'D2-NanoCap, capacity building for environmental NGOs and trade unions', 'nanocap, capacity building for environmental ngos and trade unions  pieter van broekhuizen  ivam uva bv, research and consultancy on sustainability, amsterdam, the netherlands; e-mail: pvbroekhuizen@ivam.uva.nl  nanocap1 is a european project set up to deepen the understanding of environmental ngos and trade unions of environmental, occupational health and safety risks and ethical aspects of nanotechnology (nt). structured discussions with academic researchers and other stakeholders (such as industry and consumer organisations) are organised. these will enable the environmental ngos and trade unions to participate in a debate on nanotechnologyateuropean level, to formulate their position within their actual policy context supported by scientific input, and to inform their members and the general public.  another goal of nanocap is to provide industry with tools to introduce a ’responsible nanotechnology’ (i.e. stimulating industrial r&d performers to focus on source reduction regarding nano-particles and to make risk assessment an important dimension in their work). especially concerning the development of a safe workplace, but also with respect to environmental care. thereby, an open dialogue between industry, ngos and trade unions about occupational and environmental health, safety and ethics is of major importance. such a dialogue allows ngos and trade unions better insight in the current activities of industries with respect to risk management in relation to nt-developments and the precautionary measures taken to minimise occupational and environmental exposure. for industry, this dialogue will be one step forward to build a basis of trust and enhance the societal acceptation of nanotechnology.  the nanocap consortium consists of 5 environmental ngos, 5 trade unions and 5 universities. within this consortium, the universities provide the scientific input, whereas ngos and trade unions will bring in their preliminary positions after discussions with their members. at present, the process of weighing the potential risks against the possible benefits and prospects of innovation has just begun. starting from the precautionary principle, the fact that new nanoproducts and the nanosizing of existing products could also have many benefits is well recognised and therefore it is discussed to which extend and how this precautionary principle should be applied.  one of the factors influencing this process is the present uncertainty with respect to health and safety characteristics of nanotechnology. there is a clear need for reliable measurement techniques to assess occupational and environmental exposure and to determine the health and safety risks involved. in addition, nanocap will therefore also develop recommendations to enable public authorities to address the health, safety and environmental risk issues related to the rapid introduction of nanotechnology into society.  during the three year period of the project, nanocap will subsequently consider the themes nt-r&d at universities and in industry, environmental implications and risks, occupational risk assessment, test systems and reach, ethics, and the different roles of ngos, r&d and industries.  main goals  the goals of nanocap can be summarised as follows  -main goals:  1. to give support to environmental ngos and trade unions to develop their own position in the debate on nanotechnology  based on scientific information. 2.to give academic and industrial r&d performers tools to introduce a ’responsible nanotechnology’.  3. to develop preliminary recommendations for public authorities to address ethics and health, safety and environmental risk issues.  -subsidiary goals:  1. to have environmental ngos and trade unions better understand nanotechnology and ethics and health, safety and environmental risk issues, with which they can better inform their members and the general public and with which they can better recommend public authorities on these issues.  2.  to stimulate academic and industrial r&d performers to choose an approach focused on source reduction of nano-particles in their work.   3.  to stimulate academic and industrial r&d performers to accept a risk approach as an item of comparable importance  in their design of nanotechnological products as the technology itself.    starting position nanocap  the limited amount of new toxicological and hygienic nano-findings, and at the same time the growing amount of opinion forming articles, governmental position statements, health councils reports etc. do emphasize the need for an extreme cautiousness with the introduction of dispersive toxic and badly-biodegradable nanoparticles. at the same time the exalted excitement about the almost unlimited benefits the further development nanotechnological materials may bring to our society, without the need to even reflect on our actual over-consumption of energy and raw materials, is a trigger for nanocap to follow the developments in a critical way. the experience with the dominance of common economical arguments over environmental and even occupational health arguments is a reason for a high alert on possible negative consequences of nanotechnology. in this respect the debate on ethical issues is of the utmost importance. an important aspect is the discussion on the interpretation of the precautionary principle in the context of nanotechnology, and to find a way to put it in practice in an acceptable way. handling chemicalsubstances without (enough) knowledge on the environmental and health hazards and risks do require a high responsible operational approach of industry and society. the development of good practices as well as an initiative to introduce a life cycle approach into the nano-debate are possible ways. nanocap’s close cooperation with european trade unions and environmental groups will reflect the critical, but especially independent vision.  risk approach for nanoparticles  it is quite clear that the actual level of scientific knowledge on hazards and exposure to nanoparticles is too low to carry out proper environmental and health risk assessments. only little is known about the toxicological and chemical/physical characteristics of nanoparticles in general, and even less of specific nano-substances. however, there are indications, and there is growing evidence that shows that is reasonable not to consider the properties ofnanoparticles to be equal to their larger counterparts, but in contrary, that we have to take into account that nano-particles may have specific (new) toxicological properties. therefore the approach of nano-risks will have to be transparent in choices we make in dealing with the existing uncertainties. a closer look at the way we like to deal with the risks is necessary.  in the commonly used risk assessment methodologies, the risk is measured by counting for the yearly additional chance for adverse effects. for carcinogenic substances for example, an increase in ’death risk’ or cancer incidence of 10-6 due to occupational exposure is agreed to be acceptable. in feasibility negotiations a lower safety level is generally accepted, up to the lowest accepted level of 10-4. for carcinogenic substances reach does foresee an authorisation procedure, finally le­ading to a substitution obligation after a few years if alternatives are obtainable. for actual nanosubstances under research and development it seems to be too early to put them under the stress of this substitution approach. this, because during the development of a new substance, the search for new properties and applications, it seems to be acceptable that not all the requested toxicological and environmental data are directly available. nevertheless, at the moment of a broader market introduction, the relevant data on health and environmental hazards must be available to give insight in a possible increase of risk, and to give the community the possibility to weight these (change of) risk towards possible benefits that may be expected from the market introduction. the manufacturers and the importers of nano-substances are unambiguously responsible for the generation of these data. the same manufacturers and importers as well as the researchers and governmental policy makers contribute to the nano-hype, ventilating the benefits and the future wealth the nanotechnology will bring to our society. an attitude that carries the risk of too much indulgence towards lacking knowledge on adverse effects.  after all, based on the preliminary scientific findings it seems naïf to think that the introduction of new nano-substances in the market will proceed without the introduction of new risks. therefore it is wise to think as well about the boundaries in which we, as a community, are ready to accept (an increase in) nano-risks.  besides the chance and the magnitude of harmful effects, the quantifiable effects, there are more aspects (qualitative aspects) that play a role in risk assessment and the acceptability of the actual estimated risks. there is for example the degree to which the activity (use or exposure to the nano-substance) is voluntary. there is the question about equity, the fair distribution of joy and burden of the new nanoproducts. the level to which the new risks are manageable is important and of course there is familiarity and the social benefits. in short, the legitimacy of the development and introduction of new nanoproducts can be seen as a sum of quantitative and qualitative risk characteristics.  for the time being, as long as the quantitative risk cannot be estimated due to a ’simple’ lack of data, the precautionary principle can (or must) be used as an approach to limit hypothetical2 risks. to what extend, and for what specific situations the precautionary principle should be applied is subject to political debate, in which the approach of the dutch health councilmay be helpful.  the dutch health council, in its report on the health significance of nanotechnologies of 2006, sets itself at the position that a further development of nanotechnology should not be restricted by extreme cautious measures. they propose to distinguish risks in the categories ‘simple‘, ‘complex‘, ‘uncertain‘ and ‘ambiguous‘. this arrangement of risks may give direction to the search for the best risk management strategy. the sequence, from ‘simple’ to ‘ambiguous’, corresponds to an increasing involvement by stakeholders including members of the public in the decision-making process. according to the committee, issues relating to privacy, self-testing, and the toxicity of readily degradable nanoparticles can best be classified as ‘simple’. questions concerning the gap between rich and poor, and perhaps those concerning sustainability as well, belong in the ‘complex’ category. the issue surrounding the toxicity of synthetic nanoparticles that do not readily degrade is placed in the ‘uncertain’ category because the existing knowledge on this subject is incomplete. the committee classifies issues involving the gap between diagnosis and therapy, advanced home care, enhancement, and military applications into the ‘ambiguous’ category because they involve value judgements which will differ from one individual to another or from one interest group to another.  toxic, not readily biodegradable synthetic nanoparticles can be classified in the risk category ‘uncertain‘, with as a consequence the implication that the most suitable risk management strategy is one that is based on the precautionary principle. the dutch health council suggest the following three measures:  -performing life-cycle analyses on products that contain nanoparticles to determine the extent to which such particles are released during the production, use and disposal phases; curtailing emissions from, and exposure within, research centres and factories; focusing on the risks associated with nanoparticles during (mandatory) safety assessments of applications  (e.g. soilremediation) and products (e.g. medications) and only granting admission if the benefits counterbalance the risks.  -asa result of their unique properties, the nano-forms of existing substances should be dealt with as if they were novel substances; there should be a lower production threshold or import threshold (or none at all) for nanomaterials in the new european regulations governing chemical substances (reach);  -more internationally coordinated (oecd’s role) research into the toxicity of nanomaterials; modification of the current toxicity tests for substances to improve their suitability for use in nanomaterials; expressing the dosage administered in terms of the mass, surface area, and number of particles; an improved physico-chemical characterisation of nanomaterials; energetically pursuing the recently proposed screening strategy for nanomaterials.  nanoproducts in the market important in the assessment of the hazardous nature of nanoparticles is the fact that manufactured chemicals (i.e. particles) are never 100% pure chemicals. they may contain contaminants, unreacted products, by-products and in the case of particles in general a scattering of different particle size. a recent article examines estuarine copepods on the toxicity of single walled nano-tubes (swnt) 3. they suggest a size-dependent toxicity of swnt-based nanomaterials, with the smallest synthetic by­product fractions causing increased mortality and delayed copepod development over the concentration ranges tested.  the purified swnt fraction showed no significant effects on mortality, development, and reproduction across exposures. exposure to the more complex as-prepared-swnt mixture, the actual swnt product, which is a mix of the purified fraction with by-products, shows significantly increased life-cycle mortality, reduced fertilization rates, and reduced molting success in the highest exposure.  furthermore important in hazard assessment is the fact that tear and wear of surfaces in the outside (or indoor) environment, may result in the formation of new (or dispersion of already existing, but initially not free available) fine particles. therefore the long-term behaviour of (nano-) products in their environment should be subject for risk assessment as well.  and of course, the way we approach these items, the actual operationalisation of the precautionary principle is crucial.  the scope of the nanocap  the area of nanotechnology, as an enabling science (and technology) with the potency to influence most of the existing sciences and technology, is almost unlimited. most of the (industrial and public) attention is focussed on the further development of science and technology, to gain economical benefits with the production of new technologies and new products, to generate new products and technologies to reduce environmental pollution (or polluting processes), to design cleaner and safer production, to discover and develop new medical applications, military applications etc. etc. about 10% of the publications about nanotechnology concerns published patents. only a limited amount of the scientific and technological research potential is focussed on environment, health and safety issues. inventories made of the distribution of research resources do show that, for example for the us, ca. 7.5% of the available agencies budget for 2006 is allocated to research with ’societal dimensions’. under this heading, however, much research is concentrated, as for example research to the development of nano-environmental remediation techniques. research focussed on the toxicological properties of nanomaterials, hazardous behaviour of these particles, safe working methods etc. is still quite rare. for nanocap, which is primarily focussed on facilitating the formation the opinion of the environmental ngo’s and trade unions in the nt-debate, it might be helpful to structure the mind setting somewhat and introduce some structuring in the thinking about the heterogeneous nanotechnology field. of help might be the technology assessment matrix designed by the dutch rathenau institute (table 1):  field of application societal issue dream scenario horror scenario table 1: societal issues andnanomaterials / health and environment sustainability nanoasbestos scenarios for different  industrial production  fields of applications  nanoelectronics privacy \'smart\' products big brother in nanotechnology4  nanotechnology predictive medicine early diagnostics genetic coercion  in medical sphere  military technology arms race safe world new weapons, terrorists  general / innovation economy economic growth structural unemployment  traditionally the field of occupational health risks is covered by trade unions, while the environmental movement does focus on environmental health and sustainability issues. in this respect at least the first field of application (nanomaterials and industrial production) will be of importance for nanocap, especially for what concerns questions like how to deal with insufficient (or incomplete) information and when and how to apply a precautionary principle. other fields are interesting as well, but do not seem to deal directly with occupational health and environmental risks and might therefore be farther away from a high priority of nanocap. nevertheless some ngos are involved in discussions on the other items as well, while trade unions as well may be involved in more fundamental, workrelated social/ethical questions.  nanocap borderlines and ethical questions  for nanocap an important item is to restrict the scope: trying to set some borderlines in the activities. a strong focus on  environment, health and safety issues of dispersable and non (or badly) biodegradable nanoparticles seems to be evident. in this respect and additional to the national activities of the nanocap partners, a focus on international operating organisations (and industry) seems relevant. secondly, the focus on the development of a responsible nanotechnology is relevant. in this respect ethical issues are of utmost importance.  with respect to nano-risks and the ’choice’ for risk taking the following questions can be formulated:  if risk-taking is a social process that commits our societies as a whole and also future generations, -can public engagement bring about an intelligent investment for specific societal benefits at all? how might this be performed? -will risks be evenly distributed and how can we compensate those who carry a greater share?   concerning limits and borders the following questions can be formulated: -what does it mean to claim ethical responsibility and question claims of unlimited potentials? -how can we proceed with non-knowledge (ignorance)? and to what extent is a concept of non-knowledge involved in the  design of a consent model? what kind of entanglements are involved and anticipated? -nanoscience and -technology are said to work interdisciplinary and therefore cross the bordersofvarious disciplines. what kind of knowledge and practices are produced in these border zones and what does this mean for its evaluation and classification in order to assess the consequences for societal implementation? are there already concepts in the interdisciplinary discourse to describe these issues appropriately?   1 nanocap is the acronym for ’nanotechnology capacity building ngos’. this coordination action is financed by the eu within the kp6 science and society programme.  2 there is a difference between potential risks and hypothetical risks. based on existing knowledge with existing substances one may extrapolate or forecast certain toxic properties that may describe the adverse effects of nanoparticles. in those case some quantification of measures may be proposed. but in case one deals with new substances with ’new’ dimensions it may give a false estimation of the effects to use existing substances as a model. in those cases quantification gets quite complex and more extreme measures should be accepted to prevent ’hypothetical’ risks. in those cases the use of the precautionary principle is opportune.  3 templeton rc, ferguson pl, washburn km, scrivens wa, chandler gt, life-cycle effects of single-walled carbon nanotubes (swnts) on an estuarine meiobenthic copepod, environ. sci. technol., 40 (23), 7387 -7393, 2006  4 adapted from: van est, rinie and van keulen, ira (2004) ’small technology – big consequences’: building up the dutch debate on nanotechnology from the bottom, in technikfolgenabschätzung – theorie und praxis, 13, 3: 72-79   ');
pdf_daten[55] = new Array('D2-The outcomes and future of Nanoforum, European nanotechn.pdf', 'D2-The outcomes and future of Nanoforum, European nanotechnology network', 'session d2 european projects and networks  the outcomes and future of nanoforum, european nanotechnology network  mark morrison  nanoforum coordinator, institute of nanotechnology weipers centre, garscube estate, glasgow g61 1qh, uk; mark.morrison@nano.org.uk   nanoforum is a pan-european nanotechnology information network funded by the ec under fp5, to provide information and support to the european nanotechnology community.  starting in 2002, nanoforum’s remit was to:  -establish a website to inform the community of developments in nanoscience and nanotechnology (n&n);  -raise awareness of nanotechnology, through reporting new developments in different technology and industrial sectors and issues associated with these developments;  -support education for nanotechnology, through online tools, summer schools and information days for students; support the networking of eu nanotechnology, through workshops and conferences;  -establish links with other eu and global organizations and networks to facilitate information exchange.  the partnership  nanoforum has brought together thirteen organizations over the course of the project. it is lead by the institute of nanotechnology (uk) and currently includes the following partners: vdi technologiezentrum gmbh (de), cea leti (fr), middle east technical university (tr), unipress (pl), university of sofia (bg), spinverse (fi), malsch technovaluation (nl) and the european nanotechnology trade alliance (uk).  it has two associate partner organizations: ffg (at) and nanoned (nl). previous partners of the project were cmpc (es) and nordic nanotech (dk).  these partnershave brought complementarity in disciplinary experience and geographic location, achieving an effective networking of eu expertise in n&n.  nanoforum.org  the nanoforum website provides access to all of the output from the project. from the home-page users can access: the latest n&n news from around the globe (with an eu focus); all the nanoforum reports and publications from other sources; a database of over 2200 european n&n organizations; an events calendar; information on funding calls and programmes; educational material; support for smes; links to international organizations; a discussion board; and information for journalists, including media friendly journalists.  the website now attracts more than 80 000 visits and 800 000 hits each month, and has over 13 000 registered users. to have full access to this wealth of information all users must do is register online.  this is entirely free and requires only an email address and country of residence.  nanoforum reports nanoforum has published a total of 23 reports many of which have been downloaded several thousands of times. these cover many different topics such as: technologies and industrial sectors (for example energy; health and medicine; agriculture and food; construction; aerospace; security); societal and ethical issues; environment; education; economic impacts; and reference documents describing nanotechnology infrastructure   european projects and networks session d2  and networks in the eu.  nanoforum also coordinated one of the most successful online questionnaires on nanotechnology issues in the eu. in partnership with the european commission, nanoforum held an ’open consultation on the european strategy for nanotechnology’ during 2004, which attracted 750 responses, and gave researchers, industrialists, and representatives from both government agencies and ngos the opportunity to voice their opinions.   nanoforum events  these have included conferences on industrial applications (for example smart medical devices), workshops exploring different aspects of nanotechnology rtd (for example environment; security; commercialisation and technology transfer), summer schools to help train the next generation of nanotechnologists; information days for students and those seeking access to eu funding; and investment days.  partners in these events have included the european commission, leading eu institutes, universitiesand companies, and other eu-funded projects.  through these events nanoforum has reached out to different sections of the community to support their activities in nanotechnology.  in addition, pdfs of presentations and proceedings from many of these events are available to download from the nanoforum website.  education  nanoforum provides lists of higher education courses, short training courses and links to other resources such as the nanotechnology masters recognition scheme.  in addition, it has produced two online resources for educationalists, and for those who are ’beginners’ to nanotechnology. the first is a series of educational modules that can be downloaded as pdfs for use by teachers.  these cover: nanotools and nanofabrication; nanostructured materials; nanoelectronics and devices; and nanobiotechnology. the second is an interactive ’education tree’ where users with little or no experience of nanotechnology can discover some of its history, myths, potential risks, and societal impacts, and learn more about five areas: electronics, energy, environment, healthcare, and modern life.   networking  nanoforum has been actively networking the community, establishing collaborationswith other eu projects such as nano2life, nanologue, nanodialogue, womeninnano, nanoforumeula, and euroindianet.  it has also established collaborations with networks in other global regions such as asia nano forum; minapim; and the south african nanotechnology initiative. through its own events and participation of partners in other projects and events, nanoforum has reached out to the wider community and invited feedback on its activities.  finally, the website providesa forum for feedback and networking through its discussion board, comments facility under news and reports, response to the registered user annual questionnaire, and contact details for the partners.  the project has encouraged users to send in news and information regarding events and publications, which it then disseminates to the wider community.  since december 2005, nanoforum has published a monthly newsletter informing usersof the latest activities from the project, and important news from the european commission and from other members of the european nanotechnology community.  the future  funding for the nanoforum project ends in july 2007. the partners have agreed to continue its work and seek further support (through fp7 and through some commercial activities).  to this end nanoforum will be established as a european economic interest grouping.  all users are encouraged to continue visiting nanoforum and support its activities through this transition period.   ');
pdf_daten[56] = new Array('D3-Micro- and NanoManufacturing (MINAM) Community.pdf', 'D3-Micro- and NanoManufacturing (MINAM) Community', 'session d3 minam-platform: thematic area micro- and nanomanufacturing  micro- and nanomanufacturing (minam) community  dr. wolfgang schaefer, dr. johann dorner  fraunhofer ipa, stuttgart (germany)  abstract  since many years there are research activities in the field of micro and nanotechnology. nowadays new product innovations are not imaginable without micro and nanotechnology. a very important requirement for dissemination of these new technologies is the control of manufacturing. micro and nano manufacturing is getting more and more important for innovative applications and has a strategic importance for europe. a new micro- and nanomanufacturing community (www.micronanomanufacturing.eu) is emerging at european level involving collaboration of manufacturers of micro-and/or nano-inside-products, equipment suppliers, research organisations and networks. theses groups cooperate through the establishment of the micro- and nanomanufacturing (minam) platform for structuring a global position. today the minam community comprises more than 400 members and coordinates technological and organisational questionings.  structure of minam   industrial stakeholders showed clearly the necessity of a european platform at the meeting on 14th september 2006 in brussels. the decision wastaken to establish and structure a platform with two organisational groups: an industrial management group (img) and an operational support group (osg). minam will be closely associated with the existing platform manufuture (www.manufuture.org).  the new industrially driven community for micro- and nanomanufacturing (minam) develops the vision and strategic research agenda (sra) for the coming years. first results of the platform have already been provided as input to the 7th framework programme and more specific the nmp programme. the platform intends to further strengthen the effect of european, national and regional funding programmes in terms of a higher level of coordination and implementation by industry.   minam-platform: thematic area micro- and nanomanufacturing session d3  activities of minam  the minam platform is currently under construction. the establishment is supported by the eu-projects ipmman, µsapient and 4m. expert groups will develop the development needs in future in the areas of ‘production of nanomaterials’, ‘production of micro- and nanosurfaces’, ‘production of micro components’ and “equipment integration“. the expert knowledge will flow into the roadmapping activities. a group of roadmapping experts launched joint activities to integrate results from existing roadmaps into a micro nanomanufacturing meta-roadmap.  minam organises for example brokerage events and informal member meetings. the first minam brokerage event attracted 130 participants in brussels on 24 january. latest fp7 information, networking opportunities and project match­making were the scores of the agenda of this successful day. in future there will be further events to forward the activities and to strengthen the relations between industry and research on european and world-wide level.   ');
pdf_daten[57] = new Array('D3-MINAM Experts groups- production of nanomaterials and pr.pdf', 'D3-MINAM Experts groups- production of nanomaterials and production of nanosurfaces', 'minam experts groups: production of nanomaterials and production of nanosurfaces  christian woegerer1 & bertrand fillon2  1 profactor research and solutions gmbh, seibersdorf, austria 2 cea/liten, grenoble, france  nanomanufacturing is the way from materials and process technologies to production lines for various applications. therefore it’s necessary to develop new manufacturing technologies, equipment and equipment components including test and metrology systems. most important applications are electronics, displays, automotive, textiles & clothes, aerospace, and production-equipment.  fig.1: micro-/nanomanufacturing - from technology/materials to application  nanomanufacturing processes are needed for a wide variety of products. the demands are as heterogeneous as the applications: according to macro- large area processes to micro- small scale processes. therefore also the manufacturing questions to be addressed have to consider mass production of materials, large area (e.g. coating) but also the fabrication processes of small devices, and processing of defined local areas for generating local characteristics.  targets of a micro- and nanomanufacturing industry are:  1.  to establish a new industry for the manufacturing of products based on emerging micro- and nanotechnologies.   2.  to develop europe as the leading location for the production of nanoparticles, micro- and nanostructures and components with ‘micro/nano inside’.   3.  to establish the complete micro- and nanotechnology value chain leading to the manufacturing of european mnt products.   4.  to ensure that the new mnt products are produced at european facilities using equipment and systems of european origin.    to develop and assist the development of this nanomanufacturing there is the european technology platform minam (www.micronanomanufacturing.eu) and inside there the two expert groups (nanomaterials and nanosurfaces). these groups are an expert board for the industrial members, for the european commission and for other private and public bodies dealing with micro- and nanomanufacturing.  the nanomaterial mass production processes may focus on a closed production chain from production of nanophased, particles & functionalisation and nanocomposites incorporation up to special methods to direct surface creating. this includes:  nanophased particle production and functionalisation  1.  economical production & automation: yield, ease of implementation, low cost material; up-scaling, reproducibility, reliability   2.  production environment: healthcare, safety handling, easy handling, environmental effects   3.  quality: low cost tool, simulation model, online control, easy to use   4.  automation: up-scaling, reproducibility, reliability    sectors: electronics, automotive, aeronautics & space, energy  bulk integration  1.  economical production & automation: yield, easy implementation, low cost material; reproducibility, upscaling   2.  production environment: easy handling, safety handling, healthcare, environmental effects, automation: reproducibility, up-scaling   3.  quality: online control, easy to use    sectors: electronics, automotive, aeronautics & space, energy, consumer, life, science, environment  processes for production of nanophased particles e.g.:  1.  colloid chemistry, sol gel, hydrothermal chemical methods, green chemistry   2.  plasma synthesis, pvd, flame pyrolysis   3.  milling and mechanical alloying processes for functionalisation of nanophased particles e.g.:    1. in-situ synthesis, grafting, sol-gel and mw-rf plasma requirements to an economical production are:  1.  high yield, easy implementation and low-cost material   2.  automation: up-scaling, reproducibility and reliability    the manufacturing of new nanomaterials with new properties calls for development of processes and equipment for industrial production of (functionalised) nanophased particles as basis for incorporating nanocomposites and other bulk nanomaterials. in addition, special designed nanophased functionalised particles can be the basic material and could be straight used for an instant coating for realising new surfaces. the target is to industrially manufacture and functionalise nanophased particles of highest industrial relevance for the end-user groups in the nano-micro-manufacturing value chain. as example the energy sector covers a wide range of applications driven by strong industrial needs. by energy application it is understood (i) the production of nanoparticles needed to build devices for energy production like fuel cells (pemfc, sofc), for energy storage (batteries, super-capacities or even hydrogen storage) and (ii) for the reduction of energy consumption. the second point can be achieved through the development of nanopowders roadmap micro- and nanomanufacturing 47 needed in the transportation field. as an example new generation of nanopowders are needed to build thermal barrier in different part of an aircraft engine in order to increase its operation temperature leading to a higher combustion efficiency and therefore to an optimum fuel consumption. focus is on developing industrial production processes for a cost efficient, high yield manufacturing of nanophased particles:  1.  continuous process from material to production without transport leak   2.  expert data base for production parameters   3.  equipment for safe transports of particle   4.  standardised control system and parameters    a key issue related to the production of nanomaterials is the collection of the nanopowders. the collection should be as efficient as possible (high yield of recuperation) and safe. the actual more promising methodsfor producing nanopowders are based on batch processes. a huge effort has to be done to switch to continuous production mode which is more relevant for industry. the high specific surface area is an inherent property of nanopowders. it implies that the raw nanopowders exhibit a low tap density. at an industrial production scale with a production rate of kg /hour the corresponding high volumetric production (m3/hour) has to be carefully managed. this issue remains the same if the nanopowders collection is implemented in a solvent. at the production line end the as-produced nanopowders have to be stored in a safe way in order to limit the potential contamination and to avoid agglomeration which is harmful to the unique properties of nanomaterials. a general target is the zero emission of nanopowders during the whole production processes. the deliverable from research proposed under this topic should clearly demonstrate how nanophased particles can be produced on industrial scale that will make these new materials available in required quantities and at affordable prices. up-scaling the processes and simultaneously increasing reproducibility and reliability can be reached by a higher degree of automation. automation, easy production and safe handling are necessary. the production should be assisted by simulation. these are indicators for integration of known technologies and equipment from existing processes. the importance of automation, safety handling and online control systems shows the overall production approach (from material to bulk, in situ).  processes and equipment for an economical and automated industrial production of bulk nanomaterials: the manufacturing of new nanomaterials with new properties calls for development of processes and equipment for industrial production of nanocomposites and other bulk nanomaterials, incorporating (functionalised) nanophased particles. focus is on industrial manufacturing of bulk nanomaterials of highest industrial relevance for the end-user groups in the nano-micro-macro-manufacturing value chain. up-scaled processes and equipment with high yield, easy implementation, and high reproducibility are required.  processes may include sol gel, melt compounding, sintering, laser sintering, hlping, spark, plasma sintering, finished products net shaping, finished products rapid manufacturing,  results from research proposed under this topic should clearly demonstrate how bulk nanomaterials can be economically produced at industrial scale, with high yield, easy implementation, low cost materials, reproducibility and up-scaling, making these new materials available in required quantities and at affordable prices.  production environment for nanophased particles production and functionalisation: the manufacturing of new nanomaterials with new properties calls for development of processes and equipment for industrial production of (functionalised) nanophased particles as basis for incorporating nanocomposites and other bulk nanomaterials.  the focus is on production environment: healthcare, safety handling, easy handling, environmental effects and safe handling and transport of ‘nanoparticles’ and integrated quality control methods.  results should provide ‘easy to use’ processes with a fullstandardization of’ nanomaterials and flexible production technologies with a control and quality system for safe processes. processes include nanophased particles production, sol gel, colloid chemistry, hydrothermal chemical methods, pvd, pe_cvd, plasma synthesis, flame pyrolysis, self assembly, electrodeposition, milling, mechanical alloying, mechanochemical production, nanophased particles functionalisation.  the nano-surface production processes mayfocus on specific processes or a combination, for a cost efficient, high yield industrial processing of functional surfaces. this includes:  1.  technologies to produce surface functions and nanostructures optimized for industrial applications   2.  procedures for robust functional surface nanostructures (e.g. grafting to / grafting from approach; incorporation of nanosized building blocks such as nanoparticles, nanorods, nanotubes,…   3.  systems for the fabrication of smart responsive coatings   4.  combination to obtain hybrid process like top-down / bottom-up approach; combination robotics/self-assembly, or wet/dry    three key parameters for the production of nanosurfaces are generally identified:  1.  chemical composition (and crystalline structure at nanosized domains),   2.  thickness   3.  topography (including nano-scale patterning of nanosurfaces).    for this last one many approaches are developed, three main will be presented:  nanolayer with sub-micron thickness can be used to tailor surface properties such as eg. wettability and non-fouling (eg. surface functionalization with polymer or sol-gel thin films based by grafting/crosslinking methods). such layers can be also designed in a way to be responsive (smart coatings) with controlled surface chemistry and properties which can be adjusted at the nanometer scale in response to variation of environment or to application of some physical/chemical incentives (eg. temperature, light exposure, ph, …).  nanocomposites made of a matrix including nanoaggregates are very attractive to develop concepts of multifunctional materials by using a knowledge based approach. the properties of both matrix and aggregates can be adjusted to promote synergetic effect between the nanoaggregates activity and the surface interaction with the environment. coupling of deposition process have to be considered as prevalent synthesis routes.  nanotextured surfaces means surface of a material containing at least one dimensional feature smaller than 100nm. the structure can be topographical, as thin-film, modified surface presenting designed nanostructures (pores, pillars, gratings,…) tailored for a specific application resulting in outstanding properties. nanotextured surfaces might also involve coatings (up to the mm size) having phase modulations, crystalsizes, embedded particles in the mentioned range. nanotextured are created on the surfaces of varied solid materials, e.g. metals, ceramics, glasses, semiconductors, polymers. concerning the nanotexturing processes both top-down (e.g. nano imprint lithography, electron and ion beam writing) and bottom-up  (e.g. self-assembly) approaches are considered.  for both production of nanomaterials and nanosurfaces, different bottlenecks will be highlighted. in fact, while the processes which have been developed in nanoelectronicsproduction are quite well understood and well controlled, many of the techniques need further research. several questions are described by the nanoroadmap of the 7th framework programme. for example the generic bottlenecks which will have to be considered are:  -lack of understanding how to integrate the new technologies into existing production processes -lack of links of the nanotechnology with current other industrial technologies. -lack of high volume production equipment -lack of innovation of new product designs which considers applications of nanomaterials -lack of understanding adhesion mechanisms -lack of software for modelling and simulation -lack of equipment for characterisation, especiallyfor quality control in high volume production, and for  manipulation/handling -lack of standardisation of testing procedures for surface metrology -lack of understanding interfaces, stoichiometry and decomposition processes.  vision  the european community of micro- and nanomanufacturing aims at the worldwide leadership of european manufacturers and equipment suppliers in the field of manufacturing micro- and nanotechnological products – it will be the european network in this field.  fig.2: from today to the future - vision of micronanomanufacturing  references:  1.  homepage micro – nanomanufacturing – www.micronanomanufacturing.eu   2.  roadmaps ipmman: - http://www.ipmman.eu/roadmaps.htm   3.  roadmap micronanomanufacturing - http://www.micronanomanufacturing.eu/roadmap.php   4.  4m - http://www.4m-net.org/filestore2/download/1539/4m%20a%20roadmapping%20study%20in%20multi-material%20 micro%20manufacture%20v1.pdf   5.  roadmap µ-sapient - http://microsapient.tekniker.es/best%20practices/microsapient_roadmapping_results.pdf   6.  the international workshop on micro- and nano production technologies and systems http://www.ipmman.eu/moscow_workshop.htm     ');
pdf_daten[58] = new Array('E1-European Nanoelectronics Initiative Advisory Council (EN.pdf', 'E1-European Nanoelectronics Initiative Advisory Council (ENIAC)', 'european technology platforms session e1  european nanoelectronics initiative advisory council (eniac)  norbert lehner  infineon technologies, munich (germany) and chairman of the eniac support group  nanotechnology, being the key for present and future economic, ecologic and social developments, can be described by mainly three elements: ’materials‘ + ’intelligence‘ + ’nano-dimensions‘  ’intelligence‘ and the ’nano-dimensions‘ are the main assets of ’nanoelectronics‘, which is at the starting point of the value-chain of nearly all high-tech products (fig. 1):   source: nxp  in view of the enormous importance and impact of nanoelectronics, it wasselected as one of the candidates for a european technology platform (etp) and even for a joint technology initiative (jti). the objective of etps (and jtis) is utilisation of all available resources for the selected topic. this includes strong and very well co-ordinated research and development (r&d) in co-operation of the most competent companies, institutes and universities as well as co-ordinated funding from the european commission and the national authorities. in addition to this, extra financing can be activated via the european investment bank (eib) and specific needs with respect to standardisation or legislation can be addressed by the involvement of the corresponding bodies.   figure 2 (left) shows how the nanoelectronics platform and it´s jti, both called ’eniac‘ fit into the already funding schemes.  source: eniac  the main output of the eniac platform is the strategic research agenda (sra), which will be used as guideline for future european funding schemes for nanoelectronics. the sra was developed by six domain teams composed of experts from all  session e1 european technology platforms  over europe. the structure of the sra is shown in figure 3:  source: eniac   what this figure describes is essentially, that the motivation and the final objective of all the r&d work on nanoelectronics is to satisfy the needs of the society by providing the most cost-effective, specifically tailored technology solutions. the link between ’society needs‘ and the ’technologies‘ are the ’application domains‘ as detailed in figure 4:  source: eniac  to visualise the long way along the value chain in nanoelectronics and its applications, figure 5 shows some examples of future technology options in the time frame, when conventional cmos technology will come to its end (domain ’beyond cmos‘ in figure 3).   of course, the final version of the sra will contain not only identify r&d needs in nanoelectronics, but will also show priorities and will develop scenarios how to close the technology gaps.  european technology platforms session e1  the implementation of all measures as proposed in the sra document requires an enormous effort and will only be possible by activating projects of a large critical mass. the new instrument to do this, will be the eniac-jti. the way to realise the visions is in a systematic way shown in fig. 5:   today, we are at the point, where the association aeneas is launched and starts its operation. at the same time, the proposal text for the council regulation, which will be the legal frame for the eniac jti, is ready for submission to the council. it is expected, that the official launch of the eniac jti will be announced at the end of 2007 and that the jti operation can start in 2008. this will be an important step to improve europe’s competitiveness in nanoelectronics and as a consequence to ensure further progress in the industrial application of nanotechnology.   ');
pdf_daten[59] = new Array('E1-European Technology Platform on Nanomedicine - a world u.pdf', 'E1-European Technology Platform on Nanomedicine - a world unique platform on nanomedicine', 'session e1 european technology platforms  european technology platform on nanomedicine – a world unique platform on nanomedicine  patrick boisseau  cea-léti-minatec, grenoble (france)  the challenge  mankind is still fighting against a high number of serious and complex illnesses like cancer, cardiovascular diseases, multiple sclerosis, alzheimer’s and parkinson’s disease, and diabetes as well as different kindsof serious inflammatory or infectious diseases (e.g. hiv). most of theses diseases have a tremendous negative impact not only on the patient himself but also on the whole society and linked social and insurance systems. it is of utmost importance to face these plagues with appropriate means.  nanomedicine, the application of nanotechnology to health, raises high expectations for millions of patients for better, more efficient and affordable healthcare and has the potential of delivering promising solutions to many illnesses. research in nanomedicine will allow for a better understanding of the functioning of the human body at molecular and nanometric level and it will thus give us the possibility to intervene better at pre-symptomatic, acute or chronic stage of ill­nesses.  several areas of medical care are already benefiting from the advantages that nanotechnology can offer. several nanotechnology-based targeted drug delivery systems are already on the market, others are in clinical trials or, by far the largest part, are under development. another highly attractive area of nanomedicine is diagnostics at nanoscale. the aim is to identify a disease either in vivo or in vitro at the earliest possible stage. ideally already a single cell with ill behaviour would be detected and cured or eliminated. new concepts for regenerative medicine give hope to many patients with organ failure or severe injuries. already today artificial skin, bone and cartilage are in an advanced stage of development and partly already on the market.  the promising possibilities that nanomedicine might offer in the future have to be counterweighted against possible risks of this new technology. it is of utmost importance to examine upfront with care and responsibility its possible side effects to human beings and the environment. several european projects are already dealing with this highly important issue. also ethical concerns have to be taken into account. it may also be necessary to examine existing legislation for its applicability to nanomedicine.  industry has increasing interest in stepping into the area of nanomedicine and the expected market share of final products is expected european technology platform on nanomedicine to be significant. in addition to the improved quality of health care, the creation of new jobs can be expected.  an important initiative, led by industry, has been set up together with the european commission. a group of 53 european stakeholders, composed of industrial and academic experts, has established a european technology platform on nanomedicine. the first task of this high level group was to write a vision document for this highly futureoriented area of nanotechnology-based healthcare in which experts describe an extrapolation of needs and possibilities until 2020. beginning of 2006 this plat­form has been opened to a wider participation (april 2007: more than 160 member organisations) and has delivered a so-called strategic research agenda showing a well elaborated common european way of working together for the healthcare of the future trying to match the high expectationsthatnanomedicine has raised so far.   european technology platforms session e1  policy objectives:  -establish a clear strategic vision in the area resulting in a strategic research agenda -decrease fragmentation in nano-medical research -mobilise additional public and private investment -identify priority areas -boost innovation in nanobiotechnologies for medical use  topics:  three key priorities have been confirmed by the stakeholders:  -nanotechnology-based diagnostics including imaging -targeted drug delivery and release -regenerative medicine  dissemination of knowledge, regulatory and ipr issues, standardisation, ethical, safety, environmental and toxicity concerns as well as public perception in general and the inputs from other stakeholders like insurance companies or patient organisations play an important role.  the ceos of philips medical systems and of siemens medical solutionshave taken over the chairmanship of this platform  together. they are seconded in the executive board by the leaders of the working groups:  -nano-diagnostics incl. imaging (chair: patrick boisseau, cea, france) -targeted drug delivery and release (chair: mike eaton, ucb, uk) -regenerative medicine (chair: alessandra pavesio, fab, italy) -ethical, legal and societal aspects (chair: klaus michael weltring, bioanalytik-muenster, germany) -intellectual property rights (chair: maaike van velzen, philips, the netherlands)  a mirror group composed by official representatives from the eu member states as well as from some associated states are also part of the organisation of the european technology platform on nanomedicine. since this time, the european technology platform on nanomedicine convenes its general assembly twice a year.  the next general meeting of the platform will take place on 12th september 2007 in chalkidiki, greece.  how to express your interest in a possible participation in this technology platform  you are invited to submit an expression of interest that should include a short overview of your organisation\'s activities in the nanomedicine sector as well as the motivation for participating in this european technology platform on nanomedicine. a short cv of the person from the organisation that would be the contact point (including a web link) should also be included. applications may be submitted via e-mail to: uta.faure@ec.europa.eu  http://cordis.europa.eu/nanotechnology/nanomedicine.htm   ');
pdf_daten[60] = new Array('E1-Hub Nanosafe in the frame of the European initiative ETP.pdf', 'E1-Hub Nanosafe in the frame of the European initiative ETPIS - European Technology Platform on Industrial Safety', 'session e1 european technology platforms  hub nanosafe in the frame of the european initiative etpis – european technology platform on industrial safety  dr françois tardif  cea, grenoble (france)  it is expected that improving the level of industrial safety will sustain and foster the competitiveness of the european industry. in particular, improved control of industrial riskswill contribute to the sustainable growth of the european industry. there is also a benefit to be expected from the development of a co-ordinated effort in safety-related research across industry sectors. as it stand today, the effort in research & development often remains fragmented, at both national and european levels, and no coherent attempt is made to transfer success from one industry to another or the benefits of research in one sector to another.  the european technology platform industrial safety –etpis- recognises that only an integrated approach to industrial production, risk assessment and management will help introduce improved and integrated safety standards across the european industry, along with occupational practice that matches the objectives of industrial safety. such integration includes: man-machine interactions, organisational and culturalfactors, influence of safety culture, etc. the etpis also recognises that it is through education and training that can be established a context wherein managers, technology developers and designers can create production adapted safety systems, while operators at facility level also know how to operate and maintain them in a safe and efficient way.  the etpis is closely co-operating with the industry-specific platforms, such as manufuture, ectp, sustainable chemistry,  transport related tps… so as to turn the methods and technologies developed within the platform industrial safety into practical, accessible and easy-to-apply principles and tools.  the nanosafe hub is an important part of the new industrial risks taken into account by etpis. industrial needs in terms of nanomaterials are increasing. many sectors are concerned, ranging from mature high volume markets like automotive applications, high added value parts like space & aeronautic components or even emerging activities like new technologies for energy. also are concerned domains with a planetary impact like environment and new products and functions for health and safety of people. nanotechnologies (e.g. nanoparticles) will play a key role in promoting innovation in design and realisation of multifunctional materials for the future, either by improving usual products or creating new functions and new products. nevertheless, this huge evolution of the industry of materials could only happen if the main technological and economic challenges are solved with reference to the societal acceptance.  those concern the mastering, over the whole life cycle of the products, of the potential risks, by an integration of the elaboration channels, while taking into accountrecycling. some initiatives have already proposed a global concept for risk evaluation and management (nanosafe 2 integrated project), a next step, industrial production-oriented, is will start in 2006 with saphir integrated project, with the objective to add the missing industrial bricks to the desired responsible approach, by means of the development of the concept of the future ’factory for nano’s‘ and to set it up for a selected number of representative examples.  the overall objective of the hub nanosafe is to develop synergies between projects dealing with the safe nanomanufacturing. this includes the development of:  -  advanced detection and monitoring technologies at workplace   -  secure integrated industrial processes   -  a globalapproach all along the life cycle   -  knowledge on health and environmental effects of nanoparticles    european technology platforms session e1  in operational terms, the hub nanosafe will bring together companies, research institutes, the financial world and regulatory authorities at the european level to define a common research agenda mobilizing a critical massof national and european public and private resources.  according to the main objective, the initial structuration of the nanosafe hub partnership is achieved through the synergy development of four integrated projects.  -  nanosafe 2 (risk assessment & risk management)   -  saphir (industrial deployment of nanomanufacturing through demonstration platforms)   -  meditrans(development of nanoparticlesfor medical applications)   -  nanosecure (development of nanomaterials for security and environment)    the talk will describe the work already performed in the different project of the nanosafe hub and will precise the link with the different national initiatives in nanosafety area.   ');
pdf_daten[61] = new Array('E1-SusChem - The European Technology Platform for Sustainab.pdf', 'E1-SusChem - The European Technology Platform for Sustainable Chemistry', 'session e1 european technology platforms  suschem – the european technology platform for sustainable chemistry  dr. marian mours  cefic (european chemical industry council), dept research & innovation  sustainable chemistry is the driving force for global sustainable development. closer to home sustaining chemistry and molecular science and engineering in europe is at the heartof im-proving industrial competitiveness, maintaining and improving further our quality of life. it forms a significant basis for the future knowledge-based european economy. the european technology platform for sustainable chemistry (suschem) is leading a pan-continental initiative to boost chemistry, chemical engineering and industrial biotechnology research activi-ties and enhance collaborative r&d.  suschem was jointly initiated by cefic (the european chemical industry council) and europabio (the european association for bioindustries) in 2004. it is an open multi-stakeholder forum with additional organisational support from gdch, dechema, the royal society of chemistry and esab (european federation of biotechnology section of applied biocatalysis) and financial support from the european commission. suschem foresees a sustainable european chemical industry with enhanced global competitiveness and minimal environmental impact powered by a world-leading, technological innovative drive. it sees the chemical community as an essential and leading partner in the european knowledge-based economy providing growth and social equity for all its citizens.  working groups  three strategic technology areas (industrial biotechnology, reaction & process design, and materials technology) were identified and working groups established to map out research requirements and roadmaps in each area. in addition a fourth group, the horizontal issues group, was tasked with looking at cross-cutting issues common to all three technology areas.  the emerging field of industrial biotechnology has increasing impact on the chemical sector. it enables both the use of renewable resources and the conversion of conventional raw materials using biotechnological processes. industrial biotechnology allows the production of a wide variety of chemical substances, some of which cannot be made by other synthetic routes. it will play an increasingly significant role in the chemical and other manufacturing industries in the future.  tomorrow’s society will require materials with increasing demands on properties and flexibility. innovative materials technology will enable new business creation and sustainable development of downstream industries. in addition to their unique properties innovative ma-terials will minimise the use of resourcesand limit environmental impact. among other priorities, the suschem sra emphasises the importance of nanoscience and nanotechnology as a fundamental underlying area of knowledge in this area.  reaction & process design is of vital importance for the chemical and biochemical industries. innovation in this area aims to incorporate highly efficient, inherently safe and environmentally benign technologies; tailor-made products with designed properties making efficient use of resources; and increasingly flexible, affordable equipment. it contributes all the way from synthesis to viability of process plants.  clearly there are many synergies between the technology groups and they work closely with each other. in addition, suschem’s horizontal issues group effectively addresses the integration of all the factors underpinning sustainable innovation, from regulatory to economic, environmental and societal. the group’s role is to tackle generic issues that impinge on all three technology areas. effectively there are two main themes: stimulating innovation and addressing societal concerns.  vision  suschem started its work by formulating a vision for 2025. it foresees a sustainable european chemical industry with  european technology platforms session e1  enhanced global competitiveness and minimal environmental impact powered by a world-leading, technological innovative drive. it sees the chemical community as an essential and leading partner in the european knowledge-based economy providing growth and social equity for all its citizens.  roadmap and action plan   suschem’s strategic research agenda (sra, published in december 2005), and its detailed implementation action plan (iap, completed in december 2006) represented and will con-tinue to represent a significant contribution to the formulation of the european commission’s fp7, future european r&d framework programmes and other major collaborative european research initiatives. within the chemical research community suschem can help to co-ordinate european, national and regional initiatives, working together with member states, related technology platforms, era-nets and other organisations. suschem will help to build bridges between the different disciplines of chemistry and biotechnology with other molecular sciences, technologies and engineering as well as between stakeholders. suschem’s iap is structured around eight themes of major importance for sustainable chemistry and society: bio-based economy; energy; health care; information and communication technologies; nanotechnology; sustainable quality of life; sustainable product and process design; and transport.  the iap is now moving from words to action. fp7 calls already contain clear references to ideas from the iap. suschem is working proactively to facilitate the building of collaborative research teams through initiatives such as ‘brokerage events‘ and a ‘partnering database‘ hosted on its website. suschem-relevant projects mayalso be independently commissioned by industry, via national government research programmes, or through other european sources. suschem will monitor implementation and work to ensure that all topics are covered within the iap timeframe.  suschem and nanoscience/nanotechnology  nanotechnology is enabling new developments in material science, providing innovations for industries ranging from construction, information & communications, healthcare, energy, transportation through to security. sustainable development of nanomaterials, including an appropriate assessment of possible risks and their potential for environmental protection will contribute to sustainable economic growth. materials science deals with the design and manufacture of materials, an area in which chemistry plays the central role; there is also considerable overlap with the fields of chemical engineering, biotechnology and physics. to understand the phenomena that arise at the nanometre scale and to gain the ability to structure, control and integrate new properties that are related to a reduction of the material size, a fundamental understanding of structure property relationships is necessary. suschem interest lies in the synthesis and function of nanoparticles, nanostructured surfaces, and nanostructured materials (porous materials). the corner stones needed are an understanding of the phenomena at the nanometre scale and the tools to make use of these properties by controlling the size and the structure of the materials, and developing the industrial production of nanomaterials, by bridging the gap between the laboratory and the market.  conclusion the suschem programme clearly shows the chemical sciences and the chemical industry as the drivers of beneficial change for society and finding the solutions to the tremendous challenges facing humanity today. to quote dr. alfred oberholz, deputy chairman of the board of management of degussa and chairman of the suschem board: ’suschem is a unique opportunity for the chemical community in europe to demonstrate and grow its strengths and contributions to society.‘   ');
pdf_daten[62] = new Array('E2-Early birds - trapped in a cage- Interpretation and orga.pdf', 'E2-Early birds - trapped in a cage- Interpretation and organisation of nanotechnology in Sweden 1984-2006', 'experiences from national activities and networks session e2  early birds - trapped in a cage? interpretation and organisation of nanotechnology in sweden 1984-2006  hans fogelberg*, björn a. sandén**  * science and technology studies, dept of sociology, göteborg university, sweden, email: hans.fogelberg@sts.gu.se  ** environmental systems analysis, chalmers university of technology, sweden, email: bjorn.sanden@chalmers.se  whereas much of the underlying rationale for the increasing focus on nanotechnologyhas to do with innovation and expectations of long term economic growth – or fear of a lack thereof – there is still much to be done in the study of nanotechnology as field of innovation processes. resent emphasis under the label of ethical, legal, social aspects/implications of nanotechnology have so far not showed particularly strong interest in trying to understand nanotechnology as an ongoing field of innovation. to somewhat mitigate this situation we present a history of an emerging system around nanotechnology in sweden.  a common expectation is that since nanotechnology knowledge is science-based, and since scientific knowledge is distributed and communicated in broad open collectives, then so is nanotechnology innovation nessesarily also a general phenomena. the present case of the swedish development of nanotechnology tells another story.  by invoking the specific historical context of sweden to analyse the emergence of discourse and organising of nanotechnology, we explain how a lack of discourse and concerted national initiative can coexist with a strong nanotechnology development. in particular we point to the paradox that the swedish nanotechnology expertise - by being early to pursue research in this area, and by being so well funded in closely related science areas-in effect seems to have blocked their own discursive and political capability to join the international nanotechnology ‘bandwagon‘ and e.g. failed to mobilize a swedish nanotechnology initiative.  for foreign observers not familiar with the swedish history and culture, there are a few points that need to be made in relation to the present focus on nanotechnology, but for sake of space here presented with little argument. (1) the swedish expert discourses are usually confined and closed, and not broad and public. this is a common pattern in the swedish context, and the discourse on nanotechnology is no different in this respect. (2) the public to a larger extent than in many other countries put faith and trust in scientific and governmental expertise, meaning for example that there is virtually no debate on risk issues relatated to nanotechnology in sweden (the debate that do occur is spill-over from international discussions). (3) sweden has a history of non-military alliance, which has forced government to invest heavily in advanced science and technology capability. this is especially important for microtechnology and microelectronics, and obviously for its extensions to nanotechnology. (4) swedish science policy analysts have shown that the swedish university is to a much larger extent than elsewhere responsible for research and development usually conducted in intermediary organisations, as institutes, meaning in practise that science policy and innovation policy are closely related. (5) globalisation of industry and the reduction in military induced expenses due to the end of cold war has reduced the number of potential research intensive collaborators for these research groups. what wasearlier an evolutionary grown ‘natural‘, embedded and interwoven relationship between science and technology is today reconstructed and institutionalised under the banner of the innovation theory concepts such as the entrepreneurial university, triple helix and mode 2. with this as a common ground we now move to the details of the swedish case of nanotechnology.  there is an early identification of a general scientific field called micronics, which both in its detail and as a general proposition accord with what later and especially outside sweden is called ‘nanotechnology‘. visions offuture technological impact from micronics was envisaged in early 1980s, and became institutionalised in dedicated programme structure in the late 1980s.  the discussion of a micronics technology has a longer history. from at least 1959, and the proposition by physisist richard feynman, it was in a sense known that ‘if‘ one could manipulate matter in a controlled way this would open up for novel material properties and a new horizon for technology. that theoretical possibility and the possibility horizon for technology application was brough forward by developments in physics through development of new instrumentation. with possibilities  session e2 experiences from national activities and networks  materialised this made it at least conceivable to craft a dedicated policy for the field. scientists and science policy actors in several nations engaged in trying to frame a policy for this new technology, the uk being one example, and micronics in sweden another.  the research on micronics was however not expanded, and the issues pertinent to this novel field remained an internal scientific discussion, within a narrow scientific discourse. but the research field in a broader sense was not terminated. on the contrary, there is an astonishing build-up of swedish nanotechnology capability beginning with the early 1990s. but this growth is based on other rationales than micronics or nanotechnology.  the growth occur as a translation and reframing process that construct the scientific and technological idea to be more adapted to the contemporary historical context and interest of industrial actors. micronics was translated into interdisciplinary materials science consortias, however still representing quite novel organisation and drastically increased emphasis on interdisciplinarity and long term funding. this activity had the concerns of the large national industrial trajectories and national security rationales in focus, which interlocked with earlier expectations and r&d during the 1980s on the rise of a new industry in computer technology. industrialised nations generally pursued microelectronics research, but the size of this research was in the swedish case amplified by underlying national security rationales. in effect, and later, this emphasis turned out to have created a strong position within important areas of nanoscience, providing research groups of critical mass and advanced instrumentation and world-classlaboratory capability - in other words, providing the basic material resources and material culture for a subsequent nanotechnology research and development.  by the late 1990s and early 2000 we witness continued strong build-up, however distributed and with little or no co-ordination. all funding actors have developed their own science-focussed programmes on nanotechnology, and increasingly also use this term nanotechnology to denote this activity.  this result today is that the potential strength for nanotechnology as an organisational reality is not currently balanced by an equally developed discource on nanotechnology. part of this is ‘normal‘ state of affairs for sweden, but it becomes problematic not to discuss what we can and want to do with national expertise. when nanotechnology emerged internationally as the ’next big thing‘, such discourse was ignored or even downplayed in the swedish case, and we argue, this had a lasting effect on the ability of swedish actors both to create political mobilisation and to contextualize nanotechnology in terms of potential applications and potential risk. this include also other than nanoscientists. the choices made on search paths among companies as well as among social, health and environmental scientists did not in general include nanotechnology. a late awakening has occurred, however, due to the pressure of a flourishing international science and innovation policy discourse on nanotechnology, including a bandwagon of eu policy activities aimed at promoting nanotechnology. this has opened up for a broader set of issues and actorsalso in the swedish system, and it will hopefully pave the way for a versatile, dynamic and robust development.  acknowledgement  this research is part of the project nanorobust - societal aspects of nanotechnology: ecological sustainability and social robustness, funded by the swedish national foundation for strategic environmental research.   ');
pdf_daten[63] = new Array('E2-Fraunhofer Nanotechnology Alliance- Focus on materials -.pdf', 'E2-Fraunhofer Nanotechnology Alliance- Focus on materials - examples for industrial implementation', 'experiences from national activities and networks session e2  fraunhofer nanotechnology alliance: focus on materials - examples for industrial implementation of nanotechnologies  karl-heinz haas  fraunhofer-nanotechnology alliance c/o fraunhofer-institut für silicatforschung, neunerplatz 2, 97082 würzburg; karl-heinz.haas@isc.fraunhofer.de  introduction  nanotechnologies (nt) - which can be characterized as the combination of size (1-100 nm) and function useful in industrial products/systems - cover a wide area of applications and industries (see fig. 1).   figure 1: application areas of nanotechnologies  more than one third of the 58 institutes of the fraunhofer-gesellschaft (fhg) in germany is working in the field of nt www.nano.fraunhofer.de. the research areas encompassmaterials, electronics/optics, life science, production technologies and analytics (see fig. 2). the focus of this contribution is on the material development for different applications and gives examples for industrial applications of nt .  the fraunhofer nanotechnology network (fnt)  the main task of fhg is to contribute to industrial implementation of new technologies and processes. fhg institutes are part of various regional, national and european networks dealing with nt f.e. ’ultrathin functional films‘ www.nanotechnology.de, ’nanomaterials‘ www.nanomat.de, fame ’noe for advanced materials‘ www.famenoe.org and many more. fnt is representing the nt activities of fhg  bringing together all the expertise necessary in r&d projects especially for industrial clients. due to the highly interdisciplinary character of nt (material science, chemistry, biology, physics, engineering etc.) institutes have to work close together, since in contrast to ’classical‘ projects, not all the competencies necessary for a nt­ session e2 experiences from national activities and networks  project can be covered by a single institute. within fhg nt-related projects cover around 10 % of all research efforts: nearly 100 million euro including basic funding, public funded projects and industry financed projects. more than one third of all nt-related projects of fraunhofer are application focused projects with industrial partners. sme play an important and critical role in this process, since they often do not have the expertise and processing/analytical equipment necessary for sucessful nt-projects. fnt is a cluster type network relying on self-organization processes (bottom-up-approach) in order to foster cooperation and r&d projects within fhg and also with external partners. fnt is a network linked through common targets and not through additional funding or by administrative means. impulses and ideas for new research areas/projects are generated by regular meetings and projects. fnt also servesasa communication point for all types of questions which might arise in terms of nt (’ask one and get the competence of many‘).   figure 2: nt-areas and institutes within the fraunhofer-network nanotechnology  examples of material driven nanotechnology applications  nanomaterials are an essential part of nt. the use of nanomaterials has already led to numerous applications in various industrial segments e.g. as polymer nanocomposites, hybrid nanoscaled polymers, nanoparticles, ultrathin films etc. the synthetic approach is mostly based on chemical nanotechnologies or pvd/cvd techniques. chemical nanotechnology, which is the generation of nanoscaled materials by chemical means f.e. polymerization reactions, self-organization or sol-gel-processing, is frequently used. figure 3 shows examples for research fields which are covered by the sol-gel-process (forming inorganic or organic-inorganic networks by solution/gelation processing). in quite a few cases this has led to industrial implementations (marked by * in fig. 3).   experiences from national activities and networks session e2  an application example for ultrathin films generated by laser assisted physical vapor deposition (pvd) is shown in fig. 4. ultrathin film technology (< 10 nm) has continously evolved from thin to ultrathin in the last than 20 years. in the example shown in fig. 4 this ultraprecision leads to extremly high reflectivity for the x-ray optics needed in new lithographic systems for micro-/nanoelectronics.   figure 4: ultrathin multilayers (ni/c) generated by pulsed laser deposition for x-ray reflective optics (iws dresden)  carbon nanotubes (cnt) can be used in composites to improve mechanical and/or electrical properties. an example is shown in fig. 5. here cnt were added for an improved damping properties.   figure 5: tennis rackets with improved mechanical damping properties by the addition of cnt (teg stuttgart)  conclusion  nt can already be found in quite a number of products. enhancing the properties of products/systems continously by adding ’nano‘ to conventional products can minimize the development risks (e.g. tennis racket with cnt). it is also important to show that new functions are possible through nt. so not only size, but function matters !   ');
pdf_daten[64] = new Array('E2-RENAC- Network for the nanotechnology application in mat.pdf', 'E2-RENAC- Network for the nanotechnology application in materials and products for construction and habitat', 'experiences from national activities and networks session e2  renac: network for the nanotechnology application in materials and products for construction and habitat  mª josé lópez-tendero1, luis e. domínguez1, josé manuel lloris1, manuel cruz1, celia silvestre1,  vicente sanz2, arnaldo moreno2  1construction technology institute, aidico, 2technological institute of ceramics, itc, valencia (spain)  abstract  renac is the spanish network for application of nanotechnology in construction and habitat products. it has been established as a scientific and technological platform that primarily intends to overcome fragmentation of costly research effort by integration and generation of a knowledge base for the construction sector to meet eu objectives (sustainable development, social cohesion). the final objective is to facilitate industrial exploitation and improve the competitive position and employment prospects of the construction and habitat sectors. renac integrates at this moment 18 groups from the technological and scientific valencian community in spain. the multidisciplinary expertise comes from the integration of technological institutes groups dealing with research in different traditional materials (wood, plastic, concrete, ceramic, stone, metal) with  university research groups with a recognised excellence in nanoscience fields such as interface science, nanoparticles, photovoltaic nanomaterials, nanocomposites, mesoporous materials, chemical sensors, and polymer science.  introduction  nanotechnology, whose objective is the control of the behaviour and the fundamental structure of material at both atomic and molecular level, will revolutionize during the next decades the way to understand the design and the production of materials and products in all the industrial, services and consumption environments.  renac, with the support of the regional ministry of enterprise, university and science, was born as an initiative of different nanomaterials research groups from the technological institutes and the universities of the valencia region, with the purpose of facilitating to the construction industrial weave the advantage of the opportunities generated by this scientific and technological revolution. the research centres and the industries have the greater opportunities to consolidate their capital in industrial property in the emergent stage of the development of a new technology. this will allow them to bring to the market innovating products and to avoid the dependency of external technology.  objectives  renac aims to become a sustainable scientific and technological platform able to put together the nanotechnology research efforts in the fields of construction and habitat, focusing on two major targets:  -generation of a critical mass required to be competitive at national and international scope, thus allowing an optimization  of the economic resources  -optimizing scientific infrastructures and to elaborate agreements of equipment exchange  -coordinating the scientific and technologist personnel and facilitating the integration of  the research groups of the valencia region -harnessing the participation in national and european research programs  -to facilitate the industrial exploitation and the potential enterprise development. this is implicit to the application of  nanotechnologies in the products and systems dealing with the construction and habitat sectors. -opportunities detection -technology transfer to the traditional sectors -promotion of the creation of technology base companies  renac main target is to help the companies related with the construction and habitat sectors to be on a level with other higher technological level sectors, and as a result, to take profit of the opportunities that this new technology offers to them.  the universities and the technological centres are aware about:  session e2 experiences from national activities and networks  -the greatest industrial opportunities of implementing the scientific developments of the nanotechnology area in the new materials and in the traditional products for construction and habitat. -the great scientific and technologic complexity of this knowledge area, that requires the integration of multiple disciplines knowledge, as well as great investing on scientific equipment -the importance of the international competition that has been generated in the field of the nanotechnologies.  scientific capacity  at present time, renac is integrated by more than 100 scientists and technologists. this important scientific capital gathers knowledge and experience in the fundamental research areas: -nanoparticle synthesis -organic and inorganic nanopigments synthesis -nanocomposite-based coatings -organic-inorganic hybrid materials -photovoltaic nanomaterials -surface functionalization of nanomaterials with active groups -sensors based on functionalised mesoporous solids -electric, electromagnetic and optical properties definition -polymer ceramic, metal and cement matrix nanocomposites -nanostructured materials: organoclays, mesoporous, nanocapsules -application of nanoparticles in ceramic glazes -nanocomposites process by extrusion, injection and compounding  renac has been structured in two committees, one addressed at the scientific world and another one at the industrialist. the first one is in charge of making a pursuit of the state of the technique in the field of nanotechnology, the definition of the research lines and the execution of the r&d projects. the second will make a search and study of opportunities; it will be the interphase of the network with the companies, being in charge to manage the activities of needs analysis, promotion and results transfer.  some technological resources   process and nanofabrication  characterization   - nanofibers extrusion system  - atomic force microscopy (afm)   - freeze-dried nanoparticle synthesis  -nanoindenters   - sol-gel synthesis  - scanning and transmission electronic microscopies   - chemical vapour deposition  - zeta potential analysis   - spin coating  -x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy   - spray pyrolysis  - x ray diffracction   - ion beam sputter deposition system  -energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy   - low pressure gas rf plasmod  - gas porosimetry analyzer   - template synthesis of nanoparticles  -mercury porosimetry analyzer   - interferometer microscope   - ir-scope ii infrared microscope   proved experience    despite of the newness of the technological area, the research groups integrated in renac have significant research curricula in nanotechnologies. they concentrate more than 40 related research projects, mainly of national and european scope, and that approach lines like: -nanoparticles and nanofibers  -nanocomposites and hybrid materials -smart materials and sensors -nanotechnology and characterization  renac secretariat, construction technology institute – aidico, nano-renac@aidico.es; www.nano-renac.com   ');
pdf_daten[65] = new Array('E2-Self-formation theory application and its relevance for.pdf', 'E2-Self-formation theory application and its relevance for nanotechnology related KIBS sector in Lithuania', 'session e2 experiences from national activities and networks  self-formation theory application and its relevance for nanotechnology related kibs sector in lithuania  dr. linas eriksonas1, dr. juras ulbikas2, daiva ulbikien2  1europarama uab, 2mokslininku sajungos institutas (lithuania)  abstract  the paper will discuss the relevance of self-formation theory for nanotechnology-related knowledge intensive business service sector in lithuania by tracing back its development to self-formation theory applications in microelectronics. the paper will show the potential of self-formation manufacturing concept in developing nanotechnologies for lead markets. finally, organizational developments as related to the centre of excellence in self-formation theory (cesfa) and the current attempts to set up networked organizational structures to boost knowledge transfer in this particular sector will be discussed.  self-formation theory and its early applications  self-formation theory was formulated by lithuanian scientist prof. stepas janu.sonis in 1984 on the basis of the findings from his experimental development work in microelectronics in the period 1974-1984, when around 30 international patents were registered for technologiesbased on self-formation principles, including bipolar transistors and high-frequency integration circuits with self-adapting submicron emitter, injection logic integrated circuits. later self-formation principles were successful applied in developing shotkey barrier field-effect transistors (1984-89) and self-adapting metalization in solar cell technology (1994-95); the latter opened up self-formation theory for its further adoption in developing pv technologies and showed its increased relevance for other material science related applications.  due to political restrictions and the tacit nature of r&d involved (microelectronics industry in the soviet union was a closed area for outsiders) the knowledge of self-formation theory and its early applications did not reach the scientific circles in western europe at that time. it was the time when a similar, bottom-up approach in material sciences, nonlinear physics and theoretical chemistry was being formulated by such prominent scientists as ilya prigogine (the nobel prize winner), who postulated the laws of nature in a framework of the scientific paradigm of self-organization, manfred eigen, who developed the theory of self-organization of biological macromolecules, and hermann haken, who formulated the concept of synergetics and principles of nonequilibrium phase- transitions and self-organization in physics, chemistry and biology. compared to these theories, self-formation theory differed significantly as it derived directly from rtd work in microelectronics and was primarily concerned with solid state phenomena; hence its application potential for nanotechnologies. the fundamental principle of self-formation is generation of structural growth processes as found in nature by applying smart cellular automata software, based on 8-dimensional topological approximation of the self-increasing complexity of artificial systems. self­formation is in line with other levels of self-processes in the materials design. at the atoms and molecules level self­assembling governed by a known set of quantum mechanical postulates and some finite wave functions can be observed. thus self-assembling mechanisms are responsible for the development of elementary building blocks for the next grade of materials. at nanostructures level one can talk about an introduction of interactions between chaotic media and elementary building blocks, which are shaping properties of developed nanostructures; hence self-organization of chaotic media mechanisms dominate in this scale. as a result of an interaction of self-assembling and self-organization mechanisms, an initial object with smart properties can be generated. self-formation method has already proven itself in microscale structuring for the first generation solar cells manufacturing which was developed and implemented under the fp projects helsolar (‘high-efficiency low-cost solar cells‘, 2003-2005) and reflects (novel bifacial single-substrate solar cell utilizing reflected solar radiation, 2004-2006).  the most recent application of self-formation is under way in the project selflex (‘demonstration of self-formation based flexible solar cellsmanufacturing technology‘, 2007-2010).  self-formation use for nanotechnologies  further plans are under way to expand the application of self-formation theory into the field of nanostructured materials. the preliminary findings show that self-formation is applicable in nanoscale in the development of non-lithographic  experiences from national activities and networks session e2  technology for the fabrication of relatively large, periodic arrays of semiconductor nanostructures which would be inexpensive, reliable and suitable for different application areas.  the foreseen expansion of a generic underlying knowledge base of self-formation theory for multi scale applications combines two aspects: first, the development of nanostructures with required periodicity and defined pattern, and, second, the fabrication of relatively large arrays of nanostructures enabling development of macro-objects. the technology, which is being developed, is based on the industrial processes used in si based photovoltaic cell manufacturing, with proposed different technological steps and routes. self-formation enables the time and cost reduction of ’research-development-prototyping-manufacturing‘ cycle needed for introduction to the production. alfa, beta and production tools in manufacturing technology development, meaning process selection and technology optimisation are merged and replaced by self-formation based computational modelling.  centre of excellence in self-formation theory  this application of self-formation theory into nanostructural materials was made possible thanks to the fp5 project firststep (self-formation research towards stairway to excellence in photovoltaic) and the fp6 ssa project nennet (high quality research network on nanosciences, material and energy research in lithuania), both implemented by the institute of lithuanian scientific society (msi).  firststep which ran from 2003 to 2005 was indeed the first step towards gathering the human and management resources around the promising field of self-formation. the main objective of this project wasachieved with the establishment of the centre of excellence on self-formation (cesfa), the first of its kind in the eu.  the nennet project (2004-2007) built upon the initial successof firststep and further explored and promoted the theory of self-formation in the fields of possible technological applications such as nanomaterials and renewable energy technologies (solar cells, hydrogen storage and fuel cells). while firststep was integrating and coordinating exchange of research between individual researchers in lithuania and elsewhere in europe, nennet was setting up an institutional framework for building a network of organizations in public and private sector with an interest in applied research and development of self-formation theory based technologies. as a result of this project three national technology platforms in pv, hydrogen and fuel cells and embedded systems were established in the second half of 2006. the nennet report ’future perspectives of lithuanian research in sustainable energy and nanotechnologies‘ (april 2006) showed the potential of lithuania in the application areas of nanomedicine technologies, photovoltaic technologies and hydrogen technologies.  developing industry-relevant knowledge base  msi established in 1996 by the society of lithuanian scientists, the largest non-governmental, professional organization of scientists in lithuania with a membership of few thousand, has been the major driving force behind the cesfa activities. during the period of running up to lithuania’s accession to the eu msi played a role of catalyst for bringing together individual researchers into project-based and outcome-orientated research teams. in the period of 1999-2006 over 100 researchers worked on different projects managed and coordinated by the institute.  the established centre of excellence served its purpose as the integrator of critical mass of r&d knowledge in self-formation theory relevant fields of research across disciplines. the next step which is being taken is to turn cesfa into a dual networked research and knowledge transfer organization. the idea is to turn the existing cesfa from a virtual research community, which integrates r&d performers from major research institutes in the country, into a networked centre of excellence. the upgraded cesfa would be twinned/linked to other similar centres of excellence in europe, thus forming a frontier research network on self-formation/self-organization theory and application while at the same time being firmly anchored to a local cluster of industry. by creating a self-sustaining model of industry-linked centre the project expects to answer the socio­economic needs of the country – to stimulate the growth of kibs sector in rtd (nace k73) in the high growing lead markets  – and to make an impact on the development of science-industry ties in the eu’s convergence regions through a wide dissemination of the nextstep model and the good practice guidelines. the model integrates elements from traditional centres of excellence, virtual research environments and open grid architectures.  session e2 experiences from national activities and networks  the structure for the networked cesfa will be made of three organizational structures which will comprise a community of practice, namely:  1) open knowledge market which is the cesfa knowledge base (cesfa r&d output and research and networking infrastructure) linked up externally with other centres of knowledge elsewhere in europe;  2) knowledge exchange layer is created by the cesfa r&d staff and knowledge transfer office which upon receiving a request from market information infrastructure will place a demand to open knowledge market open to access from knowledge users (individual or institutional r&d performers) who provide supply of knowledge and expertise.  3) market information infrastructure is a cesfa knowledge transfer office which should expand the capacity of the existing rtd consultancy unit as a result of the proposed project. the institute is a member of the pv national technology platform and has a cooperation agreement with the applied research institute for prospective technologies (protech) on developing cesfa in the fields of self-formation applications in pv, hydrogen and fuel cells. protech is a founding partner of the association of hydrogen energy, the managing partner of the hydrogen and fuel cells ntp. market information infrastructure receives market information from individual technology end users national sectoral technology platforms via direct links (as mentioned above) and from the respective european technology platforms via their ’mirror groups‘.   ');
pdf_daten[66] = new Array('E2-Spanish technology platform on nanomedicine- a joint ini.pdf', 'E2-Spanish technology platform on nanomedicine- a joint initiative to promote translational research', 'experiences from national activities and networks session e2  spanish technology platform on nanomedicine: a joint initiative to promote translational research  prof. dr. josep samitier  spanish technology platform on nanomedicine, institute for bioengineering of catalonia - university of barcelona, barcelona (spain)  abstract  spain presents a lag with the european union in terms of r & d in both total investments relative to gdp and company involvement in the financing of such investment.  spanish companies’ research shortfall suggests that they fail to develop know-how of their own and, moreover, they are failing to take advantage of the technology generated by public research centres. this makes it essential to increase the critical mass and research excellence of our science and technology system. to meet these challenges, the spanish government started in 2005, the ingenio 2010 program, to maintain and improve existing r & d and innovation programs and to focus significant resources on new strategic initiatives.  the ingenio 2010 programme aims to achieve a gradual focus of these resources on strategic actions to meet the challenges faced by the spanish science and technology system. this gradual focus will be achieved by allocating a significant portion of the minimum annual increase of 25% in the national r & d and innovation budget to strategic initiatives grouped in three major lines of action:  the cenit program (national strategic technological research consortiums)  to stimulate r & d and innovation collaboration among companies, universities, public research bodies and centres, scientific and technological parks and technological centres. the cenit program co-finance major public-private research activities. these projects will last a minimum of 4 years with a minimum annual budgets of 5 million euros, where i) a minimum of 50% will be funded by the private sector, and ii) at least 50% of the public financing will go to public research centres or technological centres.  the consolider program  to reach critical mass and research excellence. consolider projects offers long-term (5-6 years), large scale (1-2 million euros) financing for excellent research groups and networks. research groups may present themselves in all areas of know-how of the national r & d and innovation program.  ciber projects  promote high quality research in biomedicine and health sciences in the national health care system and the national r &d system, with the development and enhancement of network research structures.  in addition to these three main programs, support actions to increase human resourcescreating new stable research positions and a strategic scientific and technological infrastructures program to ensure the availability and renewal of scientific and technological equipment and the promotion of scientific and technological parks linked to universities and public research bodies, are also included in the ingenio 2010 initiative. in this framework,  the spanish technology platform on nanomedicine (stpnm) is a joint initiative between spanish industries and research centres working on nanotechnologies for medical applications. this initiative is supported by the spanish government through the centre for industrial technology development (cdti) and the spanish ministries of education and science (mec), industry, tourism and trade (micyt), and health (msc).  the main objectives of the platform are:  -improve the collaboration within the nanomedicine community in spain avoiding fragmentation and lack of coordination, -promote the participation of spanish stakeholders in international initiatives, from transnational co-operations to  european projects, especially regarding the european technology platform, -establish recommendations concerning strategic research lines in the nanomedicine field, -dissemination of nanomedicine results to the scientific community and society-at-large.    ');
pdf_daten[67] = new Array('E3-Integration of nanofeatures at micro-macro (product) sca.pdf', 'E3-Integration of nanofeatures at micro-macro (product) scale- developments needs', 'session e3 minam platform: development needs in nanomanufacturing  integration of nanofeatures at micro-macro (product) scale: developments needs  paolo matteazzi  mbn nanomaterialia s.p.a. (www.mbn.it ), via g. bortolan, 42 i-31050 vascon di carbonera (tv) italy e-mail: info@mbn.it  abstract   key needs on the route to a full nanomanufacturing chain are: 1) availability of source nanoscale systems; 2) integration strategies and technologies to include nanofeatures into 3d products. source nanosystems and integration technologies are strictly correlated and needs interacting, strongly dedicated, developments quite often using available-known technologies, but with relevant adaptations and innovations. the minam platform allowed to introduce such a discussion in a very deep way, underlying and focusing on the actual needs for a nanomanufacturing eu based industry.  summary  generating nanostructures at different length scales, from micron (ore less) up to the macro scale could be the actual challenge (or one) of nanomanufacturing. incorporating nanostructures into objects or products could be considered another paradigm of the term. figure 1: agglomerated embedding nanostructures in 3d solid objects open the way to create entirely new generation nanopowders  of products with tailored and innovative properties. mbn nanomaterialia spa (founded in 1994) brought into full industrial [1] scale the process of high energy milling (mechanical alloying) figure 2: reaching now a production capacity (quite expandable) of about 200 ton per years. typically nanomanufacturing  aggregated powders can be produced (or as well liquids) in which nanoscale features crystals are  routes at mbn   embedded at micron scale in particles as in fig. 1. these systems are ideal for being used in further integration processes and strategies. fig. 2 gives an idea of actual keyaspects, opportunities and difficulties encountered in embedding nanofeatures into products. the source nanosystems (even in the advantageous form of aggregated systems, which for example show far less environmental problems then nanoparticles) needs the development or adaptation of a number of technologies to obtain various classes of products. in the area of bulk integration (fig. 2) from powders basically three routes appear critical: 1) bulk integration via consolidation (hiping, sps, net shaping etc, direct manufacturing), plastic processing (like rolling);  2) nanostructured surfaces by exploring/adapting new routes to depositing nanophased particles (like high velocity spraying); 3) micromanufacturing capable of embedding in a controlled (micron scale ) waynanofeatures into 3d small parts. in this area, by the way also of some eu (fp5, fp6) [2- 4] projects, is has been established the viability and potentials as well as the difficulties and developments needs. in fig. 3 are summarized results which can obtained in every single area. extrusion of  minam platform: development needs in nanomanufacturing 	session e3   fig. 3a: table of mechanical properties achieved in mbn nanophased alloys (yts= yield tensile strength).  fig. 3b: tribological behaviour of nanostructured coatings.   fig. 3c: micromanufacturing using aggregated nanopowders  aggregated nanopowders (fig. 3a [2]) leads to properties of nanostructured alloys (for example mg alloys up to 400 mpa of yield strength). using appropriate developments in the techniques of thermal spraying [3] open the way to co­atings with superior performances respect to conventional, non nanophased coatings. tribological improvements in the order of ten time are achieved, bringing to compete alloy based systems to ceramic based systems (fig. 3b). embedding nanofeatures into 3d objects is ideally performed using high resolution micromanufacturing approaches [4]. direct manufacturing embedding full control of materials and geometriesare achievable, with spatial resolution down to 1 micron. challenging is the area of nanofluids and nanopolymers, as shown in fig. 4. properties modifications, customisation (fire retardancy, thermal conductivity, mechanical properties), open the way to upgrading the areas of usage of polymers toward those typical of metals, but using mass production techniques like injection moulding. nanofluids themselves have potential to deliver wide impacts in several sectors (thermal management and heat transfer, lubrication, inks, paints).  these industrial experiences allow to give some views on needed developments in the area of nanomanufacturing, starting from a first consideration: in this area it is not enough to develop manufacturing segments (although advanced) without taking care of all the manufacturing chain involved in going from the raw materials synthesis to products. this is particularly critical for nanomaterials, because they open new problems (unknown, unforeseen) even using conventional processing. for example, a nanostructured alloy may open totally new issues regarding corrosion/electrochemical behaviour or need the development of new heat treatment procedures to get the best performances from the systems. based on our view, developments needs in the area of nanomanufacturing can be summarized as follows: 1) integration technologies at bulk, surface and microscale  levels, covering all the manufacturing chain to a particular class of products. i.e. high strength light alloys: synthesis, consolidation, shaping (quick ways), heat treatment, nanostructures behaviours  2)	materials and components design, establishing new tools available to embed knowledge into materials and products, by virtual materials design concept. materials can be thought in the property space, and nanomanufacturing can realize a particular, ideal, material/gradient with best suitable combination of properties. eco-design aspects to be included as for  session e3 minam platform: development needs in nanomanufacturing  example ’reach‘ loop and others.  3) direct manufacturing technologies, as net shaping (quick-full density forming) and high resolution manufacturing, capable of delivering full ’nano‘ properties  4) surface nanostructuring using high velocity (’cold‘) processes, allowing the transfer on the surface of the original powder nanostructure. tribological modelling embedded in materials/components design cycles.  5) nanofluids and nanopolymers needs entirely new modelling (and design) approaches joined by viable manufacturing routes, understanding of properties structure correlation and customization possibilities. covering as well the manufacturing chain would be a key for example for: gasbarrier properties in polymers, new textile fibers (polymer alloys or composites), heat transfer management, lubrication, paints, nanomedicine (nanofluids including nanoparticles with targeted viral or bacterial activities).  references  [1] p.matteazzi, ’mechanomaking of nanophased materials‘, interface controlled materials, wiley- vch, vol 9, 1999, 119-125  [2] project eureka factory 1733 achen  [3] eu fp5 thermal spraying of nanophased powders ’nanospraying‘ (www.nanospraying.com). contract g5rd-ct-2002-00862  [4] eu fp5 microscale fabrication of graded materials components ’micromaking‘; contrract n. g1rd-ct-2000-00195 and fp6 direct ultraprecision manufacturing ’manudirect‘ (www.manudirect.eu) contract n. nmp2-ct-2006-026467   ');
pdf_daten[68] = new Array('E3-Metrology and quality control in nanomanufacturing.pdf', 'E3-Metrology and quality control in nanomanufacturing', 'minam platform: development needs in nanomanufacturing session e2  metrology and quality control in nanomanufacturing  jean-louis stehlé  sopra, 26 rue pierre joigneaux, f-92270 bois-colombes;phone: +33 1 46 49 67 00  abstract  the nanomaterials are already used in some applications like re-inforcement of materials with nano-components as sio2 nano-particles in tires or nano-tubes of carbon in polymeric structures, etc… in the case of top to bottom application, the micro-electronic is of course the application most cited. in near future, many new applications will emerge where the new nano-structured materialswill replace old components with the advantages of their new features. the main characteristics of nanomaterials are the surface to volume ratio and the non linear effects as new quantum effects. the volume and mass may be small but the effect may be new and large. there are several features which need to be assessed, at first the chemical composition and the phase, amorphous or cry­stalline. the dimensions of the nano-materials as their size in case of particles, fibers, or layers must be measured with a precision better than 1 nm. in the case of assembly or incorporation in systems as nanostructured layers, nanocomposites, aggregates, complex mountings, the position of the nano-components must be measured and controlled with high precision in a non destructive way.  motivation of metrology:  the manufacturing always needs development and quality control. the soonest we can find the best conditions and the best processwindow, the fastest a product can be produced in volume. the metrology must be adapted for the development phase at first and then actualized for the quality control in line or at the final stage before delivery. the type of metrology must be chosen to be as less costly as possible, and the non destructive wayis better because it is possible to control real products without destroying them, so it becomes less costly and more representative. usually the optical technique is used. this is the case in micro-electronics where the new equipments for the 300 mm lines are sold by their ability to control real products without contaminating them with particles or metals. another argument is the cost of